Tender Document

Tender Document
VOLUME - I
NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY,ODISHA
KATHAJODI CAMPUS,
NARAJ,
CUTTACK.
TENDER DOCUMENT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF
NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY CAMPUS WORKS
NAME OF THE WORK
: MAIN GATE (2NOS) INCLUDIG SECURITY
SHADE AND OTHER ANCILLARY WORKS OF
NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY
(Completion period 3 Months)
PLACE OF SUBMISSION
OF THE TENDER PAPER
:
ARCHITECT / PMC:
M/S. RATH ARCHITECTONIC.
PLOT NO. 104, MADHUSUDAN NAGAR
UNIT – 4, BHUBANESWAR-751001
PH NO.-(0674)2390940,2395340.
At the office of the
The Vice Chancellor
National Law University ODISHA .
Naraj, Cuttack - 753015, ODISHA
CONSTRUCTION OF MAIN GATE
NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY ODISHA,
INDEX
Sl.
No.
Section No.
Description
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
6.
7.
8.
8.
9.
9.
10.
10.
11.
11.
12.
12.
13.
13.
14.
15.
15.
14.
Notice Inviting Tender
Instruction to bidders
Check List
Pre qualification application format
General rules and instructions for the
Guidance of Tender
Special Conditions of Contract
Safety Code, Maintenance of records,
Mobilization of Advance, Letter of
Acceptance.
Form for Mobilization Advance, Bank
guaranty performance.
Performa of monthly progress reports,
receipt of material at site, perform of cube
test.
Performa of measurement book, Performa
of running bill form, form for secured
advance and certificates
Form for payment of advance on materials,
memorandum for payment, Performa of
site order book.
Form for applications by contractor for
extension of time, Performa of hindrance
register.
Technical Specification of materials
approved material list.
List of the Tendered Drawings.
Schedule of Quantity (B.O.Q.)
Page No.
03 – 07.
08 – 16.
17.
18 – 30.
31 – 63.
64 – 70.
71 – 74.
75 – 79.
80 – 83.
84 – 86.
87 – 92.
93 – 94.
95-226
227-235
236-250
2
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 1
__________________________________________________________Notice Inviting Tender
CONTRACT DATA
A. GENERAL INFORMATIONS
Sl. No.
1.
Item
Name of the work
2.
3.
Employer
Employer’s Representative
Details
Construction of Main Gate (2Nos) including
Security Shade and other ancillary work of
National Law University, Odisha.
National Law University, Odisha ( NLUO)
PMC / Project Management Consultant
(PMC)
B. BID INFORMATION
Sl. No.
1.
2.
3.
Item
Intended completion period /
Time period assigned for
Completion.
Last Date and time of submission
of BID
Cost of Bid Documents
i. Bank draft amount
ii. In Favor of
4
iii. Payable at
BID Security
i. Amount
ii. In favor of
5.
6.
iii. Payable at
Pre-Bid Meeting
BID validity period
7.
8.
Currency of Contract
Language of Contract
Details
3 (Three) English calendar months.
Date : 17.03.2015
Time: 11 : 30 A.M. (11 : 30 hrs).
Rs. 5,250 . 00 (Rupees Five Thousand Two
Hundred Fifty Only)
The Registrar,
National Law University, Odisha, Naraj,
Cuttack-753015, Odisha
Cuttack
Rs. 1.25, 000 . 00 (Rupees One Lakhs Twenty
five thousand Only)
The Registrar,
National Law University, Odisha, Naraj,
Cuttack-753015, Odisha
Cuttack
Date: 10.03.2015 at NLUO at 11 : 30 AM.
2 (Two) months from the opening of price
bid.
Indian National Rupee
English
3
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 1
__________________________________________________________Notice Inviting Tender
NOTICE INVITING TENDER
National Law University ODISHA invites sealed tenders from the contractors on item rate basis
for the Construction of National Law University Campus Works of Main Gate (2 Nos) including
security shade and other ancillary work for the proposed National Law University Campus at
Naraj, Cuttack, ODISHA. Details of tenders are as under.
a.
Name of the work
:
Construction of Main Gate (2nos) including
security shade and other ancillary works of
National Law University , Odisha Campus
b.
Time allowed for completion
:
3 Months for the total works from the date
of issue of LOI.
Time period to be fixed 3Month for the Main Gate (2Nos) including security shade and other
ancillary works which includes the following work with operational from the date of execution
of work as per the following
The above said work to be completed by 3 Month from the date of issue of LOI.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Earnest money deposit
Security deposit
Sale of tender document
Cost of Tender document
:
:
:
:
Rs.1,25,000.00
5% of the contract value
03.03.2015
Rs 5,250.00 (Rupees Five thousand two
hundred fifty only)
g.
Last date & time of receipt of tender
:
17.03.2015 at 11:30 A.M.
h.
Pre bid meeting
i.
Address at which the tenders are to be
submitted
:
10.03.2015 At NLUO, Naraj Site at
11:30 A.M.
The Vice Chancellor
.
National Law University ODISHA .
Naraj, Cuttack - 753015, ODISHA
j.
Date & time of opening tenders:
17.03.2015 at 12 : 00 Noon
k.
Place of opening tenders:
At the office of
The Vice Chancellor
.
National Law University Odisha .
Naraj, Cuttack - 753015, ODISHA.
4
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 1
__________________________________________________________Notice Inviting Tender
l.
Validity of offer:
2 (Two) months from the opening of price
bid.
m.
Liquidated Damages.
0.5% of the estimated contract value shown
in the tender per week subject to a
maximum of 5% of the accepted tender
amount.
In case the date of opening of tenders is declared as a holiday , the tenders will be opened on the
next working day at the same time.
National Law University Odisha has the right to accept/ reject any / all tenders without assigning
any reasons.
For and behalf of National Law University Odisha .
n. Technical Bid Criteria
Reputed contractors who successfully executed similar works may apply on or before
17.03.2015, 11:30 A.M. their tender can only be opened.
1. Basic criteria for pre-qualification of contractors/Firms:
a. Intending contractors/firms should have minimum 7 years experience
in the construction field.
b. Intending contractors/firms should have successfully completed one similar
type of works in for Government/PSUs/ CPWD/PWD (State), reputed corporate
etc. during last seven years.
c. Intending contractors/firms should have successfully completed similar type
of works as under as on 31.03.2014 for Government/PSUs/ CPWD/PWD (State)/
reputed corporate etc. during last 5 ( five ) years. :
i. Three similar works each costing not less than Rs.50 Lacs in last five years.
ii. Two similar works each costing not less than Rs.75 Lacs in last five years.
iii. One similar works costing not less than Rs Rs. 1.25 Crores in last five years.
5
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 1
__________________________________________________________Notice Inviting Tender
d. Intending contractors / firms should be financially capable and should submit
solvency certificate for an amount of Rs. 50 Lacs from any Nationalized
Bank.
e. Annual turnover of the tenderer during last three financial year (201112,2012-13,2013-14 should be at least Rs. 2.0 Crores in one of the year or the
total turnover last three financial year as mentioned should be minimum Rs.
5.00 Crores.
f. Intending contractors/firms should have average annual financial turnover
during the last three years, ending as on 31.03.14 for construction works
should be at least Rs. 3.0 Crore.
g. Intending contractors/firms must have sufficient experienced personnel,
technical knowhow, establishment, plant/equipment to complete the project
well in time.
2.
The interested Contractors/firms may apply in the prescribed format (as per Annexure I)
The eligible Contractors/firms may obtain prescribed format from
a. Office of The Vice Chancellor, National Law University Odisha, Naraj,
Cuttack - 753015, ODISHA (from 10 AM to 5 PM from Monday to Friday
and 10 AM to 2 PM on Saturday) or,
The prescribed format duly filled in with all necessary particulars as stated in the
prescribed format along with attested copies of certificates/credentials regarding jobs
undertaken at various organizations should be submitted in a sealed cover super
scribing “Prequalification of Contractors for construction Main Gate (2Nos)
including security shade and other ancillary works at NLUO” at the following address
on or before 17.03.2015 by 11:30 AM. The Vice Chancellor, National Law
University Odisha. Naraj, Cuttack - 753015, ODISHA.
3. Selection will be made based on particulars and documents furnished by the applicant
as required and satisfactory verification carried out by the PMC / NLUO. Incomplete
information in the application will lead to summary rejection. If any information
furnished by the applicant is found incorrect at a later stage, they shall be liable to be
debarred from tendering/taking up the work. NLUO reserves the right to verify the
particulars furnished by the applicant independently.
4. Issue of tender documents to the Contractors/firms will be restricted to those
considered eligible from the applicant and no further press notice in this regard will
be issued. NLUO reserves the right to accept or reject any or all applications without
assigning any reasons whatsoever.
6
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 1
_________________________________________________Notice Inviting Tender
5. For any other clarifications, intending agencies may contact at The Vice Chancellor
above mentioned address before the last date of submission during working hours as
mentioned above.
6. Incomplete applications and applications not filled properly with requisite details are
liable for rejection and NLUO will not entertain any further communication in such
cases.
7. The NLUO reserves the right to accept or reject any or all applications without
assigning any reasons whatsoever.
8.
Pre-bid meeting with all contractors shall be held at NLUO site Office at Cuttack,
seven days from issue of publication i.e. on dt 10.03.2015 at 11:30 AM at NLUO site
office at Cuttack, wherein contractors can clarify any doubts /discrepancies in
documents, Tendered drawings , and indicate only missing or any item taken extra in
the description of item, Tendered drawings or any details conveying different
meaning at different places, other missing details or any missing item in Tendered
drawings/ Specifications / Conditions. All queries needs to be put up in writing to
the “ The Vice Chancellor, NLUO, Cuttack within 7 days from the date of issue of
this document. No further clarifications shall be given by NLUO and contractor shall
not claim any extra payment in future. Also contractor shall not be entitled for any
claim on such issues at later date.
All the queries should be brought out during the Pre-bid meeting only in writing.
All the queries shall deliberated and corrective action if any shall be taken during the
Pre- Bid meeting.
9. No interest shall be paid on Earnest Money Deposit and Retention money or any
other securities.
10. Amendment of Bidding Documents:
i.
Any addendum thus issued shall be part of the bidding documents and
shall be notified in the website www.nluo.ac.in.
11. All pages of tender document should be signed by Contractor, NLUO, PMC
The Vice Chancellor
National Law University Odisha.
Naraj, Cuttack - 753015, Odisha
7
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section - 2
___________________________________________________________Instruction to Bidder
TENDERS SHOULD BE SUBMITTED AS FOLLOWS :
1. Tenders are to be submitted on the printed forms issued by us. The Contractor should
quote the rates in figures as well as in words. Special care should be taken to write the
rates in figures only in such a way that interpolation is not possible. The total amount
should be written both in figures and in words . In case of figures, the words . “Rs”
should be written before the figure of rupees and words “p” after the decimal figures e.g.
Rs. 2.15 “p” and incase of words, the words the word “Rupees” should precede and the
word “Paise” should be written at the end, Unless the rate is in whole rupees and
followed by the words “only” it should invariably be upto two decimal places . While
quoting the rate in schedule of quantities , the words “Only” should be written closely
following the amount and it should not be written in the next line. The amount of each
item shall be worked out and the requisite total shall be given. All corrections shall be
attested by the initials of the Tenderers . In case of any discrepancy / difference, the rate
quoted in words in the original copy of the tender and the amount derived there from
shall prevail and be binding . Tenders which should be placed in sealed cover with the
name of the project and date of opening of tender written on the envelopes will be
received by the office of The Vice Chancellor, National Law University ODISHA, Naraj,
Cuttack - 753015, ODISHA till 09.03.2015 upto 03:00P.M hrs in a sealed envelope of
appropriate size containing the documents as under :
2. ENVELOPE MARKED “PART-A”
Envelope marked “PART-A” shall contain the following Documents :
a. Forwarding letter without mentioning the cost of Tender value arrived at with
quoted rates.
b. Earnest money deposit furnished in the form of Crossed demand Draft / Banker’s
cheque drawn in favor of “The Registrar, NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY
ODISHA ” and payable at Cuttack from any nationalized bank for the amount
indicated in the Notice Inviting Tender.
c. Any comment which the tenderer desires to make in the form of a statement as
brief as possible and with reference to the items.
d. Latest three years photocopies of upto date Income Tax and Sales tax Clearance
Certificate.
e. The term and conditions which are of commercial and technical nature if any that
the tenderer wishes to stipulate.
f. Any other papers the tenderers wishes to submit.
8
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 2
___________________________________________________________Instruction to Bidder
g. Nothing on previous experience, whether A,B or C
h. Class contractor submission of documents showing:
1. Nature and names of those the firm, if a partnership whether registered.
2. Previous project done with documentary support.
3. ENVELOPE MARKED “PART-B”
Envelope marked” PART-B” shall contain the Priced Tender Volume in duplicate –
Marked “ORIGINAL” & “DUPLICATE”, on the body of the tender paper issued Non
compliance of this provision may result in rejection of the tender .
4. ENVELOPE MARKED “PART-C”.
Envelope marked No-PART”A” & “B” shall be put in large envelope of adequate size
marked “PART-C” which shall be properly sealed. This envelope, which shall be,
endorsed on the outside face “TENDER CONSTRUCTION OF MAIN GATE (2NOS)
INCLUDING SECURITY SHADE AND OTHER ANCILLARY WORKOF
NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY CAMPUS WORKS AT NARAJ, CUTTACK,
ODISHA FOR NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY ODISHA ”.
Outer envelope (Marked “PART-C”) containing the separate tender documents as
mentioned herein above shall be opened in the office of The Vice Chancellor, National
Law University ODISHA , Naraj, Cuttack - 753015, ODISHA. on 17.03.2015 at 12:00
Noon in the presence of the representatives of the PMC & NLUO with those tenderers
who chose to remain present.
Envelope “PART-A” containing earnest money deposit shall be opened first and if the
Earnest money deposit is not found as prescribed the tender shall be rejected and other
sealed envelope will be returned unopened to the representatives of the concerned tender
if present. Then the covering letter without mentioning the tender amount arrived from
the quoted rates and other documents as specified herein above will be scrutinized and
comments/conditions which has financial implication will be evaluated and the same may
be discussed with the tenderers.
The date of opening of Envelope “PART-B” containing the priced tender volumes in
original and duplicate will be intimated by NLUO.
The acceptance of the tender will be made by the N.L.U.O and will announced the name
of the person/ firm whose tender is accepted. No reason will be given for acceptance /
rejection of the tenders.
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF
NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY ODISHA ,
NARAJ, CUTTACK, ODISHA
9
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 2
___________________________________________________________Instruction to Bidder
1.0 Scope of work.
Sealed tenders are invited by “National Law University Campus at Naraj, Cuttack, ODISHA,
for the Main Gate (2Nos) including security shade and other ancillary works of National Law
University Odisha Campus Works at Naraj, Cuttack ODISHA.
1.1
Site & location.
The proposed work is to be carried out at Naraj, Cuttack, ODISHA .
2.0
Tender Document.
2.1.
The work has to be carried out strictly according to the conditions stipulated in the tender
consisting the following documents and the most workman like manner.
Instruction to tenderers.
General condition of contract.
Special Condition of Contract.
Technical Specifications.
Additional specification.
Tendered drawings.
Price Bid.
2.2.
The above documents shall be taken as complementary & mutually explanatory of one
another but in case of ambiguities or discrepancies , shall take precedence in the order
given below.
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
2.3.
Price Bid.
Additional Specifications.
Technical Specifications.
Tendered drawings.
Special Condition of Contract.
General Condition of Contract.
Instruction to Tenderers.
Complete set of tender document including Tendered drawings can be obtained in
person from the National Law University Campus at Naraj, Cuttack, ODISHA, for the
Main Gate (2Nos) including security shade and other ancillary works of National Law
University Campus Works at Naraj, Cuttack ODISHA , between 10.00 to 17.00 hrs. on
any day except holiday during the period mentioned in the Notice Inviting Tender on
payment of Rs. 5,250.00 by means of demand draft drawn in favor of “The Registrar,
National Law University ODISHA” Naraj, Cuttack, ODISHA.
10
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 2
___________________________________________________________Instruction to Bidder
2.4. The tender documents are not transferable.
3.0
Site Visit.
The Tenderer must obtain himself on his own responsibility and his own expenses all the
information and data which may be required for the purpose of filling his tender document
and enter into a contract for the satisfactory performance of the work. The tenderer is
requested satisfy himself regarding the availability of water, power, transport and
communication facilities, the character quality and the site quantity of materials, labour, the
law & order situation, climatic conditions local authorities requirement, traffic regulations
etc.
4.0
Scope of Demolition work
a. The contractor shall undertake demolition of the building under supervision of the
PMC/N.L.U.O’s representatives without causing damage to neighboring structure, public
utilities, lives and properties of the neighbors, persons engaged in supervision and
demolition of work. The owner will not be held liable for any willful damage and loss
caused to lives and properties as mentioned above and the contractor shall remain liable
to indemnify on account of any loss and damages.
b. The contractor shall engage only skilled persons and supervisor who are conversant with
demolition procedure, practice and safety rules.
c. The contractor shall arrange for disposal of the demolished materials from site in an
organized and systematic manner without causing hindrance to N.L.U.O premises/ public
and traffic.
d. Any precious material, item of antique nature found in the process of demolition shall be
returned to the owner, should in the opinion of the owner the material so retrieved are of
adequate significance and value.
e. The contractor shall pay the net salvage value to owner on account of demolition work in
the form of a bank draft / bank Guarantee issued from a nationalized bank during the
executive of the contract agreement.
f. The demolition shall include the removal of all structures upto bottom of foundation
including taking our foundation and refilling the same with consolidated earth and
leveling the site as directed by the consultant.
g. Articles of the following nature are considered to be the property of the NLUO and shall
not be within the scope of the contract and shall not be taken away by the contractor.
11
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 2
___________________________________________________________Instruction to Bidder
Tube well with hand pump
Electrical accessories with fans, lights etc.
Loose furniture made of timber or steel, work station, partitions etc.
Trees and plantations
h. All buildings and structures including services over ground and underground related to
the building and structures inclusive of foundations within the area to be cleared except
those mentioned as stated above shall be dismantled and removed away from the site.
Simultaneously with dismantling, all debris are to be removed from the site in,
conformity with the local bye laws and municipality regulation.
i. Any services running through the site but serving other areas / sites shall be diverted by
the NLUO prior to handling over the site or on receipt of intimation from the contractor
during dismantling of existing structure. The diverted services should in no way be
disturbed. If any disruptions of the services occur due to activities of the contractor, it
will have to be restored by the contractor forthwith at their own cost.
j. a:
The contractor shall not be allowed to use any area outside the area to be cleared
for stacking of materials or any other purpose, whatsoever.
Salvaged materials shall not be stored on the site except upon the specific
approval of the PMC/NLUO.
b:
The work of dismantling and removal of dismantled materials must be done in such a
way so as to cause no damage to any neighboring structures, properties or disturbance to
public. The contractor must take all precautions, necessary for the safety of public and
properties around the area and against injury to or loss of life to his workmen. Any such
damage or loss shall be the Contractor’s liability.
k. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS:
i.
The demolition work should be carried out as per I.S. Code of Practice No.
4130:1967 (Safety Code of Demolition of Buildings).
ii.
The contractor shall provide all necessary plants and materials, labour,
transport etc. required for complete the proposed demolition and removal of
the materials.
iii.
The contractor shall obtain necessary permission from the Municipality and/or
any other authority that may be required for demolition of the structures etc.
Necessary fees if required shall be paid by the Contractor and no separate
payment on this account will be made to him.
The contractor shall provide in suitable places substandard barriers in
boarding and such additional safeguards that may be required to protect the
iv.
12
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 2
___________________________________________________________Instruction to Bidder
public from injury or damage of any kind due to the work under this contract and
shall maintain such protection until the completion of this work. He shall arrange to
pay all Municipal fees and other legal charges that may have to be paid and keep the
NLUO free from any liability in this respect.
v.
vi.
No encroachment of roads will be allowed for storing dismantled materials to
avoid inconvenience of operation of the N.L.U.O activity, vehicular traffic
and pedestrians.
Shelter or stay for the labourers has to be arranged by the Contractor.
The tenderer will be fully responsible for considering the financial effect of any or all the factors
while submitting the tender.
5.0.
Earnest Money.
5.1.
The tenderers are requested to submit the earnest money of Rs. 1,25,000.00 in the form of
Demand draft drawn in favor of “ The Registrar, National Law University ODISHA,
payable at Cuttack.
5.2.
EMD in any other form other than as specified above will not be accepted. Tender not
accompanied by the EMD is liable to be rejected.
5.3.
No interest will be paid on the EMD.
5.4.
EMD of unsuccessful tenderers will be refunded with in 30 days of award of contract.
5.5.
EMD of successful tenderer will be retained as a part of security deposit.
6.0.
Initial Security Deposit.
The successful tenderer will have to submit a sum of equivalent 1% of the contract value
less EMD by means of D/D drawn in favor of “ The Registrar, National Law University
ODISHA payable at Cuttack within a period of 15 days of the acceptance of tender.
7.0.
Security Deposit.
7.1.
Total security deposit shall be 5% of the contract value. Out of this 2% of contract value
is in the form of initial security deposit which includes the EMD. Balance 3% shall be
deducted from the running account bill of the work at the rate of 5% of the respective
running account bill i.e. deduction from each running bill account will be 5% till total
5% of contract value is reached. 50% of the total security shall be paid to the contractor
on the basis of PMC certifying the virtual completion. The Balance 50% would be paid to
the contractor after the defect liability period as specified in the contract.
13
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 2
___________________________________________________________Instruction to Bidder
7.2.
No interest shall be paid to the amount retained by the N.L.U.O as Security
Deposit.
8.0.
Signing of the Contract Document.
The Successful tenderer shall be bound to implement the contract by signing an
agreement and condition of contract attached herewith within 30 days from the receipt of
intimation of acceptance of his tender by the N.L.U.O. However, the written acceptance
of the tender by the N.L.U.O will constitute a binding agreement between the N.L.U.O
and successful tenderer whether such formal agreement is subsequently entered into or
not.
9.0
Validity of Tender.
Tender shall remain valid and open for acceptance for a period of Two (2) months from
the date of opening of price bid. If the tenderer withdraws his/her offer during the validity
period or makes modifications in his/her original offer which are not acceptable to the
N.L.U.O without prejudice to any other right or remedy the N.L.U.O shall be at liberty to
forfeit the EMD.
10.0.
Liquidated Damage.
The liquidated damages shall be 0.5% per week subject to a maximum of 5% of contract
value.
11.0
INTERIM PENALTY
11.1
The time allowed for carrying out the work as entered in the tender shall be strictly
observed by the Contractor and shall be deemed to be of the essence of the contract on
the part of the contractor and shall be reckoned from the 10th day after the date on which
the order to commence the work is issued to the Contractor.
11.2
The work shall throughout the stipulated period of the contract be proceeded with all due
diligence. Before commencing the work, the Contractor shall submit a detailed
programme of work prepared in accordance with the aforesaid time schedule (Bar Chart),
to PMC/ NLUO for approval. Upon NLUO’s acceptance of the same, the Contractor shall
proceed with the work with all the diligence and regularity. the work programme shall be
verified on the first working day of each month by the Project Director, and in case it is
not adhered to in any item of work stated therein, or the agreed programme remains
uncommented, incomplete, or delayed, the Contactor shall be liable to pay compensation
for interim delay, an amount of. Rs. 5,000.00 per day of default during the first 15 days
14
and there after the penalty will be Rs. 15,000.00 per day. The interim penalty is refunded
on making good the delay.
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 2
___________________________________________________________Instruction to Bidder
12.3
This amount shall be recovered from each interim bill of the Contractor, the deductions
thus made being refunded only upon the Contractor making good the delay to bring the
work in agreement with the detailed programme of work. However, if in the opinion of
the NLUO, the delay (in any particular item of work in the whole) is of a minor nature
only, and occurring due to reason beyond control, the amount so being withheld may be
waived by NLUO at his sole discretion. Provided always that the entire amount withheld
shall stand forfeited if the entire project is not completed by the due date or extended
date of completion.
12.0. Rate and Prices.
12.1.
This is item rate tender.
12.1.1. The tenderers shall quote their rates for individual items both. If no rate is quoted for a
particular item the contractor shall not be paid for that item when it is executed. The total
amount must be written both in words and figures.
The amount of each item shall be calculated and the requisite total is given. In case of
discrepancy between the unit rate & the total amount calculated from multiplication of
unit rate and the quantity the unit rate quoted will govern and the amount will be
corrected.
12.1.2. The tenderers need not quote their rates for which no quantities have been given. In case
the tenderers quote their rates for such items those rates will be ignored and will not be
considered during execution.
12.1.3. The tenderers should not change the units as specified in the tender. If any unit is
changed the tenders would be evaluated as per the original unit & the contractor would be
paid accordingly.
The tenderer should not change or modify or delete the description of the item. If any
discrepancy is observed he should immediately bring to the knowledge of the PMC/
N.L.U.O.
12.1.4. Each page of the BOQ shall be signed by the authorized person and cutting or
overwriting shall be duly attested by him.
12.1.5. Each page shall be totaled and the grand total shall be given.
12.1.6. The rate quoted shall be firm and shall include all costs, allowances, taxes, levies.
15
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 2
___________________________________________________________Instruction to Bidder
SUBMISSION OF DOCUMENTS BEFORE COMMENCE MENT OF WORK
12.1.7 Before commencement of work the contractor shall submit the following documents(a) Performance Bank Guarantee
(b) Copy of the valid labour license.
(c) Copy of labour cess registration under building & other construction workers welfare
Cess Act,1996.
(d) Copy of the ST/WCT/TOT/VAT Registration number along with the copy of document.
(e) Copy of EPF Code no./Regd no.
(f) Contractors all risk policy/Erection all Risk Policy
(g) Insurance under Workmen Compensation Act
(h) Copy of Service Tax Registration No.
(i) Copy of ESIC registration as applicable
The release of first Payment(Running Bill or any other Advance Except Mobilization
Advance ) shall be subject to submission of above mentioned Documents.
16
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 3
____________________________________________________________________Check List
Sl
No.
Particulars
Reference to
DTCN
Clause No.
Cost of tender paper. Rs. 5,000.00
and (5% Odisha VAT) Rs. 250.00
Separately
EMD
Copy of valid registration
certificate
Copy of valid VAT (Odisha
VAT) clearance certificate
Copy of PAN card
Work experience: List of project
under execution / executed that
are similar in nature to the work
M.O.U ( Memorandum of
Understanding duly notarized)
with eligible registered electrical
contractor having valid H.T / L.T
license.
Qualification of key personnel
engaged.
List of plants and equipments
Water Tanker
Truck & Tipper
Welding Machine
Generator
Mini Batcher
5 Ton Capacity winch Machine
Concrete Vibrator : Needle and
Plate Type
Complete staging, shuttering,
centering arrangement
Sect -2, 2.3
Whether
furnished
Yes
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
i
ii
iii
iv
v
vi
vii
viii
Reference to
page No.
No
Sec- 2, 5
Sect – 2,
12.1.7
Sect – 1, 0
Sec – 5, 48.0
Requirement
17
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 4
_____________________________________________Pre- Qualification Application Format
ANNEXURE -I
PARTICULARS OF THE FORM TO BE
FURNISHED FOR THE PURPOSE OF
PRE-QUALIFICATION OF CONTRACTORS/FIRMS.
1)
Name of the Organization
2)
Address
3)
Year of Establishment
4)
Status of the firm
(Whether Company/Firm/Proprietary)
5)
Name of Directors/Partners/Proprietor.
i)
ii)
iii)
6)
Whether registered with Registrar Companies/
Registrar of Firms. If so, mention number and date.
7)
a) Name and address of Bankers.
i)
ii)
iii)
iv)
b) Enclose Solvency Certificate from the Bankers.
c) Furnish the details of NPA or dispute with Bankers, if any.
8)
Whether registered for sales tax purposes. If so, mention number and date. Furnish
also copies of sales tax clearance certificate.
18
9)
Whether an assesses of Income Tax. If so, mention permanent account number.
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 4
_____________________________________________Pre- Qualification Application Format
10)
Furnish copies of audited Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss Account (Audited) for the last
three years i.e., as on
31.03.1431.03.13 31.03.12-
11)
If you are registered in the panel of other Organizations/Statutory Bodies, such as
CPWD, PWD.MES, Banks etc., furnish their names, category and date of registration.
i)
ii)
iii)
12)
13)
14)
iv)
v)
vi)
Detailed description and value of works done during last 7 years
(As per Performa – 1 in a separate sheet)
Specify turnover in last 3 years. In Rs. Lakhs
2013-14
2012-13
2011-12
Furnish the names with address of three responsible persons who will be in a
position to certify about the quality as well as past performance of your organization.
i)
ii)
15)
Furnish the details of the litigation, if any, with the employers.
16)
Other relevant information (As per Performa – 2 & 3)
It is certified that the information furnished is authentic. We understand that the Bank reserves
the right to reject any or all applications without assigning any reasons thereof.
Date:
Signature of the applicant)
Including title & capacity
In which application is made with seal.
Place:
Note: Where copies are required to be furnished these is to certified copies preferably by
19
the concerned agencies or a Government Officer.
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 4
_____________________________________________Pre- Qualification Application Format
Enclosure to Annexure I
PROFORMA – 1
PARTICULARS IN RESPECT OF WORKS EXECUTED DURING LAST 7 YEARS (See
the note below)
Sl
No
Name of
work/Project
with Address
Short
Description
of work
Executed
Name &
Address
of
Owner
Value of
Work
Executed
1
2
3
4
5
Stipulated time Actual time
of Completion
of
With date of
Completion
commencement with date
of
completion
6
Name of
PMC/
Consulting
Engineer
with Phone
&
Mobile no.
8
7
Note: Attested copies of work completion certificates issued by the employer to be
enclosed for verification by the NLUO.
Name and Signature with Seal
Enclosure to Annexure I
PROFORMA – 2
KEY PERSONNEL PERMANENTLY EMPLOYED.
Sl
No.
Name
Designation
Qualification
Experience
1
2
3
4
5
Years
With the
Firm
6
Any
other
7
20
Name and Signature with Seal
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 4
_____________________________________________Pre- Qualification Application Format
Enclosure to Annexure I
PROFORMA – 3
OTHER RELEVANT INFORMATION
SL. No.
i)
Particulars
WORK FORCE
Permanently Employed
a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
ii)
No.
Any other
Years with the firm.
Masons.
Civil Engineers.
Mechanics.
Electricians
Mate/Helpers
Others.
WORKSHOP FACILITIES.
Location Land Area
Type of Structure
Type of Facilities.
a)
b)
iii)
LIST OF MAJOR CONSTRUCTIONAL EQUIPMENT
IN POSSESSION OF THE FIRM. (Please furnish in detail)
Name and Signature with Seal
21
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 4
_____________________________________________Pre- Qualification Application Format
ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT
(Subject to Approval by NLUO )
This agreement is made on the _____________ day of ___________2015 between
“NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY ODISHA” represented by its REGISTRAR
_______________ (hereinafter called “NLUO”) which expression shall include their
representatives, executors, administrators and assignees of the ONE PART AND
M/s _______________________ a Company registered under Companies Act of 1956
having its registered office at ______________________ represented by its
____________(herein called “THE CONTRACTOR”) which expression shall include
his/their heirs principle partners, executors, administrators and assignees of the OTHER
PART.
WHEREAS NLUO is desirous of constructing NLUO Project at Naraj, Cuttack-753015,
ODISHA and has caused Tendered drawings, Specifications, terms and conditions,
Description of works , etc. describing the work to be done.
AND WHEREAS the said Tendered drawings, specifications, terms & conditions, ,
Description of works etc. have been signed by or on behalf of the parties here to.
AND WHEREAS THE CONTRACTOR has agreed and accepted to execute upon and
subject to the conditions set forth herein and to the conditions set forth in contract
conditions all of which are collectively (hereinafter referred to as “The said Conditions”),
the works shown upon the said Tendered drawings and described in the said
specifications therein amounting to the sum of Rs.____________ (Rupees
_______________) or such other sum as shall become payable hereunder (hereinafter
referred as The Said Contract Amount).
AND WHEREAS THE CONTRACTOR has deposited Rs. _________________ (Rupees
___________________________________) as Earnest Money for the Proposed Main
Gate (2Nos) including security shade and other ancillary works of NLUO, to be retained
with NLUO for the due performance of this Agreement.
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
1.
In consideration of the lump sum of Rs. ______________ (Rupees
________________) to be paid at the time and in the manner set forth in said
conditions THE CONTRACTOR will upon and subject to the said conditions
execute and complete the works shown upon the said Tendered drawings and such
further detailed Tendered drawings as may be furnished to them by NLUO and
described in the said specifications and the said Description of works including
rectification of any defect therein inconformity in all respect with the provision of
the contract.
22
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 4
_____________________________________________Pre- Qualification Application Format
2.
NLUO shall pay to THE CONTRACTOR they said Contract amount of
Rs.__________ (Rupees _________________) or such other sum as shall become
payable at the time and the manner hereinafter specified in the said conditions as
authorized by NLUO.
3.
The said Tendered drawings, Description of works and conditions of contract and
other documents herein mentioned shall form the basis of this CONTRACT , and
the decision of the said NLUO as mentioned in the conditions of contract in
reference to all matters of dispute as to the materials, workmanship, the intended
or interpretation of the clause of this Agreement, or any other document attached
hereto shall be final and binding.
4.
The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as
an integral part of the Agreement. (Viz)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
This form of Agreement.
Letter of Intent _____________dt. ______________
Tender schedule, Notice Inviting Tender, Form of Tender, Conditions of
Contract, Specifications and Tender Tendered drawings.
(iv)
Following Correspondence.
(a)
__________________________
(b)
__________________________
and the parties hereto will respectively abide by and submit themselves to the
Conditions and stipulations and perform the agreements on their parts respectively
in such conditions, specifications.
5.
NLUO AND THE CONTRACTOR bind themselves, their partners, and
successors in interest, executors, administrators and assigns of administers and
assigns of such other party in respect of all covenants of this Agreement.
6.
The said contract comprise the works above mentioned and all subsidiary works
connected therewith within the same site, as may be ordered to be done from time
to time by the said NLUO even though such works may not be shown on the
Tendered drawings or described in the said specifications or the Description of
works but may be fairly intended for Successful completion & functioning of the
project. No escalation is payable in the total project. Abnormal increase in the
cost of materials or abnormal delay in completion of the project shall not be
compensated for by escalation. It is explicitly instructed that the Civil Contractor
shall provide for all necessary assistances as supply of tools, machinery,
scaffolding materials to all and such other agencies directly engaged by NLUO in
time for the execution and completion of the Works.
7.
NLUO reserves to himself the right of altering the Tendered drawings and nature
of work and of adding to or omitting any items of work or of having portions of
23
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 4
_____________________________________________Pre- Qualification Application Format
the same carried out departmentally or otherwise be carried out without prejudice
to this contract and the contractors shall not be entitled to any remuneration or
compensation on such work. NLUO reserves the Option of supplying Cement,
Steel, finishing materials like Tiles, factory fabricated Windows with grills and
glass and such other materials/ items as preferred by NLUO at the appropriate
time at the agreed rate and deduct it from the contract value. The contractor shall
not have any right to object to same.
8.
The contractor shall not assign, sublet or transfer his/their interest in this
agreement without the written consent of NLUO.
9.
The contractor shall afford every reasonable facility to the representatives of the
said NLUO for inspection, checking or otherwise to the site to enable them to
find out the actual carrying out of all works in the manner laid down in the said
conditions.
10.
If the Contractor shall fail to comply with any of his obligations hereunder or
shall he wind-up or his business shall be dissolved or any receiver is appointed or
any attachment is made in respect of any of his properties or the Contractor shall
otherwise fail or neglect to complete the said work within the stipulated period,
then or on the happening of any such event the “NLUO” shall be entitled to
cancel this Contract and to get the unfinished work done at the cost & risk of the
Contractor by a third party & if NLUO suffers any Losses in this regard NLUO
shall look to the contractor for the same viz., payment or reimbursement to such
losses. The decision of the said NLUO in regard to the quantum of such losses
will be final and binding on parties hereto. Upon such termination of this Contract
or there shall be adjustment of any payment made to the Contractor by NLUO the
Contractor shall, if required refund any such amounts to NLUO.
11.
Time shall be considered as the essence of this CONTRACT and THE
CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence the work in accordance with the
said conditions and to complete the entire and all the works connected thereto or
as ordered from time to time within the time period stipulated herein and to
execute the same diligently and consistently throughout the entire time period so
specified and the Contractor shall strictly adhere to the detailed programme for
completion of work.
12.
All disputes arising out of or in any way connected with this agreement shall be
deemed to have arisen in Cuttack and only the courts of Cuttack shall have
jurisdiction to determine the same.
13.
All payments by NLUO under CONTRACT will be made at NLUO, Office of
“The Registrar” NLUO . The Contractor is required to open a Bank account in the
same bank as of NLUO for timely payments.
24
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 4
_____________________________________________Pre- Qualification Application Format
14.
It is the responsibility of the contractor to ensure timely depositing of sales tax on
work contract tax as per the prevailing rate during the tenure of contract period.
The contractor shall be responsible for any delayed/partial payment of WCT,
VAT, service Tax and all other taxes as required under statute and other
prevailing laws.
15.
As per Service Tax rules, applicable on construction, Service Tax is to be paid by
the service provider (the contractor in this case). As per section of the Central
Exercise act 1944, as extended to Service Tax, every person making Service Tax
payments, shall be presumed to have passed on the incidence of such tax to client,
availing the taxable service. Accordingly Service Tax incidence. % (Prevailing
rates) has been passed. This statutory liability will be deposited by us along with
each RA Bill and challan shall be submitted to NLUO on before submitting next
bill, In case Service Tax rate is reduced / scrap than Service Tax loaded in the
lump-sum contract value shall be reimbursed to NLUO.
16.
Contractor shall provide the vouchers for full quantity of any of the material
brought for the project whenever asked by NLUO and be inclusive of Service tax
and VAT in the rates.
17.
The contractor will carry out the testing of any of the materials at his own cost
from a recognized laboratory as approved by NLUO as per the relevant IS Codes
before it is used in the work.
18.
As per Terms & Condition of Contract no decreases or increase in Cement &
Steel price/cost shall be considered by NLUO, subject to fulfillment of
contractor condition. Necessary deduction towards Income tax & WCT shall be
deducted and deposited. The effect of this has been loaded in contract value and
no additional amount/claim is payable by NLUO.
19.
All parts of this contract have been read to us and fully understood by us.
As witness thereof the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands the day and
year first above written.
Signed by the said NLUO: ____________________________
In the presence of witness:
Name: ________________________
Name: _______________________
Occupation : ___________________
Occupation : ___________________
Address : ____________________ Address : ____________________
25
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 4
_____________________________________________Pre- Qualification Application Format
Signed by the said CONTRACTOR : ___________________________________
In the presence of witness:
Name: ________________________
Name: _______________________
Occupation : ___________________
Occupation : _______________
Address : ____________________ Address : ____________________
26
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 4
_____________________________________________Pre- Qualification Application Format
FORM OF TENDER
To
The Vice Chancellor
National Law University ODISHA ,
Naraj, Cuttack - 753015, ODISHA.
Sub : Tender for Construction Main gate (2nos) including security shade and other ancillary
works of National Law University Campus Works for National Law
University Odisha at Naraj, Cuttack, ODISHA.
Dear Sir,
I/We, have seen the site, read and examined and clearly understood the content in the following
documents related to the Construction of National Law University Campus Works for National
Law University Odisha at CUTTACK, ODISHA.
a)
Notice Inviting Tender.
b)
Instruction to the Tenderers.
c)
Articles of Agreement.
d)
General conditions of contract.
e) Special conditions of contract.
f) Particulars specifications and special clauses forming part of schedule of quantities.
g) Tendered drawings.
h) Modifications/Amendments to the tender documents if any.
I/We hereby tender for execution of the works referred to in the aforesaid document upon the
terms and conditions contained or referred to there in and in accordance in all respects with the
specifications, designs, Tendered drawings and other relevant details at the rates quoted in Bill of
Quantity and within the period of completion as stipulated in schedule.
In consideration of I/We being invited to tender, I/We agree to keep the tender open for
acceptance for 2 months from the due date of submission thereof and not to make any
modifications in its terms and conditions which are not acceptable. A sum of Rs-----------------------------------------------------------------------------is hereby forwarded in
the form of demand
draft No. ---------------- -----dt.------------------ issued by --------------------------(name of Bank) as
earnest money in favor of National Law University ODISHA which amount is not to bear any
27
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 4
_____________________________________________Pre- Qualification Application Format
interest. If I/We fail to keep the tender open as aforesaid or make any modifications in the terms
and conditions of the tender which are not acceptable to National Law University ODISHA ,
I/We agree that National Law University ODISHA shall without prejudice to any other right or
remedy be at liberty to forfeit the said earnest money absolutely. Should this tender be accepted,
I/We hereby agree to abide by and fulfill all the terms and conditions and provisions of the
aforesaid documents.
If after the tender is accepted, I/We fail the commence the execution the works as provided for in
the terms and conditions of contract. I/We agree that National Law University ODISHA shall
without prejudice to any of their rights and remedies, be at liberty to forfeit the said earnest
money absolutely.
Witness----------------------------- signature in the capacity of ------------------------------date ------------------------ Duly authorize to sign the tender on behalf of ---------------------------------------------------------------Address-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Time -------------------------------Dated------------------------------Telephone No.----------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
(Seal)
Tender submitted on ----------------------------------- Before ----------------------------------------P.M.
28
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 4
_____________________________________________Pre- Qualification Application Format
“ANNEXURE-A.”
FORMAT OF GUARANTEE TO BE EXECUTED BY THE FIRM /
CONTRACTOR IN RESPECT OF THE WORK OF PRE - CONSTRUCTION
ANTI -TERMITE TREATMENT.
This agreement made this ................................. day of ................................... Two thousand ten
................................................ Between National Law University ODISHA , Constituted under
the Govt. of ODISHA Act - 4 of 2008. having its head office at Naraj, Cuttack - 753015,
ODISHA, of the one part. (Herein after called “the NLUO”).
WHEREAS THIS AGREEEMENT is supplementary to a contractor (hereinafter called the
contract dated ........ / ........ / 201............ and made between the NLUO of the one part and the
Guarantor of the other part) whereby firm/Contractor interalia undertook to render the
buildings/structures completely free from any infestation of termites. And whereas the
Guarantors agreed to give guarantee to the effect that the said buildings/structures shall remain
free from any infestation of termites for a minimum period of ten years from the date of
completion of pre-construction anti-termite treatment carried out as per the relevant I.S. Code
Now the Guarantor hereby agree to make good all defects and render the buildings / structures
free from any infection of termites, during this period of guarantee and to the satisfaction work at
his own cost, and within one week from the date of issue of notice from the NLUO, calling upon
him to rectify the defects. In case the guarantor fails to commence the work as per above notice
and the work is got done through some other contractor. That if the Guarantor fails to execute the
pre-construction anti-termite treatment or commits breach there under than the Guarantor will
indemnify the principal and his successors against all loss, damage cost, expense or otherwise
which may be incurred by him by any reason of any default on the part of the guarantor in
performance and observance of this agreement. As to the amount of loss and / or damage and/or
cost incurred by the NLUO the decision of the NLUO will be final and binding.
In witness whereof these presents have been executed by the obligator ---------------------------------------------------- and by ------------------------------------- and for on behalf of the NLUO on the
day, month and year first above written.
Signed, and delivered by ------------------------------------------------- (N.L.U.O) by the hand of Shri
-------------------------------------- in the presence of -----------------------------------------Signed and
delivered by the hand of -----------------------------------------------------------(Contractor) in the
presence of ------------------------------------------------------------------
29
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 4
_____________________________________________Pre- Qualification Application Format
“ANNEXURE-B”
FORMAT OF GUARANTEE TO BE EXECUTED BY THE
FIRM/ CONTRCTOR IN RESPECT OF THE WORK
OF WATER PROOFING TREATMENT.
This agreement made this ................................. day of ................................... Two thousand ten
................................................ Between National Law University ODISHA , Constituted under
the Govt. of ODISHA Act - 4 of 2008. having its head office at Naraj, Cuttack - 753015,
ODISHA. of the one part. (Herein after called “the NLUO”).
WHEREAS THIS AGREEMENT is supplementary to a contract (hereinafter called the contract
dated ----/----/ 201… and other part) whereby firm / Contractor interalia under took that the
basement with retaining walls, roofs, stair roof, underground reservoir, overhead reservoir and
sunken floors of the NLUO's Building shall be in water proof condition for a period of ten (10)
years viz. from dated of handing over of the completed works to the National Law University
ODISHA and whereas the Guarantors agree to give guarantee to the effect that the said
buildings / structures shall remain free from any leakage / seepage for a minimum period of ten
(10) years from the date of handing over of the building.
Now the Guarantor hereby agree to make good all defects and render the building / structures
free from any leakage / seepage, during this period of guarantee and to the satisfaction of the
NLUO. The guarantor also agrees to take up such rectification work at his own cost, and within
one week from the date of issue of notice from the NLUO, calling upon him to rectify the
defects. The decision of the NLUO as to the cost payable by the guarantor will be final and
binding in case the guarantor fails to commence the work as per above notice and the work is got
done through some other contractor. That if the Guarantor fails to execute the water proofing
works or commits breach there under then the Guarantor will indemnify the principal and his
successors against all loss, damage cause, expense or otherwise which may be incurred by him
any reason of any default on the part of the guarantor in performance and observance of this
agreement. As to the amount of loss and or damage and/ or cost incurred by the NLUO the
decision of the NLUO will be final and binding.
In witness whereof these presents have been executed by the obligator ---------------------- and by
---------------------------- and for on behalf of the NLUO on the day, month and year first above
written.
Signed, and delivered by National Law University ODISHA by the hands of Shri--------------------------------------- in the presence of ----------------------------------------------------------------------Signed, and delivered by National Law University ODISHA by the hands of Shri / M/s.-------------------------------------------- (Contractor ) in the presence of ----------------------------------------------------------------------30
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
GENERAL RULES AND INSTRUCTIONS
FOR THE GUIDANCE OF TENDERERS.
1.
Tenders are hereby invited on behalf of National Law University ODISHA , Cuttack for
the Construction of National Law University Campus Works at Naraj, Cuttack, ODISHA.
2.
Contract documents consisting of the plans, complete specifications, the schedule of
quantities of the various classes of work to be done, and the set of conditions of contract to
be complied with by the person whose tenders may be accepted, which will also be found
in the form of tenders is to be duly signed. The site for the work is available for inspection
with the prior permission of PMC/ NLUO.
3.
Tenders for Main Gate (2Nos) sealed cover, with
written
“TENDER OF
CONSTRUCTION MAIN GATE (2NOS) INCLUDING SECURITY SHADE AND
OTHER ANCILLARY WORKS OF NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY CAMPUS AT
NARAJ, CUTTACK, ODISHA. FOR NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY ODISHA ”
written on the envelopes will be received by The Vice Chancellor National Law University
ODISHA , at Naraj, Cuttack - 753015, ODISHA. up to 17.03.2015 by 10.30A.M. and will
be opened by him in his office at 11:30 A.M on the same day.
4.
Tenders are to be on the prescribed tender documents which can be obtained from the
office of National Law University ODISHA , at Naraj, Cuttack - 753015, ODISHA on
payment of Rs. 5,250/- only in form of DD in favor of the Registrar National Law
University ODISHA payable at Cuttack.
In case they said papers are downloaded from NLUO website then the amount of Rs.
5,250/- only will be paid at the time of submission of the tender document.
The time allowed for the carrying out of the work will be 3 months from the date of receipt
of LOI.
5.
The contractors should quote in figures as well as in words the rate, and amount tendered
by them. The amount for each item should be worked out and the requisite totals given.
(a)
6.
When there is a difference between the rates in figures and in words the rate which
corresponds to the amounts worked out by the contractor, shall be taken as correct
figure.
(b) When the amount of any item is not worked out by the contractor or it does not
correspond with the rate written either in figures or in words, then the rate quoted by
the contractors in works shall be taken as correct.
(c) When the rate quoted by the contractor in figures and in words tallies but the amount
is not worked out correctly, rate quoted by the contractor shall be taken as correct
and not the amount.
When a contractor signs a tender in an Indian Language the tendered amount and the total
tendered should also be written in the same language. In the case of illiterate contractors
the rates or the amounts tendered should be attested by a witness.
31
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
7.
The last date of Issue of tender form will be on dt: 16.03.2015 in office hour.
8.
Earnest money Rs. 1,25,000/- (Rupees One Lakh twenty five thousand only)
in form
DD(Demand draft) of as mentioned herein before in favor of “The Registrar, National Law
University ODISHA must accompany each tender and each tender is to be in a sealed
cover super scribed" Tender for Construction of National Law University Campus Works
at CUTTACK " and addressed to The Vice Chancellor, National Law University ODISHA
, at Naraj, Cuttack - 753015, ODISHA.
9.
The contractor, whose tender is accepted will be required to furnish by way of security
deposit for the due fulfillment of his contract, such sum as will amount.
Initial Security Deposit : The amount of Initial security deposit shall be 1% of accepted
tender amount including EMD. The initial security deposit is to be paid by the contractor to
the N.L.U.O within 12 (Twelve) days of intimation to him of the acceptance of tender. The
initial security deposit will be kept in the N.L.U.O account & refunded to the contractor
any interest along with retention money as stipulated in the contract.
From each running bill an amount at the rate of 5% of the Work done value of the running
bill shall be recovered as retention money , till the total retention amount including the
EMD & ISD amounts already with the N.L.U.O become 5% of the value of the contract
amount. This amount is called as Total Security Deposit-which consists of Three
components:
A]
B]
C]
EMD- Earnest Money Deposits.
ISD-Initial Security Deposits.
RM-Retention Money.
The total security deposit will be kept with the N.L.U.O. 50% of the total security deposit
amount shall be refunded without interest to the contractor on issue of virtual completion
certificate by the PMC/ N.L.U.O & the contractor’s removal of his materials, equipment,
labour force, temporary sheds, stores, site office etc.
The remaining 50% of the total security deposit may be refunded 15 days after the end of
defect liability period (i.e. 1 year), provided the contractor has carried out all the works &
attended to rectification of all defects in accordance with the conditions of the contract.
The Security Deposit shall be collected as detailed in clause No. 1 of the General
Conditions of the contract.
The EMD of the contractor whose tender is accepted, shall be forfeited in full in case he
does not remit the initial Security Deposit within the stipulated period or start the work by
the stipulated date mentioned in the award letter.
32
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
10.
11.
The acceptance of a tender will rest with the N.L.U.O only which does not bind itself to
accept the lowest tender, and reserves to itself the authority to reject any or all of the
tenders received without the assignment of a reason. All tenders in which any of the
prescribed conditions are not fulfilled or are incomplete in any respect are liable to be
rejected.
Canvassing in connection with tenders is strictly prohibited and the tenders submitted by
the contractors who resorts to canvassing will be liable to rejection.
12.
All rates shall be quoted on the proper form of the tender alone.
13.
14.
An item rate tender containing percentage below/above will be summarily rejected.
On acceptance of the tender, the name of the accredited representative(s) of the contractor
who would be responsible for taking instructions from the NLUO/PMCs shall be
communicated to the NLUO with in 7 (seven) days of acceptance. The accredited person
duly qualified engineer.
15.
Special care should be taken to write the rates in figures as well as in words and the
amounts in figures only, in such a way that interpolation is not possible. The total amount
must be written both in figures and in words. In case of figures, the words "Rs." should be
written before the figure of rupees and works "p" after the decimal should preceded and the
word "Paise" should be written at the end", unless the rate is in whole rupees and followed
by the words "only", it should invariably be up to two decimal places, While quoting the
rate in schedule of quantities, the work "only "should be written closely following the
amount and it should not be written in the next line.
16.
The N.L.U.O does not bind itself to accept the lowest or any tender and reserves to itself
the right of accepting the whole or any part of the tender and the tenderer shall be bound to
perform the same at the rate quoted.
17.
Sales tax, service tax or any other tax etc on materials or on finished works like work's
contract tax, Turn-over Tax, etc. in respect of this contract shall be payable by the
contractor and the N.L.U.O will not entertain any claim whatsoever in this respect.
18.
The Contractor shall give a list of his relatives if any working with the N.L.U.O along with
their designations and addresses.
19.
No employee from the date of the N.L.U.O is allowed to work as a contractor for a period
of two years of his retirement from N.L.U.O service, without the previous permission of
the N.L.U.O. This contract is liable to be cancelled if either the contractor or any of his
employee is found at the N.L.U.O as aforesaid before submission of the tender or
engagement in the contractor’s service.
33
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
20.
The tender for works shall remain open for acceptance for a period of 2 (Two) months
from the date of opening of tenders. If any tenderer withdraws his tender before the date
prior of, then N.L.U.O shall be at liberty to forfeit Earnest Money paid along with the
tender.
21.
The tender for the work shall not witnessed by contractor or contractors who himself/
themselves has/have tendered or who may and had/have tendered for the same work.
Failure to observe this condition would tender of the contractor tendering as well as
witnessing the tender liable to summary rejection.
22.
It will be obligatory on the part of the tenderer to tender and sign the tender documents for
all the component parts and that, after the work is awarded, he will have to enter into an
agreement for which component with the competent authority in the N.L.U.O.
23.
The tenderer, apart from being a competent contractor must associate himself with
agencies of the appropriate class who are eligible to tender for (i) Electrical (ii) Sanitary
and Water supply installations and (iii) Horticulture.
The Vice Chancellor
.
National Law University ODISHA .
Naraj, Cuttack - 753015, ODISHA
APPENDIX
1.
Name of work
:
Construction of National Law University
Campus Works Main Gate 2 nos including
security shade and other ancillary works at
Naraj for National Law University ODISHA
.
At: Naraj, Cuttack, ODISHA
2.
Location
:
3.
Scope of work
:
As above and further detailed in the General
Conditions of contract.
4.
Defects Liability Period
:
12 (Twelve) months from issuing of date of
completion certificate.
5.
Date of Commencement
:
Fifteen days from the date of issue of work
order or the date of handing over site,
whichever is later.
34
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
6.
Time of completion
:
3 months for the total work.
Time period to be fixed 3 months for Main Gate.
7.
Liquidated damages
:
0.5% of the accepted tender amount per
week subject to a ceiling of 5% of the
accepted tender amount.
8.
Value of works for Interim certificate:
minimum of one bill in every fortnight.
9.
Period of honoring Certificate
:
a) 15 (fifteen) days for R.A. Bills from the
date of receipt of certificate from the
Architect/PMC.
10.
Total Security Deposit
:
5% of the gross value of work done &
claimed in each bill provided the total
security deposit i.e. ISD+ retention money
shall both together not exceeding 5% of the
contract value or 5% of final bill whichever
is more.
11.
Initial Security Deposit:
1% of the accepted tender amount including
EMD.
35
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT.
1.0. Definitions:
“Contract means the documents forming the tender and the acceptance thereof and the formal
agreement executed between National Law University ODISHA (client) and the contractor,
together with the documents referred therein including these conditions , the specifications,
designs, Tendered drawings & instructions issued from time to time by the PMC/ N.L.U.O and
all these documents taken together shall be deemed to form one contract and shall be
complementary to one another.
1.1.
In the contract the following expression shall, unless the context otherwise
requires, have the meaning hereby respectively assigned to them.
1.1.1 “N.L.U.O” shall mean National Law University ODISHA (client) having it’s office at
Naraj, Cuttack - 753015, ODISHA. & includes the client’s representatives, successors &
assigns.
1.1.1(a). “PMC/ Consultant” shall mean “M/s. RATH ARCHITECTONIC”, Plot No. 104,
Madhuaudan Nagar, Unit-IV, Bhubaneswar-751001.
1.1.1(b). “PMC” shall mean “M/s. RATH ARCHITECTONIC”, Plot No. 104, Madhusudan
Nagar, Unit-IV, Bhubaneswar-751001.
1.1.2. “PROJECT DIRECTOR” shall mean an Engineer appointed by the N.L.U.O as their
representative to give instructions to the contractor.
1.1.3. “The Contractor” shall mean the individual or firm or company whether incorporated or
not, undertaking the works and shall include legal representative of such individual.
1.1.4. ‘Engineer In Charge’ shall mean the representative of the PMC/consultant.
1.1.5. ‘Tendered drawings’ shall mean the Tendered drawings prepared by the PMCs and then
issued by the Engineer and referred to in the specifications and any modifications of such
Tendered drawings as may be issued by the Engineer from time to time ‘Contract value
shall mean the value of the entire work as stipulated in the letter of acceptance of tender
subject to such additions thereto or deductions there from as may be made under the
provision herein after contained.
1.1.6. ‘Specifications’ shall mean the specifications referred to in the tender and any
modifications thereof as may time to time be furnished or approved by the PMC
consultant “Month” means calendar month.
1.1.7. “Week” means seven consecutive days.
1.1.8. “Day” means a calendar day beginning and ending at 00Hrs and 24 Hrs respectively.
36
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
DEFECT LIABILITY PERIOD
1.1.9. The Defect Liability Period shall commence from the date of virtual completion as
mentioned in the Certificate of Virtual Completion issued by NLUO. The duration of the
Defect Liability Period shall be one years after the date of issue of virtual completion
certificate by NLUO to the Contractor. i.e. (one year after all the works as per the scope
of work including completion of all buildings, external development works are complete.
CLAUSE
1.0.
Total Security Deposit
Total Security deposit comprises of
Earnest money deposit
Initial Security deposit
Retention Money.
a)
Earnest money Deposit
The tenderer shall furnish EMD of Rs. 1,25,000/- in the form of Demand Draft drawn in
favor of “The Registrar, National Law University ODISHA. No tenders shall be
considered unless the EMD is so deposited in the required form. No interest shall be paid
on this EMD. The EMD of the unsuccessful tenderer shall be refunded soon after the
decision to award the contract is taken without interest. The EMD shall stand absolutely
forfeited if the tenderer revokes his tender at any time the period when he is required to
keep his tender open acceptance by the NLUO or after it is accepted by the NLUO the
contractor fails to enter into a formal agreement or fails to pay the initial security deposit
as stipulated or fails to commence the commence the work within the stipulated time.
b)
Initial Security Deposit (ISD)
The amount of ISD shall be 1% of accepted value of tender including the EMD in the
form of D/D drawn on any scheduled Bank and shall be deposited within 15 (fifteen)
days from the date of acceptance of tender.
c)
Retention Money
Besides the ISD as deposited by the contractor in the above said manner the retention
money shall be deducted from the running account bill at the rate of 5% of the gross
value of work done by the contractor and claimed in each bill provided the total security
deposit i.e. The ISD plus Retention Money shall both together not exceed 5% of the
contract value ,50% of the total security deposit shall be refunded to the contractor
without any interest on issue of Virtual Completion certificate by the PMC/consultant.
37
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
The balance 50% of the total security deposit shall be refunded to the contractors without
interest within fifteen days after the end of defects liability period provided the contractor
has satisfactorily attended to all defects in accordance with the conditions of contract
including site clearance.
2.0
Language
The language in which the contract documents shall be drawn shall be in English.
3.0
i)
ii)
iii)
a)
b)
Errors, omissions and discrepancies
In case of errors, omissions and/ or disagreements between written and scaled dimensions
on the Tendered drawings or between the Tendered drawings and specifications etc.,
apply in the following order.
Between scaled and written dimension (or description) on a drawing, the latter shall be
adopted.
Between the written or shown description or dimensions in the Tendered drawings and
the corresponding one in the specification the former shall be taken as correct.
Between written description of the item in the specifications and descriptions in bills of
quantities of the same item, the former shall be adopted.
In case of difference between rates written in figures and words, the rate in words shall
prevail.
between the duplicate / subsequent copies of the tender, the original tender shall be taken
as correct.
4.0
Scope of work
The contractor shall carryout complete and maintain the said work in every respect in
strict accordance with this contract and with the decision to the satisfaction of the
N.L.U.O to be communicated through the PMC/ Consultant at the directions of the
N.L.U.O from time to time issue further Tendered drawings and / or written instructions,
details directions and explanations which are hereafter collectively referred to as PMC’s /
consultant’s instructions in regard to the variation or modification of the design, quality
or quantity of work or the addition or omission or substitution of any work. Any
discrepancy in the Tendered drawings or between the BOQ and / or Tendered drawings
and / or specifications. The removal from the site of any material brought thereon buy the
contractor and any substitution of any other materials therefore the removal and / or reexecution of any work executed by him. The dismissal from the work of any person
employed / engaged there upon.
5.0
i) Letter of Acceptance
Within the validity period of the tender the N.L.U.O shall issue a letter of acceptance
either directly or through the PMC by registered post or otherwise depositing at the
address of the contractor as given in the tender to enter into a Contract for the execution
38
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
of the work as per the terms of the tender. The letter of acceptance shall constitute a binding
contract between the NLUO and the contractor.
ii) Contract Agreement
On receipt of intimation of the acceptance of tender from the NLUO/ PMC the successful
tenderer shall be bound to implement the contract and within fifteen days thereof he shall
sign an agreement in non judicial stamp paper of appropriate value.
6.0
Ownership of Tendered drawings
All Tendered drawings, specifications and copies thereof furnished by the NLUO through
its consultant / PMC are the properties of the NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY,
ODISHA. They are not to be used for any work.
7.0
Detailed Tendered drawings and instructions
The NLUO through its consultants/PMC shall furnish with reasonable promptness
additional instructions by means of Tendered drawings or otherwise for the proper
execution of the work. All such Tendered drawings and instructions shall be consistent
with the contract documents, true developments thereof and reasonably inferable there
from. The work shall be executed in conformity therewith and the contractor prepare a
detailed programme schedule indicating therein the date of start and completion of
various activities on receipt of the work order and submit the same to the NLUO through
the consultant /PMC.
7.1
Copies of agreement
Two copies of agreement duly signed by both the parties with the Tendered drawings
shall be handed over the contractors.
8.0
Liquidated damages:
a.
b.
c.
d.
If the contractor fails to maintain the progress required to complete the work and clear the
site including vacating their office on or before the contracted or extended date or
completion without justification in support of the cause of delay or
Delay in completion.
The defect which suppose to be rectified as per the advice of National Law
University ODISHA / Project Management Consultant within the stipulated period.
Non specified material.
Payment of labour & statutory uses. and he may be called upon without prejudice to any
other right of remedy available under the law to the NLUO on account of such
breach
to pay a liquidated damages at the rate of 0.5% of the contract value which subject to a
maximum of 5% of the contract value.
39
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
9.0
Materials, Appliances and Employees
Unless or otherwise specified the contractor shall provide and pay for all materials,
labour, water, power, tools, equipment transportation safety measure and any other
facilities that are required for the satisfactory execution ad completion of the work.
Unless otherwise specified all materials shall be new and both workmanship and
materials shall be best quality. The Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline
and good order among his employees and shall not employ on the work any unfit person
of anyone not skilled in the work assigned to him. Workman whose work or behavior is
found to be unsatisfactory by the NLUO / PMC he shall be removed from the site
immediately.
10.0.
Permits, Laws & Regulations:
Permits & Licenses required for the execution of the work shall be obtained by the
contractor at his own expense. The contractor shall give notices & comply with the
regulations, laws, ordinances rules, applicable to the contract. If the contractor observes
any discrepancy between the Tendered drawings and specifications, he shall promptly
notify the NLUO in writing under intimation of the PMC/ Consultant. If the contractor
performs any act, which is against the law , rules & regulations he shall meet all the costs
arising there from and shall indemnify the NLUO any legal action arising there from.
Labour licenses and they should have P.F No. of their employee which will submitted to
NLUO.
11.0
Setting Out Work:
The contractor shall set out the work and shall be responsible for the true and perfect
setting out of the same and for the correctness of the positions, levels, dimensions and
alignment of all parts thereof and get it approved by the PMC/ Consultant before
proceeding with the work. If at any time any error in this respect shall appear during the
progress of the works, irrespective of the fact that the layout had been approved by the
PMC/ Consultant the contractor shall be responsible for the same and shall at his own
expenses rectify such error, if so, required to satisfaction of the NATIONAL LAW
UNIVERSITY, ODISHA.
12.0.
Protection of works and Property:
The contractor shall continuously maintain adequate protection. Of all his work from
damage and shall protect the NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY, ODISHA’s properties
from injury or loss arising in connection with contract. He shall make good any such
damage, injury, loss, except due to causes beyond his control and due to his fault or
negligence.
He shall take adequate care and steps for protection of the adjacent properties. The
contractor shall take all precautions for safety and protections of his employees on the
40
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
works and shall comply with all applicable provisions of government & local bodies
safety laws & building codes to prevent accidents, or injuries to persons or property on ,
about or adjacent to this place of work. The contractor shall take insurance covers as per
clause 24.0 at his own cost. The policy may taken in joint names of contractor and the
NLUO and the original policy may be lodged with the NATIONAL LAW
UNIVERSITY, ODISHA.
13.0
Inspection of work:
The NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY, ODISHA/ PMC/ Consultant or their
representatives shall at all reasonable times have free access to the work site and/or to
the workshop, factories or other places where materials are lying or from where they are
obtained and the contractor shall give every facility to the NATIONAL LAW
UNIVERSITY, ODISHA, PMC / Consultant and their representatives necessary for
inspection & examination and test of the materials an workmanship. No person unless
authorized by the NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY, ODISHA/PMC/Consultant except
the representative of Public authorities shall be allowed on the work at any time. The
proposed work either during its construction stage or its completion can also be inspected
by the Chief Technical Examiner’s Organization a wing of Central Vigilance
Commission.
14.0.
Assignment & Subletting
The whole of work included in the contract shall be executed by the contractor and he
shall not directly entrust and engage or indirectly transfer, assign or underlet the contract
any part or share thereof or interest therein without the written consent of the NLUO
through the PMC and no undertaking shall relieve the Contractor from the responsibility
of the contractor from active superintendence of the work during it’s progress.
15.0.
Quality of Material, Workmanship & Test
All materials and workmanship shall be the best of respective kinds described in the
contract and in accordance with PMC / Consultant. The PMC / Consultant instructions
and shall be subject from time to time to such tests as the PMC / Consultant may direct at
the places of manufacture or fabrication or on the site or an approved testing laboratory.
The contractor shall provide such assistance, instruments, machinery, labour and
materials as are normally required for examining measuring sampling and testing any
material or part of work before incorporation in the work for testing as may be selected
and required by the PMC / Consultant.
ii) Samples
All samples of adequate numbers, size, shades & pattern as per specifications shall be
supplied by the contractor without any extra charges. If certain items proposed to be used
41
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
are of such nature that samples cannot be presented or prepared at the site detailed
literature/ test certificate of the same shall be provided to the satisfaction of the PMC/
Consultant. Before submitting their sample / literature the contractor shall satisfy himself
that the material / equipment for which he is submitting the sample/ literature meet with
the requirement of tender specification. Only when the samples are approved in writing
by the PMC/ consultant the contractor shall proceed with the procurement and installation
of the particular material / equipment. The approved samples shall be signed by the PMC/
Consultant for inspection / comparison at any time. The PMC/ Consultant shall take
reasonable time to approve the samples for reasons of its not meeting the specifications
or other discrepancies inadequacy in furnishing samples of best qualities from various
manufacturers and such other aspects causing delay on the approval of the materials /
equipment etc. shall be to the account of the contractor.
iii) Cost of tests
The cost of making any test shall be borne entirely by the contractor if such tests is
required be done or any provided specification or in BOQ.
iv) Cost of tests not provided for
If any test is ordered by the PMC/ Consultant which is either
a) If so intended by or provided for or ( in the cases above mentioned) is not so
particularized , or though so intended or provided for but ordered by the PMC / PMC
to be carried out by; an independent person at any place other than the site or the
place of manufacture or fabrication of the materials tested or any Government /
approved laboratory, then the cost of such test shall be borne by the contractor.
16.0
Obtaining information related to execution of work
No claim by the contractor for additional payment shall be entertained which is
consequent upon failure on his part to obtain correct information as to any matter
affecting the execution of the work not any or the obtaining incorrect information or the
failure to obtain correct information relieve him from any risks or from the entire
responsibility for the fulfillment of contract.
17.0
Contractor’s superintendence
The contractor shall give necessary personal superintendence during the execution of the
works and as long, thereafter, as the PMC/ Consultant may consider necessary until the
expiry of the defects liability period, stated hereto.
18.0
Quantities
The bill of quantities (BOQ) unless or otherwise stated shall be deemed to have been
prepared in accordance with the Indian Standard Method of Measurements and
42
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
quantities. The rate quoted shall remain valid for variation of quantity against
individual item to any extent subject to maximum variation of the contract value by
25%. All the amount paid under clause 19,20 hereof as well as amounts of prime cost
and provisional sums, if any, shall be excluded.
ii)
Variation exceeding 25%
The items of works executed in relation to variation exceeding 25% shall be paid on the
basis of provisions of clause 21 (e) thereof.
19.0
Works to be measured
The PMC/ Consultant may from time to time intimate to; the contractor that he required
the work to be measured and the contractor shall forthwith attend or send a qualified
representative to assist the PMC in taking such measurements and calculation and to
furnish all particulars or to give all assistance required by any of them. Such
measurements shall be taken in accordance with the Mode of measurements detailed in
the specifications. The representative of the PMC / Consultant shall take joint
measurements with the contractor’s representative and the measurements shall be entered
in the measurement book. The contractor or his authorized shall sign all the pages of the
measurement book in which the measurements have been recorded in token of his
acceptance. All the corrections shall be duly attested by both representatives. No over
writings shall be made I the M book should the contractor not attend or neglect or omit
to depute his representative to take measurements them the measurements recorded by
the representative of the PMC/ Consultant shall be final. All authorized extra work;
omissions and all variations made shall be included final. All authorized extra work;
omissions and all variations made shall be included in such measurement.
20.0
Variations
No alteration, omission or variation ordered in writing by the PMC/ Consultant shall
vitiate the contract. In case the NLUO/ PMC thinks proper at any time during the
progress of works to make any alteration in, or additions to or omissions from the works
or any alteration in the kind or quality of the materials to be used therein, the PMC/
NLUO shall give notice thereof in writing to the contractor or shall confirm in writing
within seven days of giving such oral instructions the contractor shall alter to, add to, or
omit from as the case may be in accordance with such notice, but the contractor shall not
do any work extra to or make any alterations or additions to or omissions from the works
or any deviation from any of the provisions of the contract, stipulations, specifications or
contract drawing without previous consent in writing of the PMC/ NLUO and the value
of such extras, alterations, additions or omissions shall in all cases be determined by the
PMC/ NLUO and the same shall be added to or deducted from the contract value, as the
case may be.
43
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
21.0
Valuation of Variations
No claim for an extra shall be allowed unless it shall have been executed under the
authority of the PMC/ Consultant with the concurrence of the NLUO as herein
mentioned. Any such extra is herein referred to as authorized extra and shall be made in
accordance with the following provisions.
a)
(i)
The net rates or prices in the contract shall determine the valuation of the extra
work where such extra work is of similar character and executed under similar
conditions as the work priced herein.
(ii) Rates for all items, wherever possible should be derived out of the rates given in
the priced BOQ.
b) The net prices of the original tender shall determine the value of the items omitted,
provided if omissions do not vary the conditions under which any remaining items of
works are carried out, otherwise the prices for the same shall be valued under sub-clause
(C) hereunder.
c)
Where the extra works are not of similar character and / or executed under similar
conditions as aforesaid or where the omissions vary the conditions under which any
remaining items of works are carried out, then the contractor shall within 7 days of the
receipt of the letter of acceptance inform the PMC/ Consultant of the rate which he
intends to charge for such items of work, duly supported by analysis of the rate of rates
claimed and the PMC / consultant shall fix such rate or prices as in the circumstances in
his opinion are reasonable and proper, based on the market rate.
d)
Where extra work cannot be properly measured or valued the contractor shall be
allowed day work prices at the net rates stated in the tender of the BOQ or, if not, so
stated then in accordance with the local day work rates and wages for the district
provided that in either case, vouchers specifying the daily time (and if required by the
PMC/ Consultant) the workman’s name and materials employed be delivered for
verifications to the PMC/ Consultant at or before the end of the week following that in
which the work has been executed.
e)
It if further clarified that for all such authorized extra items where rates cannot be
derived from the tender ,the Contractor shall submit rates duly supported by rate
analysis as per OPWD worked on the “market rate basis” for material, labour, hire /
running charges of equipment and wastages etc. plus 15% towards establishment
charges, contractor’s overheads and profit. Such items shall not be eligible for
escalation.
22.0
Final Measurement
44
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
The measurement and valuation in respect of the contract shall be completed within
six months of the virtual completion of the work.
23.0
Virtual completion certificate (VCC)
On successful completion of entire works covered by the contract to the full
satisfaction of the NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY, ODISHA, the
contractor shall ensure that the following works have been completed to the
satisfaction of the NLUO .
a)
clear the site of all scaffolding, wiring,
contractor’s labour, equipment and machinery.
pipes,
surplus
materials,
b)
Demolish, dismantle and remove the contractor’s site office, temporary
works, structures including labour sheds/camps and constructions and other
items and things whatsoever brought upon or erected at the site or any land
allotted to the contractor by the NLUO and not incorporated in the
permanent works.
c)
Remove all rubbish, debris etc, from the site and the land allotted to the
contractor by the NLUO and shall clear, level and dress, compact the site as
required by the NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY, ODISHA.
d)
Shall put the NLUO in undisputed custody and possession of the site and all
land allotted by the NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY, ODISHA.
e)
Shall hand over the work in a peaceful manner to the NATIONAL LAW
UNIVERSITY, ODISHA.
f)
All defects / imperfections have been attended and rectified as pointed out
by the NLUO to the full satisfaction of NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY,
ODISHA.
Upon the satisfactory fulfillment by the contractor as stated above,
contractor shall be entitled to apply to the PMC is satisfied of
completion of the work. Relative to which the completion certificate
been sought, the PMC shall within fourteen (14) days of the receipt of
application for virtual completion certificate, issue a VCC in respect of
work for which the VCC has been applied.
the
the
has
the
the
This issuance of VCC shall be without prejudice to the NATIONAL LAW
UNIVERSITY, ODISHA’s rights and contractor’s liabilities under the
contract including the contractor’s liability for defects liability period nor
45
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
shall the issuance of VCC in respect of the works or work at any site be construed
as a waiver of any right or claim of the NLUO against the
contractor in respect of works or works at the site and in respect of which the VCC
has been issued.
23.1
Work by other agencies
The NLUO/ PMC/ Consultant reserves the rights to use premises and any
portion of the site for execution of any work not included in the scope of
this contract which it may desire to have carried out by other persons
simultaneously and the contractor shall not only allow but also extend
reasonable facilities for the execution of such work. The contractor
however shall not be required to provided any plant or material for the
execution of such work except by special arrangement with the NATIONAL
LAW UNIVERSITY, ODISHA. Such work shall be carried out in such
manner as not to impede the progress of the works included in the contract.
24.0
Insurance of works
24.1
Without limiting his obligations and responsibilities under the contract the
contractor shall insure the insurance is being covered in the joint names of
the NLUO and the contractor against all loss of damages from whatever
cause arising other than the excepted risks, for which he is responsible
under the terms of contract and in such a manner that the NLUO and
contractor are covered for the period stipulated and are also covered during
the period of maintenance for loss or damage arising for a clause, occurring
prior to the commencement of the period of maintenance and for any loss or
damage occasioned by the contractor in the course of any operations carried
out by him for the purpose of complying with his obligations under clause.
a)
The works for the time being executed to the estimated current Contract
value thereof, or such additional sum as may be specified together with the
materials for incorporation in the works at their replacement value.
b)
The constructional plant and other things brought on to the site by the
contractor to the replacement value of such constructional plant and other
things.
c)
Such insurance shall be effected with an insurer and in terms approved by
the NLUO which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and the
contractor shall whenever required produce to the PMC/ Consultant the
police if insurance and the receipts for payment of the current premiums.
46
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
24.2
Damage to persons and property
The contractor shall, except if and so far as the contract provides otherwise
indemnify the NLUO against all losses and claims in respect of injuries or
damages to any person or material or physical damage to any property
whatsoever which may arise out of or in consequence of the execution and
maintenance of the works and against all claims proceedings, damages,
costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect of or in relation thereto
except any compensation of damages for or with respect to :
a)
The permanent use or occupation of land by or any part thereof.
b)
The right of NLUO to execute the works or any part thereof on, over, under,
in or through any lands.
c)
Injuries or damages to persons or properties which are unavoidable result of
the execution or maintenance of the works in accordance with the contract.
d)
Injuries or damage to persons or property resulting from any act or neglect
of the NLUO their agents, employees or other contractors not being
employed by the contractor or for or in respect of any clams, proceedings,
damages, costs, charges and expenses in respect thereof or in relation
thereto or where the injury or damage was contributed to by the contractor,
his servants or agents such part of the compensation as may be just and
equitable having regard to the extent of the responsibility of the
NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY,ODISHA, employees, or agents or other
contractors for the damage of injury.
24.3
Contractor to indemnify NLUO
The contractor shall indemnify the NLUO against all claims, proceedings,
damages cost, charges and expenses in respect of the matters referred to the
provision sub-clause 24.2 of this clause.
24.4
Contractor’s superintendence
The contractor shall fully indemnify and keep indemnified the NLUO
against any action, claim or proceeding relating to infringement or use of
any patent or design or any alleged patent or design rights and shall pay any
royalties which may be payable in respect of any article or part thereof
included in the contract. In the event of any claim made under of action
brought against NLUO in respect of such matters as aforesaid the contractor
shall be immediately notified thereof and the contractor shall be at liberty,
47
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
at his own expenses to settle any dispute or to conduct any litigation that may arise
there from, provided that the contractor shall not be liable to indemnify the
NLUO if the infringement of the patent or design or any
alleged patent or design right is the direct result of an order passed by the PMC/
PMC in this behalf.
24.5
Third Party Insurance
24.5.1 Before commencing the execution of the work the contractor but without
limiting his obligations and responsibilities under clauses 24.0 of GCC
shall insure against his liability for any material or physical damage, loss,
or injury which may occur to any property including that of NATIONAL
LAW UNIVERSITY, ODISHA, or to any person, including any employee of
the NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY, ODISHA, by or arising out of the
execution of the works or in the carrying out of the contract, otherwise than
due to the mattes referred to in the provision to clause 24.0 thereof.
24.5.2 Minimum amount of Third Party Insurance
Such insurance shall be effected with an insurer and in terms approved by
the NLUO which approval shall not be reasonably withheld and for at least
the amount stated below. The contractor shall, whenever required produce
to the PMC/ Consultant the policy or polices of insurance cover and receipts
for payment of the current premiums.
The minimum insurance cover for physical property, injury, and death
is Rs. 5.0 lakhs per occurrence with the number of occurrences limited
to four. After each occurrence contractor will pay additional premium
necessary to make insurance valid for four occurrences always.
25.6
Accident or Injury to workman:
25.6.1 The NLUO shall not be liable for in respect of any damages or
compensation payable at law respect or in consequence of any accident or
injury or any workmen or other person in the employment of the contractor
or any sub-contractor, save and except an accident or injury resulting from
any act or default of the NLUO against all such damages and compensation,
save and expect as aforesaid, and against all such damages and
compensation,
save and except as aforesaid, and against all claims,
proceedings, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever in respect thereof in
relation thereto.
25.6.2. Insurance against accidents etc. to workmen
48
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
The contractor shall insure against such liability with an insurer approved by the
NLUO during the whole of the time that any persons are employed by him
on the work and shall, when required, produce to the PMC/ Consultant
such police of insurance and receipt for payment of the current premium.
Provided always that, in respect of any persons employed by any subcontractor the contractor’s obligation to insure as aforesaid under this subclause shall be satisfied if the sub contractor shall have insured against the
liability in respect of such be persons in such manner that NLUO is
indemnified under the policy but the contractor shall require
such require sub-contractor to produce to the PMC/ Consultant when such
policy of insurance and the receipt for the payment of the current premium.
25.6.3 Remedy on contractor’s failure to insure:
If the contractor fails to effect and keep in force the insurance referred to
above or any other insurance which he may be required to effect under the
terms of contract, then and in any such case the NLUO may effect and keep
in force any such insurance and pay such premium or premiums as may be
necessary for that purpose and from time to time deduct the amount so paid
by the NLUO as aforesaid from any amount due or which may become due
to the contractor, or recover the same as debt from the contractor.
25.6.4 Without prejudice to the others rights of the NLUO against contractors. In
respect of such default, the NLUO shall be entitled to deduced from any
sums payable to the contractor the amount of any damages costs, charges
and other expenses paid by the NLUO and which are payable by the
contractors under this clause. The contractor shall upon settlement by the
Insurer of any claim made against the insurer pursuant to a policy taken
under this clause, proceed with due diligence to rebuild or repair the works
destroyed or damaged, In this event all the monies received from the Insurer
in respect of such damage shall be paid to the contractor and the Contractor
shall not be entitled to any further payment in respect of the expenditure
incurred for rebuilding or repairing of the materials or goods destroyed or
damaged.
26.0
Commencement of Works:
The date of commencement of the work will be reckoned as the date of
handing over site by joint signature of contractor, PMC & NLUO or fifteen
days from the date of issue of letter of acceptance of the tender by the
NLUO whichever is later.
49
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
27.0
Time for completion
Time is essence of the contract and shall be strictly observed by the
contractor. The entire work shall be complete within a period of 3 ½
calendar months from the date of commencement. If required in the contract
or as directed by the PMC / consultant. The contractor shall complete
certain portions of work before completion of the entire work. However the
completion date shall be reckoned as the date by which the whole work is
completed as per the terms of the contract.
28.0
Extension of time
If, in the opinion of the PMC /consultant, the work be delayed for reasons
beyond the control of the contractor, the PMC/ Consultant may submit a
recommendation to the NLUO to grant a fair and reasonable extension of
time for completion of work as per the terms of contract. If the contractor
needs an extension of time for the completion of work or if completion of
work is likely to be delayed for any reasons beyond the due date of
completion as stipulated in the contract, the contractor shall apply to the
NLUO through the PMC /consultant in writing at least 15 Days before the
expiry of the scheduled time and while applying for extension of time he
shall furnish the reasons in detail and his justification if any, for the delays
The PMC/ PMC shall submit their recommendations to the NLUO in the
prescribed format for granting extension of time. While granting extension
of time the contractor shall be informed the period extended time which will
qualify for levy of liquidated damages. For the balance period in excess of
original stipulated period and duly sanctioned extension of time by the
NLUO the provision of liquidated damages as stated under clause 8 shall
become applicable. Further the contract shall remain in force even for the
period beyond the date of completion irrespective whether the extension is
granted or not.
29.0
Rate of progress
The entire of the material, plant and labour to be provided by the contractor.
The mode, manner and speed of execution and maintenance of the works are
to be of a kind and conducted in a manner to the satisfaction of the PMC
should the rate of a progress of the work or any part thereof be at any time
be in the opinion of the PMC too slow to ensure the completion of the
whole of the work by the prescribed time or extended time for completion
the PMC shall thereupon take such steps as considered necessary by the
PMC, to expedite progress so as to complete the works by the prescribed
time or extended time. Such communications from the PMC neither shall
50
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
relieve the contractor from fulfilling obligations under the contract not he
will be entitle to raise any claims arising out of such directions.
30.0 Work during nights and holidays
Subject to any provision to the contrary contained in the contract no
permanent work shall save as herein provided be carried on during the night
or on holidays without the permission in writing of the PMC/ Consultant,
save when the work is unavoidable or absolutely necessary for the saving of
a life or property or for the safety of the work in which case the contractor
shall immediately advise the PMC/ Consultant. However the provisions of
the clause shall not be applicable in the case of any work which becomes
essential to carry by rotary or double shifts in order to achieve the progress
and quality of the works being technically required / continued with the
prior approval of the PMC/ Consultant at no extra cost to the NATIONAL
LAW UNIVERSITY, ODISHA.
All work at night after obtaining approval from competent authorities shall
be carried out without unreasonable noise an disturbance.
31.0
No compensation or restrictions of work
If at any time after acceptance of the tender NLUO shall decide to abandon
or reduce the scope of work for any reason whatsoever and hence not
required the whole or any part of the work to be carried out. The PMC/PMC/
shall give notice in writing to that effect to the contractor and the contractor
shall act accordingly. In the matter. The contractor shall have no claim to
any payment of compensation or otherwise whatsoever, on account of any
profit or advantage which he might have derived from the execution of the
work fully but which he did not derive in consequence of the foreclosure of
the whole or part of the work.
Provided that the contractor shall be paid the charges on the cartage only of
materials actually and confide brought to the site of the work by the
contractor and rendered surplus as a result of the abandonment, curtailment
of the work or any portion thereof and then taken back by the contractor,
provided however that the PMC / Consultant shall have in such cases the
option of taking over all or any such materials at their purchase price or a
local current rate whichever is less.
“In case of such stores credit shall be given to him at the rates not
exceeding those at which were originally issued to the contractor after
taking into consideration and deduction for claims on account of any
51
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
deterioration or damage while in the custody of the contractor and in this
respect the decision of PMC / Consultant shall be final.
32.0
Suspension of work
i)
The contractor shall, on receipt of the order in writing of the PMC/
Consultant (whose decision shall be final and binding on the contractor)
suspend the progress of works or any part thereof for such time and in such
manner as PMC/ Consultant may consider necessary so; as not to cause any
damage or injury to the work already done or endanger the safety thereof for
any of following reasons.
a)
On account any default on the part of the contractor, or
b)
For proper execution of the works or part thereof for reasons other than the
default of the contractor, or
c)
for safety of the works or part thereof.
The contractor shall, during such suspension properly protect and secure the
works to the extent necessary and carry out the instructions given in that
behalf by the PMC/ Consultant.
ii)
If the suspension is ordered for reasons b) and c) in sub – Para I) above:
The contractor shall be entitles to an extension of time equal to the period
of every such suspension. No compensation whatsoever shall be paid on this
account.
33.0
Action when the whole security deposit is forfeited
In any case in which under any clause or clauses of this contract, the
Contractor by the PMC/ Consultant shall have the power to adopt any of the
following course as they may deem best suited to the interest of the
NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY, ODISHA.
a)
To rescind the contract (of which rescission notice in writing to the
contractor by the PMC/ Consultant shall be conclusive evidence) and in
which case the security deposit of the contractor shall be forfeited and be
absolutely at the disposal of NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY, ODISHA.
b)
To employ labour paid by the NLUO and to supply materials to carry out the
work, or any part of the work, debiting the contractor with the cost of the
labour and materials ( the cost of such labour and materials as worked out
52
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
by the PMC/ Consultant shall be final and conclusive against the contractor)
and crediting him with the value of the work done, in all respects in the
same manner and at the same manner and at the same rates as if it had been
carried ;out by the contractor under the terms of this contract the certificate
of PMC/ Consultant as to the value of work done shall be final and
conclusive against the contractor.
c)
To measure up the work of the contractor, and to take such part thereof as
shall be unexecuted, out of his hands, and to give it to another contractor to
complete in which case any expenses which may be incurred in excess of the
sum which would have been paid to the original contractor, if the whole
work had been executed by him (of the amount of which excess the
certificates in writing of the PMC/ Consultant shall be final and conclusive)
shall be borne by original contractor and may be deducted from any money
due to him by NLUO under the contract or otherwise, or from his security
deposit o the proceed of sale thereof, or sufficient part thereof.
In the event of any of above courses being adopted by the NLUO the
contractor shall have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained
by him by reasons of his having purchased or procured any material or
entered into any engagements or make any advances on account of, or with a
view to the execution of the work or the performance of the contract and in
case the contract shall be rescind under the provision aforesaid, the
contractor shall not be entitled to recover or to be paid any sum or any work
thereto for actually performed under this contract, unless, and until the
PMC/ Consultant will have certified in writing the performance of such
work and the value payable in respect thereof, and he shall only be entitled
to be paid the value so certified.
34.0
NLUO has right to terminate the contract
If the contractor being an individual or a firm commit any ‘Act of
insolvency’ or shall be adjusted an insolvent or being an incorporated
company shall have an order for compulsory winding up voluntarily or
subject to the supervision of Govt. and of the Official Assignee of the
liquidator in such acts of insolvency of winding up shall be unable within
seven days after notice to him to do so, to show to the reasonable
satisfaction of the PMC / Consultant that he is able to carry out and fulfill
the contract, and to give security therefore if so required by the PMC /
Consultant.
Or, if the contractor (whether an individual firm or incorporated company)
shall suffer execution to be issued or shall suffer any payment under this
53
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
contract to be attached by or on behalf of any of the creditors of the
contractor.
Or, shall assign or sublet this contract without the consent in writing of the
NLUO through the PMC / consultant or shall charge or encumber this
contract or any payment due to which may become due to the contractor
there under :
(a) has abandoned the contract; Or
(b) has failed to commence the work, or has without any lawful excuse
under these conditions suspended the progress of the works for 14 (fourteen)
days after receiving from the NLUO through the PMC / Consultant written
notice to proceed, or
(c) has failed to proceed with the works with such diligence and failed to
make such due progress as would enable the works to be completed within
the time agreed upon. Or has failed to remove materials from the site or to
pull down and replace work within seven days after written notice from the
NLUO through PMC that the said materials were condemned and reject by
the PMC under these conditions. Or has neglected or failed persistently to
observe and perform all or any of the acts, matters or things by this contract
to be observed and performed by the contractor for seven days after written
notice shall have been given to the contactor to observe or perform the same
or has to the detriment of good workmanship or in defiance of the NLUO‘s
or PMC
Consultant’s instruction to the contrary subject any part of the contract.
Then and in any of said cases the NLUO and or the PMC/ consultant , may
not withstanding any previous waiver, after giving seven days notice in
writing to the contractor determine the contract, but without thereby
affecting the powers of the NLUO or the PMC/ consultant or the obligation
and liabilities of the contractor the whole of which shall continue in force as
fully as if the contract had not been so determined and as if the works
subsequently had been executed by or on behalf of the contractor. And
further the NLUO through the PMC/ Consultant their agents or employees
may enter upon and take possession of the work and all plants, tools,
scaffoldings, materials, sheds, machineries lying upon the premises or on
the adjoining lands or roads use the same by means of their own employees
or workmen in carrying on and completing the work or by engaging any
other contractor or persons to complete the work and the contractor shall not
in any was interrupt or do any act, matter or thing to prevent or hinder such
other contractor or other persons employed for completing and finishing or
using the materials and plants for the work.
54
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
When the works shall be completed or as soon thereafter as convenient the
NLUO or the PMC/ consultant shall give a notice in writing to the
contractor to remove his surplus materials and plants and should the
contractor fail to do so within 14 days after receipt thereof by him the
NLUO sell the same by public auction after due publication, and shall
adjust the amount realized by such auction. The contractor shall have no
right to question any of the act of the NLUO incidental to the sale of the
materials etc.
35.0
Certificate of Payment
The contractor shall be entitled under the certificates to be issued by the
PMC/NLUO to the contractor within 10 working days from the date of
certificate to the payment from NLUO from time to time . The NLUO shall
recover the statutory recoveries other dues including the retention amount
from the certificate of payment.
The scrutiny commit can verify as and when required after verify by PMC.
Provided always that the issue of any certificate by the PMC/ consultant
during the progress of works or completion shall not have effect as
certificate of satisfaction or relive the contractor from his liability under
clause.
The PMC/Consultant shall have power to withhold the certificate if the
work or any part thereof is not carried out to their satisfaction.
The PMC/ Consultant may be any certificate make any correction required
in previous certificate.
The NLUO shall modify the certificate of payment as issued by the PMC/
consultant from time to time while making the payment.
The contractor shall submit interim bills only after taking actual
measurement and properly recorded in the measurement Book.
The contractor shall not submit interim bills when the approximate value of
work done by him less than 15 lacs and the minimum interval between two
such bills shall be 15 days or less.
The final bill may be submitted by contractor within a period of one month
from the date of virtual completion and PMC/ Consultant shall issue the
certificate of payment within a period of two months. The NLUO shall pay
the amount within a period of three months from the date of issue of
certificate provided there is no dispute in respect of rates and quantities.
The contractor shall submit the interim bills in the prescribed format with
all details.
55
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
36.0
PAYMENT TERMS & CONDITIONS :
Upto 85% of the total R.A. Bill submitted may be paid within 9 (nine) working days
from the date of submission of R.A. Bills subject to the approval of PMC & PD jointly.
The balance payment deducting the necessary statutory dues shall be paid only after
complete verification of Bill by National Law University ODISHA / Project Management
Consultant.
37.0
MOBILISATION :
Mobilization advance will be paid up to 10% of the contract value against the
submission of bank guarantee from a nationalized bank as per the Performa enclosed. The
format of getting this payment as mentioned which signed and duly confirm from any
Nationalized Bank. The mobilization advance shall be recovered in prorate basis from
each running bill when the work done value reaches 15% of the contract value and up to
85% of the contract value.
38.0
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE :
The performance guarantee is 10% of the total contractor value which is submitted in
form of Bank Guarantee from a Nationalized Bank. Which is valid for 12 (twelve)
months beyond the completion period which will be submitted with in the 15 days from
the date of agreement as per the Performa enclosed.
39.0
Settlement of disputes and Arbitration.
i. Except where otherwise provided in the contract all questions and disputes
relating to own connection with the interpretation, execution or enforcement of
the contract shall be refer to arbitration, abolition and conciliation Act 1996 .
ii thing whatsoever in any way arising out of or relating to the contract, designs,
Tendered drawings, specifications, estimates, instructions orders or these
conditions or otherwise concerning the work or the execution or failure to
execute the same whether arising during the progress of the work or after the
cancellation, termination, completion or abandonment thereof shall be dealt with
as mentioned hereinafter.
If the contractor considers that he is entitled to any extra payment or compensation in
respect of the works over and above the amounts admitted as payable by the PMC or
incase the contractor wants to dispute the validity of any deductions or recoveries made
or proposed to be made from the contract or raise any dispute, the contractor shall
forthwith give notice in writing of his claim, or dispute to the Vice Chancellor,
National Law University ODISHA, Naraj, Cuttack - 753015, ODISHA and endorse a
56
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
copy of the same to the PMC, within 30 (thirty) days from the date of disallowance
thereof or the date of deduction or recovery. The said notice shall give full particulars
of the claim, grounds on which it is based and detailed calculations of the amount
claimed and contractor shall not be entitled to raise any claim nor shall the N.L.U.O be
any way liable in respect of any claim by the contractor unless notice of such claim
shall have been given by the contractor to the Vice Chancellor, National Law
University ODISHA, Naraj, Cuttack - 753015, ODISHA in the manner and within the
time as aforesaid. The contractor shall be deemed to have waved and extinguished all
his rights in respect of any claim not notified to the Vice Chancellor, National Law
University ODISHA, Naraj, Cuttack - 753015, ODISHA in writing in the manner and
within the time aforesaid.
ii)
Except where the decision has become final, binding and conclusive in terms of the
contract, all disputes or differences arising out of the notified claims of the contractor as
aforesaid and all claims of the N.L.U.O shall be referred for adjudication through
arbitration by the Sole Arbitrator appointed by the Vice Chancellor, National Law
University ODISHA, Naraj, Cuttack - 753015, ODISHA. It will also be no objection to
any such appointment that the arbitrator so appointed is a N.L.U.O Officer and that he
had to deal with the matters to which the Contract relates in the course of his duties as
N.L.U.O Officer. If the arbitrator so appointed is unable or unwilling to act or resigns
his appointment or vacates his office due to any reason whatsoever another sole
arbitrator shall be appointed in the manner aforesaid by the said, Vice Chancellor,
National Law University Odisha, Naraj, Cuttack - 753015, ODISHA. Such person shall
be entitled to proceed with the reference from the stage at which it was left by his
predecessor.
It is a term of this contract that the party invoking arbitration shall give a list of disputes
with amounts claimed in respect of each disputes with amounts claimed in respect of
each dispute along with the notice for appointment of arbitrator.
It is also a term of this contract that no person other than a person appointed by such
National Law University Odisha, Naraj, Cuttack - 753015, ODISHA as aforesaid
should act as arbitrator.
The conciliation and arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of
the arbitration & Conciliation Act 1996 or any statutory modification or reenactment
thereof and the rules made thereunder.
It is also a term of the contract that the arbitrator shall be deemed to have entered on the
reference on the date he issues notice to both the parties calling them to submit their
statement of claims and counter statement of claims. The venue of the arbitration shall
57
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
be such place as may be fixed by the arbitrator in his sole discretion. The fees, if any, of
the arbitrator shall , if required to be paid
before the award is made and published, be paid half and half by each of the parties.
The cost of the reference and of the award (including the fees, if any of the arbitrator)
shall be in the discretion of the arbitrator who may direct to any by whom and in what
manner, such costs or any part thereof, shall be paid and fix or settle the amount of
costs to be so paid.
40.0
Water Supply
The contractor shall make his own arrangement for water required for the
work and nothing extra will be paid for the same. This will be subject to the
following conditions.
(i)That the water used by the contractor shall be fit for construction purposes
to the satisfaction of the PMC/ Consultant.
(ii) The contractor shall make alternative arrangement for the supply of
water if the arrangement made by the contractor for the procurement of
water in the opinion of the PMC/ consultant is unsatisfactory.
40.1
The contractor shall construct temporary well/ tube well in NLUO
land
for taking water for construction purposes only after obtaining permission
in writing from the NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY,ODISHA.
The
contractor has to make his own arrangement for
drawing & distributing
the water at his own cost. He has to make necessary arrangements to avoid
any accidents or damages caused due to
construction
and
subsequent
maintenance of the wells. He has to obtain necessary approval from local
authorities, if required, at his
own cost. He shall restore the ground to its
original condition after wells are dismantled on completion of work.
Or
and over the well to the NLUO without any compensation as directed by the
PMC/consultant.
41.0
Power Supply
The contractor shall make his own arrangements for power and supply /
distribution system for driving plant or machinery for the work and for
lighting purpose at his own cost, The cost of running and maintenance of the
plants are to included in his tender prices. He shall pay all fees and charges
required for the power supply and include the same in his tendered rates and
hold the owner free from all such costs. He has to obtain necessary approval
from the appropriate authorities, if required.
58
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
42.0
Treasure trove etc.
Any treasure trove, coin or object antique, which may be found on the site,
shall be the property of NLUO and shall be handed over to the N.L.U.O
immediately.
43.0
Method of measurement
Unless otherwise mentioned in the schedule of quantities or in mode of
measurement, the measurement will be on the net quantities or work
produced in accordance with up to date. Rules laid down by the Bureau of
Indian Standards. In the event any dispute / disagreement the decision of the
PMC/ Consultant shall be final and binding on the contractor.
44.0
Maintenance of registers
The contractor shall maintain the following registers as per the enclosed
Performa at site of work and should produce the same for inspection of
NLUO/ PMC consultant whenever desired by them. The contractor shall also
maintain the records / registers as required by the local authorities /Govt.
from time to time.
i)
Register for cement / paint / lead / specific materials.
ii)
Register for steel
iii)
Register for secured advance
iv)
Register for bulkage of sand
v)
Register for silt test
vi)
Register for sieve analysis for fine aggregate
vii)
Register for sieve analysis for course aggregate
viii)
Register for slump test
ix)
Register for concrete cube test
x)
Register for hindrance to work
xi)
Register for consumption of cement
59
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
xii)
Register for running account bill
xiii)
Register for labour
45.0
Price Variation Adjustment (P.V.A.)
No price variation shall be considered within the Contract Period or within
the Extended contract period.
1.
Immediately on award of contract, the contractor shall register with the
appropriate authority obtain Sales Tax Registration No. and produce the
details thereof to the N.L.U.O within 30 days of the award of the work and
in no case later than the submission of his first running bill.
2.
The successful tenderes may also note that the N.L.U.O reserves the right to
deduct Sales Tax on works contract applicable and to be levied under
relevant Act, from the bills and amount due to them from N.L.U.O and remit
the same directly to the Government in case they are not submitting the
proof / evidence of having paid the Sales Tax on work executed under this
contract.
46.0
Force Majeure
46.1
Neither contractor nor NLUO shall be considered in default in performance
of their obligations if such performance is prevented or delayed by events
such as but not to war, hostilities revolution, riots, civil commotion, strikes,
lockout, conflagration, epidemics, accidents, fire, storms, floods, droughts,
earthquakes or ordinances or any act of god or for any other cause beyond
the reasonable control of the party affected or prevented or delayed.
However a notice is required to be given within 30 days from the happening
of the event with complete details, to the other party to the contract, if it is
not possible to serve a notice; within the shortest possible period without
delay.
46.2
As soon as the cause of force majeure has been removed the party whose
ability to perform its obligations has been affected, shall notify the other of
such cessation and the actual delay incurred in such affected activity
adducing necessary evidence in support thereof.
46.3
From the date of occurrence of a case of force majeure obligations of the
party affected shall be suspended during the continuance of any inability so
caused. With the cause itself and inability resulting there from having been
remove, the agreed time of completion of the respective obligations under
60
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
this agreement shall stand extended by a period equal to the period of delay
occasioned by such events.
46.4
Should one or both parties be prevented from fulfilling the contractual
obligations by a state of force majeure lasting to a period of 6 months or
more the two parties shall each other to decide regarding the future
execution of this agreement.
47.0
Local laws, Acts, Regulations:
The contractor shall strictly adhere to all prevailing labour laws inclusive of
contract labour (regulation and abolition act of 1970) and other safety
regulations. The contractor shall company with the provision of all labour
legislation including the latest requirements of all the Acts, laws any other
regulations that are applicable to the execution of the project.
i)
Minimum wages Act 1948 (Amended)
ii)
Payment of wages Act 1936 (Amended)
iii)
Workmen’s compensation Act 1923 (Amended)
iv)
Contract labour regulation and abolition act 1970 and central rules 1971
(Amended)
v)
Apprentice act 1961 (Amended)
vi)
Industrial employment (standing order) Act 1946 (Amended)
vii)
Personal injuries
modifications
viii)
Employees’ provident fund and miscellaneous provisions Act 1952 and
amended thereof.
ix)
Shop and establishment act.
x)
Shop and establishment act.
xi)
Royalty shall be charged as applicable by Govt. of Odisha.
xii)
Any other act or enactment relating thereto and rules framed there under
from time to time.
48.0
Supply of man power for supervision of the Project.
(Compensation
insurance)
act
1963
and
other
61
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
The contractor shall ensure the supply of the manpower with required
qualification for this project. These engineer and supervisor will look after
day to day activities of work. They will also maintained the required
documents to be submitted to PMC on regular basic and endorse it.
MINIMUM REQUIREMENT OF
FROM THE CONTRACTOR SIDE.
49.0
TECHNICALREPRESENTATIVE
Sl.
No.
Minimum
Qualification of
technical
representative
Discipline
Designation
Minimum
Experience
Minimum
1
Degree
Civil
Project
Manager
15 Years
1 No.
2
Degree
Civil
Sr.
Engineer
10 Years
2 Nos.
3.
Diploma
Civil
Billing
Engineer
8 Years
2 Nos.
4.
Diploma
Civil
Quality
Control
Engineer
8 Years
2 Nos.
5.
Diploma
Civil
Safety
Engineer
6 Years
1 Nos.
6.
Supervision
Staff
Civil,
Electrical,
P.H
and
Drainage
work.
5 Years
6 Nos.
Accidents.
The contractor shall immediately on occurrence of any accident at or about
the site or in connection with the execution of the work report such accident
to the PMC/ Consultant& NLUO. The contractor shall also such report
immediately to the competent authority whenever such report is required to
be lodged by the law and take appropriate actions thereof.
62
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 5
__________________________________________________General Conditions of Contract
50.0
51.0
51.1
Idle Labour.
Whatever the reasons may be, no claim for idle labour, additional establishment cost of
hire & labour charges of tools and plants would be entertained under any circumstances.
EXTRA ITEMS, VARIATIONS, THEIR VALUATION AND CLAIMS
If any item is ordered on the Contractor by NLUO which is neither in the tender
document, Description of works in the Schedule, specifications, it shall be treated as extra
item. The Contractor shall carry out and complete the said work on prior approval from
the NLUO/ PMC in every respect to the satisfaction of NLUO. The rates of extra items
shall be derived on the following basis of precedence:
(i)
OPWD /CPWD Procedure and market rate of materials(including
carriage), labour,
(ii)
As per the market rates evaluated by NLUO.
Extra items on market rates will be applicable only when certificate is issued by PMC/
Project Director .The rates for extra item will be finalized before execution of the item.
63
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 6
__________________________________________________Special Conditions of Contract
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Scope of work
1.0
2.0
The scope of work is to carry out all works in connections with Construction
of Main Gate (2Nos) including security shade and other ancillary works of National
Law University Campus Works at Naraj, Cuttack, ODISHA.
Address of site
The site is located at Naraj, Cuttack, ODISHA.
3.0
Dimensions and levels
All dimensions and levels shown on the drawing shall be verified by the
contractor on the site and he will be held responsible for the accuracy and
maintenance of all the dimensions and the levels. Figured dimensions are in
all cases to accepted and no dimension shall be scaled. Large scale details
shall take precedence over small-scale Tendered drawings. In case of
discrepancy the contractor shall ask for clarification from the PMC/
Consultant before proceeding with the work.
4.0
Notice of operation
The contractor shall not carryout any important operation without the
Consent in writhing from the PMC/ Consultant.
5.0
Consultant records
The contractor shall keep and provide to the PMC/ Consultant full and
accurate records of the dimensions and positions of all new work and any
other information necessary to prepare complete drawing recording details
of the work as constructed.
6.0
Safety of adjacent structures and trees
The contractor shall provide and erect to the approval of the PMC/
Consultant such supports as may be required to protect effectively all
structures and protective guards to trees which may be endangered by the
execution of the works or otherwise take such permanent measures as may
be required by the PMC to protect the trees and structures.
64
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 6
__________________________________________________Special Conditions of Contract
7.0
Temporary works
Before any temporary works are commenced the contractor shall submit at
least 7 days in advance to the PMC /consultant for approval complete
Tendered drawings of all temporary works he may require for the execution
of the works. The contractor shall carry out the modifications relating to
strength, if required by the PMC/ Consultant may require in accordance with
the conditions of contract at his own cost. The contractor shall be solely
responsible for the stability and safety of all temporary works and
unfinished works and for the quality of the permanent works resulting from
the arrangement eventually adopted for their execution.
8.0
Temporary roads
The contractor shall provide access roads to the site from the nearest main
road at no extra cost and as directed by the PMC/ Consultant. The contractor
shall also responsible for proper maintenance of this access road and would
take all care to see that existing services, if any, are maintained in working
order at his own cost. The laying and maintaining the temporary roads
within the site area shall be the contractor’s responsibility and the
contractor shall take such measures that necessary and as directed by the
PMC/ Consultant.
9.0
Water, power and other facilities
a)
The rate quoted by the contractor shall include all expenses that are required
for providing all the water required for the work and the contractor shall
make his own arrangements for the supply of good quality water suitable for
the construction and good quality drinking water for their workers. If
necessary the contractor has to sink a tube well / open well and bring water
by means of tankers at his own cost for the purpose. The NLUO will not be
liable to pay any charges in connection with the above.
a)
The rate quote in the tender shall include the expenses for obtaining and
maintaining power connections and shall pay for the consumptions charges.
b)
The contractors for other trades directly appointed by the NLUO shall be
entitled to take power and water connections from the temporary water and
power supply obtained by the contractor. However the concerned contractor
shall make their own arrangements to draw the supply and pay directly the
actual consumption charges at mutually agreed rates between them. All
municipal charges for drainage and water connection for construction
purposes shall be borne by the contractor and charges payable for permanent
65
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 6
__________________________________________________Special Conditions of Contract
connections, if any, shall be initially paid by the contractor and the NLUO
will reimburse the amount on production of receipts.
a)
The NLUO as well as the PMC/ Consultant shall give all possible assistance
to the contractors to obtain the requisite.
b)
Permission from the various authorities, but the responsibility for obtaining
the same in time shall be of the contractor.
10.0
Office accommodation
a)
The contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary offices, workshops,
stores, shelters, sanitary facilities, canteens and other temporary structures
for themselves in connection with the work at the site at their own cost after
getting the approval from the PMC/ Consultant.
b)
A site office for the use of NLUO & PMC shall be provided by the
contractor at his own as per the requirement given by NLUO & PMC.
c)
All temporary buildings and facilities as mentioned above shall be removed
on completion of the work or at any other earlier date as directed by the
PMC/ Consultant.
All the expenses for obtaining statutory approvals and maintenance of the
above facilities as well as running expense shall be borne the contractor at
no extra cost. It is also the responsibility of the contractor to obtain
statutory approvals for providing the above facilities.
11.0
Facilities for contractor’s employees
The contractor shall make his own arrangement for the housing and welfare
of his staff and workmen including adequate drinking water facilities. The
contractor shall also make she arrangements at his own cost for transport
where necessary for his staff and workmen to and from site of work at his
own cost.
12.0
Lighting of works
The contractor shall at all times provide adequate and approved lighting as
required for the proper execution and supervision and inspection of work.
13.0
Fire fighting arrangements
i)
The contactor shall provide suitable arrangement for firefighting at his own
cost. For this purpose he shall provide requisite number of fire extinguishers
66
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 6
__________________________________________________Special Conditions of Contract
and adequate number of buckets, some of which are to be always kept filled
with sand and some with water. These equipments shall be provided at
suitable prominent and easily accessible places and shall be properly
maintained.
ii)
Any deficiency in the fire safety or unsafe conditions shall be corrected by
the contractor at his own cost and to the approval of the relevant authorities.
The contractor shall make the following arrangements at his own cost but
limited to the following.
a)
Proper handling, storage and disposal of combustible materials and waste.
b)
Work operations which can create fire hazards.
c)
Access for firefighting equipments.
d)
type, number and location of containers for the removal of surplus materials
and rubbish.
e)
Type, size, number and location of fire extinguishers or other firefighting
equipment.
f)
General housekeeping.
14.0
Site order book
A site order book shall be maintained at site for the purpose immediate
verification of between the NLUO /PMC. Any communication relating to
the works may be conveyed through. Records in the site order book. Such a
communication from one party to the other shall be deemed to have been
adequately served in terms of contract. Each site order book shall have
machine numbered pages in triplicate and shall carefully maintained and
preserved by the contractor and shall be made available to the PMC/
Consultant as and when demanded. Any instruction which the PMC/
Consultant may like to issue to the contractor or the contractor may like to
bring to the PMC/ Consultant two copies of such instructions shall be taken
from the site order book and one copy will be handed over to the party
against proper acknowledgment and the second copy will be retained for
their record.
15.0
Temporary fencing / barricading
The contractor shall provide and maintain a suitable temporary fencing /
barricading and gates at his cost to adequately enclose all boundaries of the
site for the protection of the public and for the proper execution and
security of the work and in accordance with the requirement of the PMC/
67
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 6
__________________________________________________Special Conditions of Contract
Consultant and regulations of local authorities. These shall be altered,
relocated and adopted from time to tome as necessary and removed on
completion of the work.
16.0
Site meetings
Site meetings will be held to review the progress and quality evaluation.
The contractor shall depute a senior representative along with the site
representative and other staff of approved sub-contractors and supplies as
required to the site meetings and ensure all follow up actions. Any
additional review meetings shall he held if required by the PMC/
Consultant.
17.0
Disposal of refuse
The contractor shall cart away all debris, refuse etc. arising from the work
from the site and deposit the same as directed by the PMC/ Consultant at his
own cost. It is the responsibility of the contractor to obtain from the local
authorities
concerned
to the effect that all rubbish arising out of
contractor’s activities at the construction site or any other off-site activities
borrow pits has been properly disposed off.
18.0
Contractor to verify site measurement
The contractor shall check and verify all site measurement whenever
requested by other specialists contractors or other sub contractors to enable
them to prepare their own shop Tendered drawings and pass on the
information with sufficient promptness as will not in any way delay the
works.
19.0
Displaying the name of the work
The contractor shall put up a name board of suitable size as directed by the
PMC/ Consultant indicating therein the name of the project and other details
as given by the PMC/ Consultant at his own cost and remove the same on
completion of work.
20.0
Bar bending schedule
The contractor shall prepare a detailed bar bending schedule for all
reinforced concrete works and got them approved by the PMC/ Consultant
well in advance.
21.0
As built Tendered drawings
68
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 6
__________________________________________________Special Conditions of Contract
i)
For the Tendered drawings issued to the contractor by the PMC. The PMC/
Consultant will issue two sets of Tendered drawings to the Contractor for
the items for which some changes have been made. From the approved
Tendered drawings as instructed by the NLUO/ PMC. The contractor will
make the changes made on these copies and return these copies to the PMC/
Consultant for their approval. In case any revision is required or the
corrections are not properly marked the PMC/ Consultant will point out the
discrepancies to the contractor. The contractor will have to incorporate
these corrections and / or attend to discrepancies either on the copies as
directed by the PMC/ Consultant and resubmit to his for approval. The
PMC/ Consultant will return one copy duly approved by him.
ii)
For the drawing prepared by the contractor.
The contractor will modify the drawing prepared by him wherever the
changes are made by the NLUO/ PMC/ Consultant. And submit two copies
of such modified drawing to the PMC/ Consultant for approval. The PMC/
Consultant will return one copy of the approved drawing to the contractor.
If the contractor found any doubt in the drawing they must inform the
Engineer in Charge within three days from the date of submission of
Tendered drawings otherwise it will not consider as a reason of delay of
work for Tendered drawings.
22.0
Approved make
The contractor shall provide all materials from the list of approved makes
and ISI marked at his own cost and also appoint the specialized agency for
the waterproofing, anti-termite, aluminium doors and windows and any
other item as specified in the tender . The PMC/ Consultant may approve
any make / agency within the approved as given at the time of tender list as
given in the tender after inspection of the sample / mock up.
23.0
Procurement of materials
The contractor shall make his own arrangements to procure all required
materials and ISI marked for the work. All wastages and losses in weight
shall be to the contractor’s account.
24.0
Excise duty, taxes, levies etc.
The contractor shall pay and be responsible for payment of all taxes, duties,
levies, royalties, fees, cess or charges in respect of the works
69
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 6
__________________________________________________Special Conditions of Contract
including but not limited to sales tax, tax on works contract excise duty, and
octroi, payable in respect of materials, equipment plant and other things
required for the contact. All of the aforesaid taxes, duties, levies, fees and
charges shall be to the contractor’s account and the NLUO shall not be
required to pay any additional or extra amount on this account. Variation of
taxes, duties, fees levies etc if any, till completion of work shall be deemed
to be included in the quoted rates and no extra amount on this account.
Variation of taxes, duties, levies etc, if any, till completion of work shall be
deemed to be included in the quoted rates and no extra claim on this account
will in any case be entertained. If a new tax or duty or levy or cess or
royalty or octroi is imposed under as statue or law during the currency of
contract the same shall be borne by the contractor.
25.0
Acceptance of tender
The NLUO shall have the right to reject any or all tenders with out
assigning any reason. They are not to bound to accept the lowest or any
tender and the tenderer or tenderers shall have no right to question the act
of the NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY, Odisha. However adequate
transparency would be maintained by the NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY,
Odisha.
70
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 7
_____Safety Code, Maintenance of records, Mobilization of Advance, Letter of Acceptance
SAFETY CODE
1.
First aid appliances including adequate supply of sterilized dressing and
cotton wool shall be kept in a readily accessible place.
2.
An injured person shall be taken to a public hospital without loss of time in
cases where the injury necessitates hospitalization.
3.
Suitable and strong scaffolds should be provided for workmen for all works
that cannot safely be done from the ground .
4.
No portable single ladder shall be over 8 meters in length. The width
between the side rails shall not be less than 30 cm. (clear) and at the
distance between two adjacent rungs shall not be more than 30 cm. When a
ladder is used an extra mazdoor shall be engaged for holding ladder.
5.
The excavated material shall not be placed within 1.5 meters of the edge of
the trench or half of the depth of trench whichever is more. All trenches and
excavations shall be provided with necessary fencing and lighting.
6.
Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform be
provided with suitable means to prevent the fall of persons or materials by
providing suitable fencing or failing whose minimum height shall be one
metre.
7.
No floor , roof or other part of the structure shall be so overloaded with
debris or materials as to render it unsafe.
8.
Workers employed on mixing and handling material such as asphalt , cement
mortar or concrete and lime mortar shall be provided with protective
footwear and rubber hand-gloves.
9.
Those engaged in welding works shall be provided with welder’s protective
eye shields and gloves.
10.
i)
No paint containing lead or lead products shall be used except in the
form of paste or readymade paint.
ii)
Suitable facemasks, should be supplied for use be the workers when the
paint is applied in the form of spray or surface having lead paint dry
rubbed and scrapped.
11.
Overall shall be supplied by the contractor to the painters and adequate
facilities shall be provided to enable the working painters to wash during
the periods of cessation of work.
71
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 7
_____Safety Code, Maintenance of records, Mobilization of Advance, Letter of Acceptance
12.
Housing machines and tackle used in the works, including their attachments,
anchorage and supports shall be in perfect condition
13.
The ropes used in hoisting or lowering material or as a means of suspension
shall be of durable quality and adequate strength and free from defects.
N.L.U.O’S UNIVERSITY CAMPUS WORK PROJECTS - MAINTENANCE OF
RECORDS
A.
Registers at the site office of the N.L.U.O’s Engineer :
1.
Drawing register.
2.
Hindrance Register.
3.
Concrete cube Test Register.
4.
File and Register for extra / variation items.
5.
Materials tests Register and file.
6.
Site Order Book (triplicate).
7.
Site visit & Instructions Register.
8.
Certified true copies of the contracts.
MOBILISATION ADVANCE
At the request of the Contractor mobilization advance to a maximum of 10.0 % (Ten
Percent) of the contract amount against Bank Guarantee from a Nationalized Bank shall
be paid by NLUO . This shall be paid in two equal installments against equivalent Bank
Guarantee . The First Installment of mobilization advance of 5 % ( five percent) of
contract value shall be paid at the time of award of work and on certification of proper
and satisfactory mobilization at site. Balance mobilization advance of 5% (five percent)
of contracts value against Bank Guarantee bonds from Nationalized Bank shall be
payable after submitting the 1st RA bill. However the first installment of mobilization
advance will be release on the finalization of bar chart duly approved by NLUO and
signed by the
72
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 7
_____Safety Code, Maintenance of records, Mobilization of Advance, Letter of Acceptance
Contractor, and Project Director, receipt of certificate from Project Director and PMC/
PMC regarding satisfactory mobilization at site.
RECOVERY OF MOBILISATION ADVANCE
i)
Initial mobilization advance shall be recovered from the RA bills In Pro-rata
basis when the work done value reaches 15% of the contract value till the work
done value reaches 85% of the contract value.
PROFORMA OF LETTER OF ACCEPTANCE OF TENDER
REGISTERED A.D.
To,
M/s …………………………….
……………………….
Dear Sirs,
NAME OF THE WORK
Please refer to your letter No. __________________ dated __________________ on the
captioned subject. We are pleased to inform that your tender for the above mentioned work has
been accepted by our clients NLUO at the rates quoted by you for a total cost of
Rs.___________________(Rupees __________________________________________)
In this connection, it may please be noted that the following letters will form part of the contract
document:
i)
Your letter No. ________________
___________________
dated
_______________
addressed
to
ii)
iii)
You are requested to all on us to execute the formal agreement within 15 days from the date of
receipt of the LOA or the date of handing over the site whichever is later.
You are requested to submit Initial Security Deposit of Rs._________ by means of DD drawn in
favour NLUO within a period of _______________
You are also requested to start the work at once in consultation with ________________. Please
note that the time allowed for completion of work is _______________ months, which shall be
reckoned from 15th day of receipt of this letter or date of handing over the site whichever is later.
Please note that time will be the essence of the contract.
73
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 7
_____Safety Code, Maintenance of records, Mobilization of Advance, Letter of Acceptance
You are further requested to take out necessary insurance covers, indemnity bonds, labour
permissions at your cost in terms of clause __________ and ____________ conditions of the
contract.
Please acknowledge receipt of this letter.
PMCs
COPY to Vice Chancellor of NLUO , for information.
Place :………………….
Date :…………………..
74
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 8
____________________Form for mobilization of advance, Bank guaranty for performance
LETTER OF GUARANTEE FOR MOBILISATION ADVANCE
(TO BE STAMPED AS A SECURITY BOND)
The Vice Chancellor
National Law University ODISHA .
Naraj, Cuttack - 753015, ODISHA
.
Dear Sir,
N.L.U.O’s Proposed National Law University Campus Works at Naraj, Cuttack.
WHEREAS
(1) You have awarded a contract for civil work in respect of the construction of your N.L.U.O’s
own National Law University Campus Works
at Naraj, Cuttack to our constituents
_______________________________a Company / firm having its registered office/office at
________________________ (hereinafter referred to as “the Contractors”, which expression
shall include its successors and assigns) in terms of which the National Law University
ODISHA has agreed to advance to the contractors a sum of Rs. ___________ (Rupees
_________________ only) as and by way of mobilization advance in order to enable them
for making arrangements for producing necessary materials for the construction work and for
tools, plant, equipment, etc.
(2) The Contractors have vide their letter dated ____________ requested the National Law
University ODISHA to grant them a sum of Rs. ___________ (Rupees ________________
only) as and by way of mobilization advance which the National Law University ODISHA
has agreed to grant subject to the terms and conditions as set out in their letter No.
_____________ dated ____________.
(3) One of the terms of the said letter dated _____________ requires the Contractors to furnish
bank guarantee satisfactory to the National Law University ODISHA to secure the said
advance.
(4) It is agreed by and between the parties to the said contract that the said bank guarantee may
be furnished by us.
NOW THEREFORE THIS LETTER OF GUARANTEE WITNESSES that in consideration of
the National Law University ODISHA on our request agreeing to advance a sum of Rs.
____________ (Rupees _________________ only) as a and by way of mobilization advance s
75
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 8
____________________Form for mobilization of advance, Bank guaranty for performance
subject to the terms and conditions as set out in the National Law University ODISHA ’s letter
No. _____________ dated ______________ addressed to the Contractor, we the (Name of bank)
hereby agree and undertake to the National Law University ODISHA as follows:
(i)
that the Contractors shall duly perform and discharge their obligations under the said
contract to the full satisfaction of the National Law University ODISHA and that they
shall utilize the said mobilization advance exclusively for the purpose of making
preliminary construction of the aforesaid project for the National Law University
ODISHA at Naraj, Cuttack and for no other purpose.
(ii)
that in case the Contractors do not repay principal amount or pay the interest on said
advance on the due dates or do not present their Running Bills for payment to the
National Law University ODISHA so that the National Law University ODISHA is not
in a position to adjust the said advance from out of the bills payable to the contractors or
the contractors fail to repay the said advance or pay interest thereon or any part thereof on
due dates or on demand, by the National Law University ODISHA or on the occurrence
of any of the events specified in the said contract that may lead to the termination of the
contract, we the (Name of the bank) hereby guarantee and undertake to pay to the
National Law University ODISHA on demand without demur the said sum of
Rs.___________________ (Rupees ____________________ only) or such unadjusted
portion thereof together with interest @ ____________ % per annum accrued due
thereon within a period of one week from the date of receipt of the demand from the
National Law University ODISHA .
(iii)
that any statement made by the National Law University ODISHA and the amount
mentioned in the demand notice given to us shall not be called in question by us and shall
be a conclusive proof regarding the amount that is payable by us under this guarantee and
that we shall not demand any proof thereof.
(iv)
that we will make the payment pursuant to the demand notice issued by the National Law
University ODISHA , notwithstanding any dispute that may exist or arise between the
National Law University ODISHA and the Contractors or any other person.
(v)
that this guarantee shall not be revoked by us without prior consent in writing of the
National Law University ODISHA .
WE HEREBY FURTHER AGREE THAT:
(a) any forbearance, act or omission on the part of the National Law University ODISHA in
enforcing any of the conditions of the said contract or granting of any time or the showing of
any indulgence by the National Law University ODISHA to contractors in respect of the
completion of the building or any other matter in connection therewith shall not discharge us
76
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 8
____________________Form for mobilization of advance, Bank guaranty for performance
(b) in any way and our obligations under this guarantee shall be discharged only by payment in
full of the sums guaranteed hereunder.
(c) Our liability under these presents shall not exceed the sum of Rs. _________ (Rupees
_________________________ only) and interest @ ______% per annum accruing due
thereon.
(d) Our liability under this guarantee shall not be affected by any infirmity or irregularity on the
part of the contractors in entering into the said contract or by the dissolution or change in the
constitution of the contractor firm.
(e) Our liability under these presents will terminate on the issue of the Virtual
Completion Certificate by the PMCs/N.L.U.O pursuant to the said contract and unless a
claim, suit or action is filed against us within 6 months thereafter all the rights of the National
Law University ODISHA against us under this guarantee shall be
forfeited and we shall be released and discharged from all our obligations and liabilities
hereunder.
Yours faithfully,
For and on behalf of
(National Law University ODISHA )
(Authorized Official)
N.B.: This guarantee will require stamp duty as applicable in the state, where it is executed and
shall be signed by the official whose signature and authority shall be verified.
77
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 8
____________________Form for mobilization of advance, Bank guaranty for performance
BANK GUARANTEE FOR PERFORMANCE
Whereas the NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY ODISHA, CUTTACK (hereinafter called NLUO
which expression shall include its successors and assigns) having awarded a work
order/contract/supply
order
No…………………….,
……………………….
dated
………………………… & …………………………… (hereinafter called the contract) to
…………………………………………….(hereinafter called the contractor/supplier) at a total
price of Rs……………………………… subject to the terms and conditions contained in the
contract.
WHEREAS, the terms and conditions of the contract require the contractor (Contractor) to
furnish
a
bank
guarantee
for
Rs…………………….
(Rupees
……………………………………………………………………………… only) being 10% of
the total value of the contract for proper execution and due fulfillment of the terms and
conditions contained in the contract.
We, ………………………………………………………………………(Nationalized “Bank”)
having our registered office at ……………………………………………………………..do
hereby unconditionally and irrevocably undertake to pay to NLUO immediately on demand in
writing and without protest/or demur the amount mentioned in the guarantee. Any such demand
made by NLUO on the bank shall be final and conclusive. However, the Bank’s liability under
this guarantee shall be limited to Rs………………………………. in the aggregate and the bank
hereby agrees to the following terms and conditions:i)
This guarantee shall be continuing guarantee and irrevocable for all claims of NLUO as
specified above and shall be valid during the period specified for the performance of the
contract
including
the
period
of
maintenance/warranty
i.e.
up
to
…………………………….
ii)
We, the said bank further agree with NLUO that NLUO shall have the fullest liberty
without our consent and without affecting in any manner our obligations and liabilities
hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said contract or to extend time for
performance of contract by the contractor from time to time or to postpone for any time or
from time to time any of the powers exercisable by NLUO against the contractor/supplier
under the contract and forbear or enforce any of the terms and conditions relating to the
said contract and we shall not be relieved from our liability by reason of any such
variations or extension being granted to the contractor or for any forbearance, act or
omission on the part of NLUO or any indulgence by NLUO to the contractor or by any
such matter or thing whatsoever, which under the law relating to the sureties would, but for
this provision, have effect of so relieving us.
iii)
This guarantee/undertaking shall be in addition to any other guarantee or security
whatsoever NLUO may now or at anytime have in relation to the performance of the
works/equipment and the company shall have full re-course to or enforce this security in
78
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 8
____________________Form for mobilization of advance, Bank guaranty for performance
preference to any other security or guarantee which the NLUO may have or obtained and
there shall be no forbearance on the part of the NLUO in enforcing or requiring
enforcement of any other security which shall have the effect of releasing the Bank from its
full liability. It shall not be necessary for NLUO to proceed against the said
contractor/supplier before proceeding against the Bank.
iv)
This guarantee/undertaking shall not be determined or affected by the liquidation or
winding up, dissolution or change of constitution or insolvency of the supplier/contractor,
but shall in all respects and for all purposes be binding and operative until payment of all
moneys payable to NLUO in terms thereof are paid by the Bank.
v)
The Bank hereby waives all rights at any time inconsistent with the terms of this Guarantee
and the obligations of the bank in terms hereof, shall not be otherwise affected or
suspended by reason of any dispute or disputes having been raised by the
supplier/contractor (whether or not pending before any Arbitrator, Tribunal or Court) or
any denial of liability by the supplier/contractor stopping or preventing or purporting to
stop or prevent any payment by the Bank to NLUO in terms hereof.
We, the said Bank, lastly undertake not to revoke this guarantee during its currency except with
the previous consent of NLUO in writing. Unless a claim is made in writing within sixty days
after the date of expiry of this guarantee i.e. ……………………………., we shall be relieved
from all liabilities under this guarantee thereafter.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein:
1. Our liability under this Bank guarantee shall not exceed ……………………………….
((Rupees
………………………………………………………………………………………………
……… only).
2. This Bank Guarantee shall be valid up to ………………………… and we are liable to
pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this Bank Guarantee only if you
serve upon us a written claim or demand on or before …………………………………..
(including claim period).
Signed
this
………………………………
at……………………………………
WITNESS
day
of
…………………………….
For and on behalf of Bank
Signature & Seal
79
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 9
____Performa of monthly progress report, Receipt of materials at site, Perform of cube test
PROFORMA OF MONTHLY PROGRESS REPORT
Name of work
:
Progress report for the month
:
Report No.
:
Sr.
Description
No
A. General Building Work:
1. Foundation work
2. Reinforcement fabrication
3. Shuttering work
4. Reinforced cement concrete
5. Masonry work
6. Wood work
7. Plastering work
8. Flooring work
9. Glazing work
10. Roof treatment work
11. Painting work
B. PEST CONTROL TREATMENT
C. SECURITY EQUIPMENT WORK
D. SANITARY AND PLUMBING
WORK:
1. Water supply
2. Drainage work
3. Fittings and fixtures
E. ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
WORK
F. AIRCONDITIONING WORK
G. OTHER TRADES
Details of location where
work is done
Approximate
quantity executed
80
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 9
____Performa of monthly progress report, Receipt of materials at site, Perform of cube test
RECEIPT OF MATERIALS AT SITE
Sl No.
Description
1.
2.
3.
4.
Cement (M.T)
Mild Steel M.T)
Tor Steel (M.T)
Coarse
aggregate
(cu.mt.)
Fine aggregate
(cum)
Teak wood
(cum)
Bricks (Nos.)
Tiles (Nos.)
5.
6.
7.
8.
Opening
balance
Sl
No.
Description of work
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
General Building Works.
Security equipment work.
Pest control treatment work.
Sanitary & Plumbing work.
Electrical work.
Air conditioning work.
Other works.
Receipt
during
month
Date of
commence
ment
Consumpt
ion during
month
Due date of
completion
Closing
balance
Total
quantity
received
till date
Percentage progress
achieved.
81
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 9
____Performa of monthly progress report, Receipt of materials at site, Perform of cube test
PROFORMA OF CONCRETE CUBE TEST REPORT
1. Name of the Project___________________________________________
2. Name of the Contractor________________________________________
Sr.
No.
Date of
casting
1
2
Identification Mark and location
in which the representative
concrete is placed
3
Crushing strength as
on the 28th day
7
Mix
proportion
Date of
testing
Crushing
strength as on
the date of test
6
4
5
Average crushing strength
(Average of 3 companion cubes)
as on the 28th day
8
Remarks
Signature of the site
Engineer
9
10
82
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 10
____________Performa of measurement book, Running Bill, Secured advance, Certificate
PROFORMA OF MEASUREMENT BOOK
1st page:
NATIONAL LAW UNIVERSITY ODISHA
………………….office,
Measurement Book No.
(Pages 1 to ………………….)
This book is issued to Shri……………………………………………………………….
Signature of Vice Chancellor , NLUO
Certified that this book contains………………………pages
Signature of the official
To whom the book is issued
MEASUREMENT BOOK
Item
Description
No.
Engineer NLUO .
Checking/Test checking Engineer
PAGES NOS. 1 TO ……………
Measurements.
Quantity
Remarks
No.L B D/H
PMC/Consultant.
Contractor
Date of checking/Test checking
NOTE:
Checking and test checking pertains to items wherever initialed.
83
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 10
____________Performa of measurement book, Running Bill, Secured advance, Certificate
I - RUNNING A/C BILL
i) Name of Contractor/Agency
:
ii) Name of work
:
iii) Sr. No. of this bill
:
iv) No. and date of previous bill
:
v) Reference to Agreement No.
:
vi) Date of written order to commerce
:
vii) Date of completion as per agreement
:
Sr no.
Item Description
Unit
Rate (Rs.)
1
2
3
4
Upto previous R/A Bill
Qt. Amount (Rs.)
6
Upto date (Gross)
Qty. Amount (Rs.)
7
Present Bill
Qty. Amount (Rs.)
8
As per tender
Qty. Amount (Rs.)
5
Remark
9
Note: 1) If part rate is allowed for any item, it should be
indicated with reasons for allowing such a rate.
2. If adhoc payment is made, it should be mentioned
specifically.
-------------------------Net value since previous
bill
84
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 10
____________Performa of measurement book, Running Bill, Secured advance, Certificate
II -ACCOUNT OF SECURED ADVANCE, IF ADMISSIBLE ON MATERIALS HELD
AT SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR
No.
1
Item
2
Quantity
3
Unit
4
Amount
5
Remarks
7
Total value of materials at site
Secured Advance @ …………………….% of above value
B
CERTIFIED (I) That the materials mentioned above have actually been brought by the
contractor to the site of the work and no advance on any quantity of any of this item is
outstanding on their security, (ii) that the materials are of imperishable nature and are all
required by the contractor for use in the work in connection with the items for which rates
of finished work have been agreed up on.
Dated signature of Site Engineer
NLUO Preparing the bill
Designation_____________
Dated signature of N.L.U.O’s PMCs
-----------------------------------------------------(Name of the PMCs)
Dated signature of Contractor.
85
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 10
____________Performa of measurement book, Running Bill, Secured advance, Certificate
CERTIFICATE
The measurements on the basis of which the above entries for the Running Bill No.____ were
made have been taken jointly on _________________________________________
and are recorded at pages________________to _____________________of measurement book
No.__________________.
_______________________
_____________________ _________________
Signature and date of
Signature and date of PMC’s Signature and date of
Contractor
site engineer.
The work recorded in the above-mentioned measurements has been done at the site satisfactorily
as per tender Tendered drawings, conditions and specifications.
PMC/Consultant.
N.L.U.O’s Engineer
86
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 11
Form for payment of advance on materials, Memorandum for payment, Performa of site
order book
PROFORMA OF UNDERTAKING IN CONNECTION WITH PAYMENT OF
ADVANCE ON MATERIALS BROUGHT BY THE CONTRACTOR TO THE SITE
The undertaking made this …………….day of ………….2012………………between the National Law
University ODISHA ,………………………………………and having its …………………Office at
……………………………………………………(hereinafter called the NLUO) of the one part and
………………………………..(Hereinafter called the contractors of the other part.)
The NLUO and the Contractors have entered into an Agreement date………………….hereinafter called
as the said agreement and in terms of Clause No……………………….of the conditions in the
agreement, the NLUO has agreed that the Contractors will be paid an advance of 75% of the cost of
non-perishable building materials brought by the Contractor to the site for consumption in the works at
the discretion of the NLUO.
The Contractors have applied to the NLUO that they be allowed advance on the security of materials
absolutely belonging to them and brought by them to the site of work. The NLUO has agreed to do so on
the terms and conditions hereinafter set out.
Now this letter of Undertaking witnesses that in consideration of the side agreement and in consideration
of the amount paid/payable to the Contractors by the NLUO and/or any further advances as may be
made to the contractors as aforesaid, the Contractors hereby agree with the NLUO and undertake as
under
i)
The amount advanced by the NLUO to the Contractors as aforesaid and all or any further
sum or sums advanced as aforesaid shall be employed by the Contractors in or towards
expediting the execution of the said works and for no other purpose whatsoever
ii)
That the materials which have been offered to and accepted by the NLUO as security are
absolutely the Contractor’s own property and free from encumbrances of any kind and
the Contractor will not make any application for or receive a further advance on the
security of materials which are not absolutely his own property and free from
encumbrances of any kind and the Contractors indemnify the NLUO against all claims to
any materials in respect of which an advance has been made to them as aforesaid.
iii)
That the materials on the security of which any further advance or advances may
hereafter be made as aforesaid (hereinafter called the said materials) shall be used by the
Contractors solely in the execution of the said works in accordance with the directions of
Vice Chancellor, NLUO of the NLUO and in accordance with the terms of the said
agreement.
iv)
That the contractors shall take at their own cost all the necessary and adequate
arrangement for the proper watch, safe custody and protection against all risks of the said
87
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 11
Form for payment of advance on materials, Memorandum for payment, Performa of site
order book
materials and that until used in construction as aforesaid. The said materials shall remain
at the site of the said works in the Contractor’s custody and on their own responsibility
and shall at all times be open to Inspection to the
NLUO’s Engineers or any officer authorized by the NLUO. In the event of the materials
or any part thereof being stolen destroyed or damaged, the Contractor will further replace
the same with other materials of like quality or repair and make good the same as
required by the NLUO.
v)
That the said materials shall not any account be removed from the site of the said works
except with the written permission of the Vice Chancellor, NLUO the NLUO.
v)
That the advances shall be repayable in full when or before the Contractors receive
payment from the NLUO of the price payable to them for the said works under the terms
and the provisions of the said agreement provided that if any intermediate payments are
made to the Contractors on account of work done, then on occasion of each such
payment, the NLUO will be at liberty to make as recovery from the Contractor’s bill for
such payment by deducting there from the value of the said materials then actually used
in the construction and in respect of which recovery has not been made deviously, the
value for this purpose being determined in respect of each description of materials as the
rates at which the amounts of the advances made under these presents were calculated.
vi)
That if the contractors shall at any time make any default in the performance or observance
in any respect of any of the terms and provisions of the said agreement or of these
presents, the total amount of advance or advances that may still be owing to the NLUO,
shall immediately, on the happening of such default, be repayable by the Contractors to
the NLUO together with interest thereon at 12% per annum from the date or respective
dates of such advance or advances to the date of repayment and with all costs, charges,
damages and expenses incurred by the NLUO in or for the recovery thereof or the
enforcement of this security or otherwise by reason of the default of the Contractors and
the contractors hereby covenant and agree with the NLUO to repay and pay the same
respectively to him accordingly.
vii)
That the contractors hereby charge all the said materials with the repayment to the NLUO
of the sum or sums advanced as aforesaid and all costs, charges, damages and expenses
payable under these presents PROVIDED ALWAYS and it is hereby agreed and declared
that notwithstanding anything in the said agreement and without prejudice to the powers
contained therein if and whenever the covenant for payment and repayment hereinabove
contained shall become enforceable and the money owing shall not be p aid in
accordance therewith, the NLUO may at any time thereafter adopt all or any of the
following courses as he may deem best:
a) Seize and utilize the said materials or any part thereof in the completion of the
88
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 11
Form for payment of advance on materials, Memorandum for payment, performa of site
order book
said works on behalf of the contractors in accordance with the provisions in that
behalf contained in the said agreement debiting the contractor with the actual cost of
such completion and the amount due in respect of advances under these presents and
crediting the Contractors with the value of work done as if he had carried it out in
accordance with the said agreement and at the rates thereby provided. If the balance is
against the Contractors, they are bound to pay the same to the NLUO on demand.
b) Remove and sell by public auction the seized materials or any part thereof and out of
the moneys arising from the sale, retain all the sums aforesaid repayable or payable to
the NLUO under these presents and pay over the surplus (if any) to the Contractor.
c) Deduct all or any part of the money owing out of the Security Deposits or any sum
due to the Contractor under the said agreements
viii)
That except in the event of such default on the part of the contractors as aforesaid, no
interest shall be payable on the said advance.
ix)
That in the event on any conflict between the provisions of these presents and the said
agreement, the provisions of these presents shall prevail and in the event of any dispute or
difference arising over the construction of effect of these presents the settlement of which
has not been herein before expressly provided for the same shall be referred to the
officer-in-charge, NLUO, whose decision shall be final and no appeal shall lie against his
decision before any court, arbitrator or authority.
x)
The provision of this undertaking shall be deemed to be supplemental to the said
agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Contractors have set their hands to these presents the day and
year first hereinabove written.
Signed, sealed and delivered by the said contractors in the presence of
Witness:
Signature
Name
Address
Witness:
Signature
Name
Address
89
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 11
Form for payment of advance on materials, Memorandum for payment, Performa of site
order book
IV. MEMORANDUM FOR PAYMENT
R.A BILL No. _________________________
Total amount due since previous bill
(D) (A+B)*
Rs.______________
2.
P.V.A. on account of escalation in
price of steel, cement and other
materials and labour as detailed in
separate statements enclosed
Rs._____________
3. DEDUCTIONS:
(i) Secured advance paid in the previous
R.A. bill
Rs.______________
(ii) Retention money on value of works
as per accepted tenders : upto date
amount
Rs.______________
Less : Already recovered
(-) Rs.______________
Balance to be recovered
Rs.______________ Rs.______________
(iii Mobilization advance, if any
(a) Outstanding amount
(Principal + interest) as on date
Rs.______________
(b) To be recovered in this bill
Rs.______________
(iv) Any other departmental material cost
to be recovered as per contract, if
any
Rs.______________
(v) Any other departmental service
charges to be recovered if any, as per
contract (water, power etc.) Enclose
statement
Rs.______________
Total deduction as per contractor
Rs.______________ (-) Rs.______________
Net amount payable as per contract (E-F)
Rs.______________ (G)
1.
(Rupees ……………………………………….) in words
The bill amounting to ……………………………………………… (both figures and words) has
been scrutinized by me after due test check of the measurement of works as required and is
recommended for payment.
Dated signature of N.L.U.O’s Engineer
In charge of the project
90
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 11
Form for payment of advance on materials, Memorandum for payment, Performa of site
order book
STATUTORY DEDUCTIONS:
1.
2.
Total amount due (E)
Less : Income Tax payable
NET PAYABLE :
Rs.______________
Rs.______________
Rs.______________
The figure given in the Memorandum for Payment has been verified and the bill passed for
payment ………………………………………………………………………….. (words and
figures).
Date : …………………………..
Signature of NLUO Officer
*For A & B refer Running Bill.
91
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 11
Form for payment of advance on materials, Memorandum for payment, Performa of site
order book
PROFORMA OF SITE ORDER BOOK
Name of the work ______________________________
Date of Commencement _________________________
Sr.
No.
Remarks/
Instructions of
the Site
Engineer/ PMC
Dated Initials
of Site
Engineer/
PMC
1.
2.
3.
Initials of the
Contractor for
having
received the
instructions
4.
Action
taken
with date
Dated
initials of
the Site
Engineer
Remarks of the
PMCs
PMC/NLUO
Officials
5.
6.
7.
92
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 12
Form for applications by contractor for extension of time, Performa of hindrance register
PROFORMA FOR APPLICATION BY CONTRACTOR
FOR EXTENSION OF TIME
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Name of the Contractor
Name of the work as given in the agreement
Agreement WO
Tender amount
Date of commencement of work
Period allowed for completion of work
Date of completion as per agreement
Period for which extension of time has been given
Date
a)
b)
c)
Month
Year
1st extension vide N.L.U.O’s
Letter No.
2nd extension vide N.L.U.O’s
Letter No.
3rd extension vide N.L.U.O’s
Letter No.
9. Reasons for which extensions have been previously given (copies of the previous
applications should be attached)
10. Period for which extension is applied for and the reasons thereof including hindrances,
time for extra work assigned, if any etc.
Signature of Contractor
93
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 12
Form for applications by contractor for extension of time, Performa of hindrance register
PROFORMA OF HINDERANCE REGISTER
Name of work
Name of contractor
Agreement No.
Sr.
No.
Nature of
hindrance
1.
2.
:
:
:
Date of state of work
Period of completion
Date of completion
Date of
occurrence of
hindrance
3.
Date of which
hindrance was
removed
4.
:
:
:
Period of
hindrance
Signature
SE / PE
Remarks
5.
6.
7.
SE = Site Engineer/ NLUO
PE = Project Engineer (PMC/ PMC)
94
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
___________________________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF MATERIALS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Materials shall be of the approved quality best obtainable. A list of materials of approved
brand and manufacturer is indicated in the annexure. Testing of materials of approved
brand may have to be done at the discretion of PMC & NLUO.
In case, some reason or other materials are required to be obtained from any manufacturer
other than those listed, then prior approval from PMCs will be necessary supported by
relevant test certificates qualifying the required standard. Further tests as directed by the
N.L.U.O's Engineer shall also be carried out by the Contractor at their own cost, if
required.
Sample of all materials shall be got approved by Employee/PMC before placing order &
the approved sample shall be carefully preserved in an appropriate manner at the site office
for verification from time to time.
For standard bought out item, the size manufactured by the firms listed shall prevail when
there is discrepancy in the size mentioned in the schedule without any financial adjustment.
Materials shall be tested in any approved Testing laboratory conforming to the
requirements and frequency indicated in the list of "Mandatory Tests". The test certificate
in original shall be submitted to the Site Engineer and entire charges connected with testing
including charges for requested tests if ordered shall be borne by the Contractor.
It shall be obligatory for the Contractor to furnish certificate, from manufacturer or the
material supplier, that the work has been carried out by using their material and as per their
recommendations.
All materials supplied by the NLUO/ any other specialist firms shall be properly stored and
the Contractor shall be responsible for its safe custody until they are required on the works
and till the completion of work.
All equipment & facilities for carrying out field tests on materials shall be provided by the
Contractor without any extra cost .
8.
EARTH FILLING:
8.0
shall be selected earth suitable for filling as approved by the PMC/NLUO and preferable
free from building rubbish or organic decomposed material. They shall be obtained either
from excavation or brought from outside, as specified in the schedule of items.
Black
Cotton soil shall not be used for filling.
8.1
Filling shall be done in layers not exceeding 200 mm in depth. Earth used shall be free
from roots; grass and rubbish and all lumps and clods exceeding 80 mm in any direction
shall be broken down. Each layer shall be watered with optimum moisture content to
achieve 90% consolidation. Consolidation shall be done by mechanical rammers or roller
of minimum half-ton weight. Where the roller cannot work, wooden or steel rammers of
seven to ten kg weight with flat base of 20 sqcm or 20 cm dia should be used. Labour for
ramming shall be atleast 1 for every 6 diggers. In embankment or banking, every third
layer of earth shall be rolled and consolidated with power roller of minimum eight-ton
weight.
95
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
8.2
Section – 13
CEMENT :
Cement shall comply in every respect with the requirements of the latest publication of I.S.
269 / I.S.455. The use of cement other than ordinary Portland cement / Blast furnace slag
cement may be allowed with prior approval of PMC & Employee if not mentioned in the
approved list of materials. * (Not less than 43 grade of approved make)
The weight of cement shall be taken as 1440 kg per cum (90 Lbs / cft) cement shall be
measured by weight and in whole bags and each undisturbed and sealed 50 kg Bag being
considered equivalent to 35 liters (1.2cft.) in volume. Care should be taken to see that each
bag contains full quantity of cement. When part bag is required cement shall be taken by
weight or measured in measuring boxes.
No other make of cement but that approved by the N.L.U.O's Engineer/PMC will be
allowed on works. Test certificates to show that cement is fully complying the
specifications shall be submitted by the Contractor to the N.L.U.O's Engineer /
PMC. Notwithstanding this cement brought on site shall be retested in an approved testing
laboratory every 30 M.T. or part thereof to ensure quality of materials used. In case
manufactures test certificate is not submitted the frequency of test shall be reduced to 30
M.T. or part thereof Cement ordered for retesting shall not be used for any work pending
results of retest.
Cement shall be restored in order to prevent deterioration by dampness or intrusion of
foreign matters. It shall be stored in such a way as to allow the removal & used. Cement
deteriorated & / or clodded shall not be used on work but shall be removed at once from
the site. However, the N.L.U.O’s Engineer/PMC whose decision in this regard shall be
final and binding shall determine slowing use of warehouse set cement. The site Engineer
at site will maintain cement register.
8.3
FINE AGGREGATE :
Sand shall be from natural source or crushed stone screenings, if allowed chemically inert,
clear, hard, durable and well graded and free from excessive dirterious materials. The silt
content shall be within 8%. If it excess washing shall be done in an approved manner to
bring it within allowable limit. Sand will be used as per relevant I.S. specification.
The fine aggregate shall be stacked carefully on a clean hard dry surface so that it will not
mixed up with deleterious foreign materials. If such a surface is not available a platform of
planks or corrugated torn sheets or brick floor or a thin layer of lean concrete shall be
prepared.
8.4
COARSE AGGREGATE:
shall consist of crushed or broken stone 95% of which shall be retained on 4.75mm IS test
Sieve. It shall be obtained from crushing Granite, Quartzite, Trap, Basalt or similar
approved stones. Coarse aggregate shall be chemically inert when mixed with cement and
shall be roughly cubical in shape and free from soft friable, thin laminated or flaky pieces.
96
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
8.5
Section – 13
STEEL REINFORCEMENT :
MILD STEEL BARS
Mild steel reinforcement bar shall conform to I.S. 226-1962 "Standard quality " or I.S.
432-1966 Grade. Other qualities of Steel shall not be accepted.
8.6
HIGH STRENGTH DEFORMED BARS :
Where of deformed high strength reinforcement bars are specified, the contractor use one
of the following :
a.
b.
"Tor steel" as per I.S. 1786-1956
For a total requirement of less than 10 Mt. Steel may be obtained from recognized
dealers with prior approval of PMC. It will be the sole responsibility of the
Contractor shall try to obtain test certificate from the manufacturers. Over and above
the Contractor at his own cost shall arrange to get materials tested from any
recognized govt. laboratory to ensure & satisfy the PMC/ Owner regarding
compliance of the materials to relevant Indian standard Codes. Sources of supply
once approved by the
PMC/Owner shall not be changed without their prior consent. Tests to be conducted
as per list of mandatory tests.
8.7
BRICKS :
The Bricks shall be class designation of 75 kg/cm2 of regular and uniform size, shape and
color, uniformly well burnt throughout but not over burnt. They shall be free from cracks
or other flaws.
They shall show a fine grained, uniform homogenous and dense texture on facture and be
free from lumps of lime laminations, cracks, air holes, soluble salts causing efflorescence
or other defects which may in any way impair their strength, durability, appearance
usefulness for the purpose intended. They shall not have any part under burnt. They shall
not break even thrown on the ground on their flat face in a saturated condition from a
height of 600cm.
The size of brick shall (250mm x 125 x 75mm) or (230mm x 115mm x 65mm) only.
Tolerance on dimensions up to ( + or -) 8 % shall be permitted.
After immersion in water, absorption by weight shall not exceed 20 percent of the dry
weight of the brick when tested according to I.S. No -1077-1970.
The brick shall have a minimum average compressive strength of 75 kg/cm2 as specified in
the nomenclature of the item.
The bricks to be used for the work shall be approved by the Owner/ PMCs before hand.
97
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
8.8
Section – 13
WATER :
Water for mixing Cement/lime/ Surkhi mortar or concrete shall not be salty or brackish and
shall be clean, reasonable clean and free from objectionable quantities of slit traces of oil,
acid and injurious alkali, salts, organic matter and other deleterious materials which will
either weaken the mortar or concrete on cause efflorescence or attack the steel in
reinforced cement concrete water shall be obtained from sources approved by the PMC
portable water is generally considered satisfactory for mixing and curing concrete, mortar,
masonry etc. Where water other than Municipal source is used this shall be tested in an
approved testing laboratory to establish its suitability. All charges connected herewith shall
be borne by the Contractor.
8.9
TIMBER :
Unless otherwise specified, timber for carpentry / joinery works of all description shall be
Sal / Piasal or equivalent hard wood, seasoned naturally or artificially as indicated in
Schedule. These shall be free from knots, shakes, fissure, flaws, sub-cracks and other
defects to a reasonable extend. PMC's decision in this regard is final and binding. The
moisture content for timber will be used as per relevant I.S. specification normally should
not exceed for the following limits :i)
Timber for frames
:
12%
ii) Timber for Planking/Shutters etc.
:
8%
In measuring cross-sectional dimensions of timber or the frames/ shutters styles, rails or a
panel members, tolerances up to 1.5mm shall be allowed for each planed surface.
All fully fabricated timber shall be seasoned at site of work for a period of not less than
two months to allow for any shrinkage that may take place unless sit kiln seasoned.
The decision regarding acceptance/ rejection of material on the basis of aforesaid norms
lies with the PMC/ Owner which is final and binding on the Contractor.
8.10 FLUSH DOORS :
All flush doors shall be I.S.I. stamped (confirming to IS-2202, Pt-1) and obtained from
approved manufacturer as listed shall be solid core exterior grade unless otherwise
specified.
98
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
8.12 ALUMINIUM DOORS/WINDOWS :
Aluminum doors and windows shall be obtained from approved manufacturer. Aluminum
sections for fabricating frame work doors, windows, jallies, etc. shall be of extruded
sections conforming to I.S 1948, 1949 or latest edition or as per Tendered drawings or as
manufacturer by Indian Aluminum co. Ltd. or approved equivalent. The alloy used shall
conform to I.S designation H.E. 9 WP of I.S. 733.
8.13 FLOOR TILES :
Plain cement tiles, vitrified tiles shall be compacted by mechanical vibrator and
hydraulically pressed and shall be of choice shade & shall have desired pattern of chip
distribution. The size and thickness of tiles shall be as approved by the N.L.U.O's
Engineer. For neutral shade tiles, gray cement shall be used.
8.14 CERAMIC TILES :
White or colored Ceramic tiles shall be obtained from an approved manufacturer and shall
be flat an true to shape. The tiles shall be free from cracks, crazing, spots, chipped edges
and liners. The Glazing and color shall be uniform shade and unless otherwise specified the
tile shall be as per manufacturer's specification.
8.15 MARBLE :
Marble slabs for flooring, dado veneering etc shall be of the kinds specialized in the item
such as white of pink Makrana, Chittor black . Bhansalana black, jaisalmer baroda green;
atiaalka (pepsu ) gray etc. Marble from which the homogenous in texture. free from cracks
decay weathering and flaws .Before starting the work the contractor shall be get the
sample of marble slab approved by the PMC and NLUO .
The Slabs shall be machine polished.
8.16 KOTA /GRANITE :
Shall be of selected, qualified ,hard, sound, dense , homogenous texture ,free from cracks,
decay weathering and flaw stone slabs shall be approved by the PMC and NLUO. They
shall be machine polished where specified and shall conform to the required sizes .
Thickness shall be as specified item .
8.16 A: SAND STONE:
99
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
i ) Providing and fixing 50mm sand stone work of approved shade in areas of tread of
gallery in cement mortar 1 : 3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) including cutting, polishing and
required moulding with white cement mortar 1:2 (1 white cement : 2 stone dust) with an
admixture of pigment matching the stone shade etc., complete as per the direction of the
Engineer-in-charge.
ii) Providing and fixing 50mm thick sand stone as approved sample in cladding in
specification sizes as per drawing of approved coloured and quality for external walls
columns and wherever specification with DRY cladding using S.S angle and stainless
steel clamps of required thick of grade 304 of approved make, anchor blots /dash
fasteners, necessary adhesive for grouting of clamps in stone maintenance groves in stone
slabs as per drawing and filling the same with non-staining , non-streaking silicon joint
sealants of approved make including baker rod dairying, drilling, anchoring, grouting,
scaffolding edge polishing, chamfering etc. complete. as per the direction of the
Engineer-in-charge.
8.17 GLAZING :
Glass used for glazing shall be sheet glazier unless otherwise specified clear or obscured
as directed by the PMC /NLUO of best approved quality ,free from flaws speck, bubbles
and shall be 2.9mm thick up to 0.6 x 0.60 m size it shall be 5.5mm thick unless otherwise
specified in the schedule of quantities.
8.18 U.P.V.C RAIN WATER PIPES :
UPVC (working pressure 4 Kg. per sq cm) rain water pipes confirming to IS : 4985
including jointing with seal ring conforming to IS : 5382 leaving 10 mm gap for thermal
expansion
8.19 PAINTS :
Enamel paint, Acrylic emulsion paint , anti-corrosive primer , read lead water proof,
external weather coat shall be from an approved manufacture as listed Ready mixed paint
shall be from an approved a manufacture without any admixture shall be used expect for
addition of thinner if recommended by the manufacturer.
8.20 CEMENT ADMIXTURES :
Cement admixture are to be obtained from manufacture with the explicit approval of the
PMC the use admixture contain calcium chloride, fluorides, nitrates and sulphates is
prohibited The PMC's decision as regards use of admixture of admixture is final and
binding .
100
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
8.21 HARDWARE FITING :
The hardware fitting iron or aluminum /brass shall be obtained from approved
manufacturer and invariable is ISI stamped the M.S. iron fitting are to be oxidized &
aluminum fittings anodized in natural color mat satin finish even if not otherwise
specified.
8.22 POLYSULPHIDE SEALANT :
Polysulphide sealant should be obtained from approved manufacture as listed .
8.23 MORTAR
Cement mortar to be prepared in accordance with IS:2250. It shall be made of cement and
sharp coarse sand and shall be made in small quantities so as to be used within 30
minutes. The cement and sand in the required proportion., and classification shall be first
mixed dry thoroughly and then water added and mixed to a sufficiently thick consistency
as required by the Engineer. No left over mortar shall be used. Mortar which has partially
set shall not be retempered by mixing additional material or water.
The unit of measurement for cement shall be of a bag of cement weighing 50 Kg. and
shall be taken as 0.035 cu.m. Other ingredients in specified proportion shall be measured
in boxes of 25 x 35 x 40 cm size. Sand shall be measured on the basis of dry volume. In
case of damp sand, its quantities shall be increased suitably to allow for bulkage
8.24
SAND
This shall be dry coarse sand of approved quality conforming to IS:383. 100% of the sand
shall pass through I.S. sieve No. 240 and not more than 15% to 35% through Sieve
No.30. Sand shall have a fineness modulus between 2.1 to 2. Sand shall be clean angular
free from dust, clay or any other impurities. Percentage of clay or total impurities shall
not be more than 5% by weight.
Sand for use in masonry mortar shall conform to IS:2116 including grading. Sand for
use in plaster shall conform to IS:1542 including grading.
101
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
8.27
Section – 13
STAINLESS STEEL SLIDING GATE
Supplying and fixing of stainless steel sliding gate of size L-3mtr. Height -2.4 mtr with
outer frame made of 75 x 75 mm sq. pipe S.S 304 grade 16 swing, vertical support made
by 50 x 50 mm.sq. pipe S.S 304 grade 16 swing, horizontal crossings made by 40 x 40
mm sq.pipe S.S.304 grade 16 swing complete set with locking system, S.S guider for
tubeless castor wheel with all necessary fittings.etc
8.28
STAINLESS STEEL OPENABLE GATE
Supplying and fixing of stainless steel open able gate of size L-1.2mtr. Height -1.8 mtr
with outer frame made of 75 x 75 mm sq. pipe S.S 304 grade 16 swing, vertical support
made by 50 x 50 mm.sq. pipe S.S 304 grade 16 swing, horizontal crossings made by 40 x
40 mm sq. pipe S.S.304 grade 16 swing complete set fitted with heavy duty cylindrical
hinges and locking system, with all necessary fittings.etc
8.28
POWDER COATED M.S. TUBULAR SECTION
Supply and installation of Aerofoil fins made up of aluminium extrusions with a wall thickness ≥
1.8 mm. The fin ends are closed with end caps made from aluminium plates 3 to 4 mm thickness.
The entire system is fixed to a sub frame of 50mm x 50mm powder coated MS Tubular section
complete
102
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
SECTION - I
EARTH WORK
1.0 INDIAN STANDARDS
All relevant Standards as specified elsewhere in this Volume are applicable.
Indian Standards to be followed are :
1)
IS 1498
Classification and identification of soils for
general engineering purpose.
2)
IS 3764
Safety code for excavation Work
3)
IS 4081
Safety code for blasting and related drilling
operation.
4)
IS 6313
Part –1 Code of practice for anti-termite measures in
buildings : constructional measures.
Part –2 Code of practice for anti-termite measures in
buildings : Pre constructional chemical treatment measures.
5)
1.1
SP 27
Hand book of method of measurement of buildings
works.
GENERAL :
The excavation will generally refer to open excavation of foundation area wet or dry in all
sorts of soils at any depth, unless otherwise specified except hard rocks for which separate
provisions are made.
1.2
EXAMINE THE SITE :
The Contractor shall visit and ascertain the nature of the ground to be excavated and the
work to be done and shall accept all responsibility for the cost of the work involved.
1.3
SETTING OUT :
The Contractor shall clear the entire site of jungles, bushes, grass, vegetation growth &
trees & generally level the site and set out the center line of the building or other involved
works & get the same approved from Owner/ PMC. It shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor to install substantial references marks, bench marks etc. and maintain them as
long as required by the Owner /PMC. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for
proper setting out, alignment, elevation and dimension of each and all parts of the works.
103
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
1.4
Section – 13
GROUND LEVEL AND SITE LEVEL :
Before starting the excavation the existing ground level of the entire plot shall be taken by
the Contractor in consultation with the Owner/PMC and a proper record of these levels
kept, which the Contractor & the NLUO/PMC shall jointly sign.
1.5
EXCAVATION
Excavation shall be carried out in any type of soil met at the site for items and to the
lines, levels and contours as directed by the Engineer
Excavated materials shall not be deposited within 1.5M from edge of the excavation.
Suitable type of shoring and strutting, wherever necessary, shall be provided to avoid any
collapse of earth or cutting in slope as per site requirement and as directed by the
Engineer.
Pits shall not be excavated to final founding level unless concreting work is imminent.
Last 15 cms. shall be excavated prior to providing, blinding layer with lean concrete (M5,
unless otherwise specified in drawing). The contractor shall not undertake any concreting
in foundation until the excavated pit is approved by the Engineer.
If any bottom of excavation is left exposed and has become deleteriously affected by
atmosphere or water, it shall be dewatered and excavated to sound base, and shall be
filled up to the required level with lean concrete of grade M-15 at the cost of Contractor.
Similarly excess excavation than the required level also to be filled up with lean concrete
at the cost of Contractor.
Any obstacle, encountered during excavation shall be reported to the Engineer and shall
be dealt as directed. Removal of buried piping or cables shall not be done without prior
permission of Engineer and contractor shall provide all measures to protect such lines.
Cost of such protective measures are deemed to have been included in the unit rates for
excavation.
The contractor shall take adequate protective measures to ensure that the excavation
operations do not damage the adjoining structures or dislocate underground services.
Excavated material shall be deposited within radius of 50M or as specified in the item of
work. Selected excavated material, on approval by Engineer shall be back-filled in layers
of maximum 15 cms. Watering, compacting shall be done as specified in method of
backfilling.
The Contractor shall arrange to cut or transplant any trees coming in the alignment of the
excavation or other work after obtaining prior approval and complying with all
requirements of the concerned authority and remove the same wherever required. Unless
otherwise stated no separate payment shall be made for the same.
The Contractor shall provide suitable drainage arrangements to prevent surface water
entering foundation pits. The contractor shall engage pumps or other approved means to
keep excavation free of water.
104
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
In cases, where during excavation, side slips occur, for reasons not attributable to the
Contractor or in cases of pumping out water accumulated due to unforeseen reasons like
watermains / drains broken accidentally by other agencies, springs etc., suitable payment
shall be made separately at the rates mutually agreed.
Lowering of water table by well point system or other such special measures shall be paid
separately against relevant item in the B.O.Q. or by mutual agreement.
1.6
SOIL CLASSIFICATION
PAYMENT
FOR
PURPOSE
OF
MEASUREMENT
AND
All materials to be excavated shall be classified by Engineer, into one of the following
classes and shall be paid for at the rate approved for that particular class of material. No
distinction shall be made whether the material is dry, moist or wet. The decision of
Engineer regarding the classification of the material shall be final and binding on
Contractor and not be a subject matter of any appeal or arbitration.
Any earth work shall be classified under any of the following categories; in accordance
with IS-1200 part I.
a.
Ordinary soils
b.
These shall include all kinds of soils containing kankar, sand, silt, hard and soft
murrum and/or shingle, gravel, clay, loam, peat, ash, shale, etc.. which can
generally be excavated by spade, pick axes and shovel, and which is not classified
under "soft and decomposed" and "hard rock" defined below.
This shall also include embedded rock, rubble not longer than 500 mm in one
direction and not more than 300 mm in the other two directions. Removal of such
ordinary soils by mechanical excavators, shovels, draglines etc. shall be payable
at the rate for 'Ordinary soils'.
Soft and Decomposed Rock
This shall include rock, boulders, slag, chalk, slate, hard mieacschist, laterite and
all other materials which in the opinion of Engineer is rock, but does not need
blasting and could be removed with picks, hammer, crow bars, wedges and
pneumatic breaking equipment. The mere fact that Contractor resorts to blasting
for reasons of his own, shall not qualify for classification under 'hard rock'. This
shall also include excavation in macadam and tarred roads and pavements. This
shall also include rock boulders longer than 500 mm in one direction and not
more than 500 mm in any one of the other two directions.
Hard Rock
105
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
This shall include all rock occurring in large continuous masses, which cannot be
removed except by blasting for loosening it. Hardened varieties of rock with or
without veins and secondary minerals, which, in the opinion of engineer require
blasting shall be considered as hard rock. Boulders of rock occurring in such sizes
and not classified under (a) and (b) above shall also be classified as hard rock.
This will also include reinforced cement concrete (reinforcement to be cut
through, but not separated from concrete).
1.6
EXCAVATION AND PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION
FOR CONCRETE, OTHER HARD ROCK :
Excavation shall include removal of all materials of whatever nature, including moorum,
soft rock, boulders, old foundations, concrete, asphalt or paved surface etc. at all depths &
whether wet for dry necessary the construction of foundation & sub-structure including
mass excavation for underground reservoir, cess pits, septic tanks etc. where applicable
exactly in accordance with lines, levels, grades and curves shown in the Tendered
drawings or as directed by the Owner/PMC, he shall at his own expenses till the extra
depth or width in cement concrete in proportion as directed by the Owner/PMC but in no
case with concrete of mix leaner than (1:4:8) cement concrete.
The Contractor shall report to the Owner/PMC when the excavations are ready to receive
concrete. No concrete shall be placed in foundations until the contractor has obtained
Owner/PMC approval. In case, the excavation is done through different strata of soil and if
the same is payable as per provision in the Schedule of Quantities the contractor shall get
the dimensions of the strata decided by the Owner/PMC for payment. if no specific
provisions is made in the Schedule of Quantities it will be presumed that excavation shall
be in all types of strata & the contractor's rate shall cover for the same which are treated as
a single entity.
After the excavation is passed by the Owner / PMC & before laying the concrete, the
Contractor shall get the depth & dimensions of excavation levels, and nature of strata (As
applicable as per Schedule of Quantities) like hard rock, soft rock etc.) measurement
recorded from the Owner/PMC.
1.7
EXCAVATION IN HARD ROCK :
Rock which is in solid beds, which can only be removed whether by blasting or by
wedging or chiseling shall be treated as hard rock. A boulder or detached rock measuring
one cubic meter or more shall also be treated as hard rock if the same cannot be removed
with blasting. wedging or chiseling.
Where hard rock is met with and blasting operations as considered necessary, the
Contractor shall intimate about the same to the PMC.
106
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
The Contractor shall obtain license from District Public Authorities for carrying out
blasting work as well as for obtaining, transporting and steering explosives as per
“explosives Rules 1940” or amended. He shall purchase the explosives, fuses detonators,
etc., only from a licensed dealer. He shall maintain the account of explosive etc. purchase
and used by him. He shall be responsible for safe custody and a proper accounting of
explosive materials. The PMC shall have access to check to store of explosives and
accounts thereof .
Blasting shall normally be done with gun power, Dynamite, Gelatin or any other high
explosive shall only be used in special cases with written permission of the PMC and
District/Public authorities concerned under the "Explosive Rules"
Blasting operations shall be carried out under supervision of a responsible representative of
the Contractor during hours to be approved in writing by the PMC/District Authorities. The
representative shall be conversant with the rules of blasting .
Proper precautions for safety of persons shall be taken red flag shall be prominently
displayed around the area to be blasted and all people work except those actually light
fuses shall be withdrawn to a safe distance of not less than 10 meters from the blast.
Blasting shall not be done within 100 meters of an existing masonry or any other kind of
structure unless special precautions are taken by heavy blanketing.
Where blasting is not practicable or prohibited, excavation shall be done by wedging or
chiseling and it shall be restricted to the quantity required to enable the necessary
foundations, etc., to be put in. In case the dimension of trenches, exceed those shown in
Tendered drawings or as directed by dimension of trenches, exceed those shown in
Tendered drawings or as directed by the PMC, the excess quantity shall not be paid for.
The item also covers bailing out sub-solid or rain water including pumping at any stage of
the work, shoring, strutting etc.
1.8
SHORING :
The sides of the excavation, if required, should be protected by shoring in such a way as is
necessary to secure them from failing in and the shoring shall be maintained in position a
long as necessary. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper design of the shoring
to hold the sides of the excavation in position and ensuring safety and injury to persons
and properties etc. The shoring shall be removed as directed after the items for which it is
required are completed
1.9
PROTECTION:
If instructed by the Owner/PMC all foundation pits and similar excavations shall be strong
fenced and marked with red lights at bring in charge of watchman to avoid accidents,
adequate protective measures shall be taken to see that the excavation does not affect or
damage adjoining structures. All measures required for the safety or the excavations, the
Contractor at his own cost shall take the people working in and near the foundation
trenches and people in the vicinity. The Contractor will be entirely responsible
107
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
for any injury or damage to property caused by his negligence or accident due to his
constructional operations.
1.10 STACKING OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS :
All materials excavated will remain to property of the Owner. The excavated materials at
first instance shall be stored as directed by the PMC/Owner and stacked appropriately by
the sides of trenches in conformity with standard safety codes before they are disposed off
and leveled within the site at locations directed by the PMC/Owner. Materials suitable and
useful for back filling or leveling of the plot or other use shall be stacked in convenient
places in such a way so as not to obstruct free movement of man, animals encroach on the
area required for constructional purposes. The cost on account of disposal within the site
will not be additionally paid for.
1.10 BACKFILLING :
All shoring and form work shall be removed after their necessity ceases & trash of any
sorts shall be cleaned out from the excavation shall be refilled to the original surface with
approved excavated materials in a layers 25.00cm, in thickness watered & rammed with
iron and wooden rammers weighing 7-8 kg., with a base of 20cm.square or 20cm.
diameter. The filling shall be done after concrete or masonry is fully set and done in such a
way as not to cause undue thrust on any part of the structure where suitable excavated
materials is to be used for refilling it shall be brought from the place where it is
temporarily stacked and used in refilling.
No excavation of foundation shall be filled or covered up until all measurements of
excavations, masonry concrete and other works below ground level are jointly recorded.
Black cotton soil shall not be used for backfilling or in plinth filling.
1.11 DEWATERING :
Rate for excavation shall include bailing or pumping out water which may accumulate in
the excavation during the progress of work whether from seepage , springs, rain or any
other means. Pumping out water shall be done in such approved manner as to preclude the
possibility of any damage to the foundation trench concrete or masonry or any damage to
the foundation trench concrete or masonry or any adjacent structure. When water is met in
foundation trenches of in tank excavations, when water is met in foundation trenches of in
tank excavations, pumping out water shall be from auxiliary pit of adequate size dug
slightly outside the building excavations. The depth of auxiliary pit shall be refilled with
approved excavated materials after the dewatering is over.
The excavation shall be kept free from water:
a.
During inspection and measurement.
b.
When concrete and/or masonry are in progress and till they come above the natural
water level and
c.
Till the Owner/PMC consider that the concrete mortar is sufficiently set.
108
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
1.12 SURPULS EXCAVATED MATERIALS :
All excavated materials certified as surplus and not useful shall be removed by the
Contractor confirming to local civic regulations from the site in an approved manner at
locations to be arrange made by him and shall be paid as a separate item as in schedule of
quantities.
The Contractor shall only undertake the item of removal of surplus excavated materials
when specific instruction in this regard has been obtained from the NLUO/ PMC.
109
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
SECTION -II
PLAIN AND REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE
1.0
INDIAN STANDARDS
All relevant Standards as specified elsewhere in this Volume are applicable.
Indian Standards to be followed are:
(1) IS 269
Specification for Ordinary and low heat, Portland cement.
(2) IS 383
Specification for Coarse and fine aggregates from natural
sources for concrete.
(3) IS 456
Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete.
(4) IS 460
Specification for test sieves:
(Part I, II & III)
i)
ii)
iii)
Wire cloth test service
Perforated plate test sieve
Method of examination of test sieve
(5)
IS 516
Method of test for strength of concrete
(6)
IS 1199
Method of Sampling and analysis of concrete.
(7)
IS 1489
Specification for Portland pozzolana cement
(8)
IS 1542
Specification for Sand for plaster
(9)
IS 2116
Specification for Sand for masonry mortars
(10) IS 2386
Method of test for aggregate concrete.
(Part I, II, & III)
i)
ii)
iii)
(11) IS 2646
Particle size and shape
Estimation of deleterious materials
and organic impurities
Specific gravity, density, voids,
absorption and bulking
Specification for Integral cement waterproofing
compound.
110
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
(12) IS 3025
Methods of Sampling and test (Physical and Chemical for
water used in Industry
(13) IS 3068
Specification for Broken brick (burnt clay) coarse
aggregate for use in lime concrete
(14) IS 4031
Method of Physical test for hydraulic cement
(Part i to xii)
(15) IS 4032
Method of chemical analysis for hydraulic cement.
(16) IS 6452
Specification for high Alumina cement for structure use.
(17) IS 6909
Specification for super sulphated weather
(18) IS 7861
Code of practice for extreme weather concreting
i)
Recommended practice for hot weather concreting
ii)
Recommended practice for cold weather
concreting
(19) IS 8041
Specification for Rapid hardening Portland cement.
(20) IS 8112
Specification for high strength ordinary port land cement.
(21) IS 9103
Specification for admixture for concrete.
(22) IS 11433
Specification for one part gun grade
i)
Poly sulphate based joint sealant:
general requirements.
(23) IS 12118 (part I)
Specification for two parts poly sulphate based sealant :
general requirements.
(24) IS 1343
Specification for Prestressed Design
(24) SP 23
Handbook on concrete mix
(25) SP 24
Explanatory handbook on Indian Standards code for plain
and reinforced concrete (IS 456)
111
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
(26) SP 27
Section – 13
Handbook of method of measurement of building works
Plain and reinforced cement concrete :
The provisions for Indian Standards for Plain and Reinforced concrete, mild steel, hot
rolled deformed bars, cold twisted bars etc. to be used reinforcement, cement of different
qualities, coarse and fine aggregates, water to be used in concrete and other Indian
Standards specifications should be generally applicable except where they are varied by
the requirements of these specifications. It shall be the intent o f these specifications to
ensure that all concrete placed at various locations of the job should be durable, should
wear and practically impervious to water. It should free from defects like cracking, honey
combing etc.
The Contractor under the Supervision of an Engineer shall carry out all concrete work.
I.S. code under reference should mean the latest code together with amendments in
circulations at the time of awards of the contract.
1.1
INGREDIENTS TO BE USED IN CONCRETE AND REINFORCED CONCRETE
WORK :
Ingredients to be used in concrete should confirm to the specifications as indicated under
"Technical Specification for materials" given earlier.
As regards admixture, this may be used with prior approval of PMC/ Consultant.
1.2
MIX PROPORTION : (Normal Volumetric mix)
The mix proportions shall be selected to ensure that workability of the fresh concrete is
suitable for the conditions of handling and placing, so that after compaction it surrounds all
reinforcements and completely fills the form .
The determination of the proportions of cement aggregates and water to attain the required
strength shall be made as follows for volumetric mix :-
1.2.1 TABLE - "A" :
GRADES OF CONCRETE :
1:1:2
1:1.5:3
1:2:4:
Compressive strength of 15cm Cube.
Kg/Cm2
Kg/cm2
7 day
28days
210
315
175
265
140
210
112
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
1.2.2. VOLUMETRIC MIX CONCRETE :
Volumetric mix concrete may be used for concrete of grades 1:1:2, 1:1.5:3, 1:2:4. The
Proportion of materials for volumetric mix concrete shall be in accordance with Table "B".
The Proportions of fine to coarse aggregates should be adjusted from upon limit to lower
limit progressively as the grading of the fine aggregates become finer and the maximum
size of coarse aggregates become larger. Graded coarse aggregate shall be used .
The cement content in the mix specified in Table "B" of any volumetric mix be
proportionately increased to overcome the difficulties of placement & compaction, so that
the water cement ratio as specified is not changed.
In the case of vibrated concrete, the limit specified may be suitable reduced to avoid
segregation.
The quantity of water used in the reinforced concrete work should be sufficient, but not
more than sufficient to produce a dense concrete of adequate workability for it purpose,
which will surround and properly grip all the reinforcement. Workability of concrete
should be controlled by maintaining a water content that is found to give a concrete which
is just sufficiently wet to be placed and compacted without difficulty with the means
available.
TABLE "B" PROPORTIONS FOR VOLUMATRIC MIX CONCRETE :
Grade of
Concrete
Total quantity of dry
Aggregate by mass per
cement.
be
taken as the sum of
the individual masses
of fine and Coarse
aggregate (in cum.).
1
2
1:5:10
0.70
1:4:8
1:3:6
1:2:4
1:1.5:3
0.53
0.40
0.24
0.22
Proportion of
Fine aggregate
to coarse
aggregate(By volume)
3
Generally 1:2
but subjected to an upper
of 1:1.5 and lower limit
1:2.5 on approval of site
Engineer/PMC.
Quantity
water per 100kg of
100kg of cement to
(Maximum)
litres.
4
120
90
68
64
60
113
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
1.3
Section – 13
MIXING :
Concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer. The mixer should comply with I.S. 1791.
The mixing shall be continue until there is a uniform in color and consistency. If there is a
segregation after unloading from the mixer the concrete should be one and half to two
minutes generally. In exceptional circumstances such a mechanical breakdown of mixer, or
when the quantity of concrete is very small, hand mixing may be permitted, subject to
adding 10% extra cement. When hand mixing is permitted, it should be carried out on a
water tight platform and care shall be taken to ensure that mixing is continued until the
concrete is uniform in color and consistency.
1.3.1 Workability of concrete should be controlled by direct measurement of water content and it
should be checked at frequent intervals, of nominal mix workability measured by slump
test may have the values given in Table D.
TABLE "D"
Sl.No
Type of work
When Vibrated
1.
Mass concrete in R.C.C.
foundation footings retaining
walls and road slabs.
Beams, slabs, columns
with simple reinforce
cement
Tees section with
congested reinforcement
2.5 cms. (1")
2.
3.
2.5 cms to 5 cms
(1" to 2")
5 cms to 10 cms
Note : should conditions governing slump and workability change pointing to advisability of
increased slumps, this shall be done by decreasing the amount of aggregate and not by
increasing the amount of water.
1.4
1.4.1 TRASPORTING :
Concrete shall be transported from the mixer to the form work as rapidly as possible by methods
which prevent the segregation of loss of any of the ingredient and maintain the required
workability in no case more than 30 minutes shall elapse between mixing and consolidation in
its position. During hot and cold weather ,concrete shall be transporting in deep containers other
suitable method to reduce the loss of water by evaporation in hot weather and hat loss in cold
weather may also be adopted.
114
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
1.4.2 PLACING :
The concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable in its final position to avoid rehandling The concrete shall be placed and compacted before setting. Commences and should
not be subsequently disturbed method of placing should not be to preclude segregation care
should be taken to avoid displacement of reinforcement or movement of form work .Concrete
shall not be drooped into position from a height greater than 2.0 meter
1.4.3 COMPACTION :
Concrete should be thoroughly compacted and fully worked around the reinforcement
embedded fixtures into corners of the form work mechanical vibrators should general be used
as per I.S –2505, I.S- 2514 and I.S-4656 over vibration or vibration of very wet mixes is
harmful and should be avoid under vibration is harm full .
When the vibration is to be applied external the design of form work and the disposition of
vibrators should receive special consideration to ensure efficient compaction and surface
blemishes .
Beams and columns shall be vibrated using immersion vibrators then section like walls of
water tanks, chajjas aprons etc. should be vibrated using surface vibrators it is better to vibrate
in smaller intervals for short period of time rather than at wider intervals for longer periods of
time the vibrator shall be used only to aid compaction and not push concrete laterally in the
forms .
1.4.4 CONSTRUCTION JOINT :
Construction joints shall in general conform to the relevant clauses of IS:456.
When the placing of concrete is interrupted and a construction joint is formed, provision shall be
made for interlocking with the succeeding layer by the embedment or saturated wooden blocks
or strips, smoothened on four sides to facilitate their removal. Prior to the next pour the wooden
pieces shall be loosened and removed in such a manner as to avoid damage to the concrete.
Such construction joints, if the contractor feels are necessary, shall be approved by the Engineer
and shall be so located and formed as to least impair the strength and the appearance of the
structure.
They shall be made in the positions as specified or as approved. Such joints shall be truly vertical
or horizontal as the case may be except that in an inclined or curved member the joints shall be
strictly at right angles to the axis of the member.
Construction joints shall be rebated to an approved profile and an approved water stop shall be
placed in the joints when specified.
Construction joints shall be made horizontally in the foundations and 75 mm below the lowest
beams soffit at the head of columns. Concrete in the ribs and slab of small tee and other beams
115
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
shall be placed in one operation but for large beams concrete in the rib upto a level 25mm below
the slab, soffit shall be placed first. Concrete in haunches or splays on beams.
or braces and concrete in the head of adjoining position of the column shall be placed at the same
time and at junction of walls and slabs shall be placed at the same time as that in the slab.
Construction joints in slab and beams shall be located at one third span and keyed and dowelled
as specified.
1.4.4A. Cold Joint
An advancing face of a concrete pour, which could not be covered by fresh concrete before
expiry of initial setting time (due to an unscheduled stoppage or delay on account of breakdown
in plant, inclement weather, low rate of placement or any other reason), is called a cold joint. The
Contractor should always remain vigilant to avoid cold joints.
If, however, a cold joint is formed due to unavoidable reasons, the following procedure shall be
adopted for treating it:a)
If concrete is so green that it can be removed manually and if vibrators can
penetrate the surface without much effort, fresh concrete can be placed directly against
the old surface. The old concrete should be covered by fresh concrete as quickly as possible
and the joint thoroughly and systematically vibrated.
b)
In case concrete has hardened a bit more than (a) but can still be easily removed by
a
light hand pick, the surface will be raked thoroughly and the loose concrete
removed completely without disturbing the rest of the concrete in depth. A rich mortar
layer 12 mm in thickness, will be placed on the cold joint fresh concrete shall
be
placed on the mortar layer and the joint will be thoroughly and
systematically
vibrated penetrating the vibrator deep into the old layer of concrete.
c)
In case the concrete at the joint has become so stiff that it cannot be remolded
mortar or slurry does not rise in spite of extensive vibration, the joint will be
harden for at least 12-24 hrs. It will then be treated as a regular construction
after cutting the concrete to required shape and preparing the surface.
and
left to
joint,
1.4.5 PROTRECTION OF CONCRETE & CURING :
Newly placed concrete shall be protect by approved means from rain, sun and dries, winds.
Exposed faces of concrete shall kept continuously in a damp or wet conditional by ponding or
by covering with a layer of wet sacking canvas hessian or similar absorbent material and kept
constantly wet for at least 10 to 15 days (10 days in winter or concrete mere spring of water
vertical surface shall not be allowed approved curing compounds may be used in lieu of moist
curing with the permission of the PMC /Consultant. Such compound shall be applied of all
exposed surface of the concrete as soon as possible after the concrete placed below ground
shall be protected from failing earth during and after placing .Approved means shall be taken
to protect immature concrete from damage by debris excessive loading, vibration, abrasion
delectation grounds water mixing with earth or other material floatation and other influence
116
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
that may in pair the strength and durability of concrete horizontal surface that may impair the
strength and durability of concrete means of bund .
1.4.6
Precast Concrete
1.4.6.1 All provisions, not specifically excluded and not in conflict with provisions of Section
2: Concrete and Formwork, Section: 4 Reinforcement and Section 7: Structural Steelwork
shall apply to precast concrete.
1.4.6.2 All precast units shall be cast on suitable bed or platform with firm foundation and
free from wind. Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of the level or
shape of the bed or platform.
1.4.6.3 Embodiments
Contractor shall not do concreting unless Electrical conduits, pipes, fixtures etc. wherever
required, are laid by the concerned agency. Embedded items shall be placed and
maintained in correct position while concreting. Embedded items shall be properly
anchored to develop required strength.
1.4.6.4 Striking Forms
Side shutters shall not be struck in less than 16 hours after depositing concrete and no
precast unit shall be lifted until the concrete reaches a strength of at least twice the stress
to which the concrete may be subjected to at the time of lifting.
1.4.6.5 Curing
All precast work shall be protected from the direct rays of the sun for at least 7 days after
casting and during that period each unit shall be kept constantly watered or preferably
completed immersed in water if the size of the unit so permits.
1.4.6.6 Expansion and Isolation Joints
Expansion and isolation joints in concrete structures shall be provided at specific places
as per details indicated on the Tendered drawings. The materials and types of joints shall
be as specified herein after, if not, otherwise mentioned in the Tendered drawings.
In case of liquid retaining structures, additional precautions shall be taken to prevent
leakage of liquids as may be specified on the Tendered drawings or as directed by the
Engineer. All materials are to be procured from reliable manufactures and must have the
approval of the Engineer. Where it is the responsibility of the Contractor to supply the
material, the Engineer may demand test certificates for the materials and/or instruct the
Contractor to get them tested in an approved laboratory free of cost to the Owner. Joints
shall be formed true to line, level, shape, dimension and quality as per Tendered drawings
and specifications.
Prior approval of the method of forming the joints should be obtained from the Engineer
before starting the work.
117
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
1.4.6.7 Bitumen Board/Expanded Polystyrene Board.
Bitumen impregnated fiber board of approved manufacturer as per IS:1838 may be used
as fillers for expansion joints. It must be durable and waterproof. It shall be compressible
and possess a high degree of rebound. The dimensions of the board should be equal to
that of the joint being formed. It should, preferably be manufactured in one piece,
matching the dimension of the joint and not prepared by cutting to size smaller pieces
from larger boards at site. At the exposed end, the joint shall be sealed with approved
sealing compound to a depth of at least 25mm after application of an approved primer.
The sealing compound and the primer shall be applied as specified by the manufacturer.
1.4.6.8 Metal Sealing Strips / water stops
Metal sealing strips shall be either G.I, Aluminium or Copper and formed. straight, U shaped, Z
shaped or any other shape and of thickness as indicated in the drawing and schedule of items
and/or as instructed by the Engineer.
The transverse joints will be gas welded using brass rods and approved flux and will be tested
by an approved method to establish that it is leak proof, longer lap lengths and different method of
brazing which will render it leak proof, will be adopted by the contractor without any additional
cost to the Owner.
The edges shall be neatly crimped and bent to ensure proper bond with the concrete.
a)
G.I Strips
G.I strip shall be minimum 1.5mm thick and 150 mm in width unless specified otherwise. The
standard of Galvanizing shall be as per relevant India Standards for heavy duty work. At the
joints, the overlapping should be for a minimum length of 50mm.
b) Aluminium strips shall be minimum 18 SWG thick and 300 mm wide unless specified
otherwise and shall conform to IS:737 of 19000 grade or 31000 grade (Designation as per
IS:6051). A minimum lap of 50mm length is required at the joints.
1.4.6.9 Non-metallic Sealing Strips / water stops
These will be normally in rubber or P.V.C can be of shape having any combination of the
following features:a)
Plain
b)
Central bulb
c)
Dumb-bell or flattened ends
d)
Ribbed and Corrugated Wings
e)
V shaped
As these types of seals can be easily handled in very large lengths unlike metal strips, transverse
joints will be allowed only under unavoidable circumstances and with the specific approval of the
118
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
Engineer. The method of forming these joints, laps etc. shall be as specified by the Manufacturer
and/or as approved by the Engineer taking particular care to match the central bulbs and the
edges accurately.
119
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
1.4.6.10
Section – 13
Installation & Jointing Techniques of non metallic sealing strips.
One of the main advantages of PVC water-stops is that they can be installed very easily.
The jointing can be carried out by simple heat fusion/welding process. The installation
consists of embedding one half of he water-stop across its width in concrete leaving the
second half open. After completion of the first half, the concrete would be poured and the
second half would also be embedded leaving the centre bulb free for expansion and
contraction.
It is important that during pouring of concrete the water-stops should not be deformed
due to impact. The concrete should be properly vibrated so that it develops intimate
contact with the water-stops Care should be taken so as not to reduce effective cross
section of the water-stops.
It is necessary that PVC water-stops are placed near the centre of the concrete walls.
During installation, PVC water-stops are often required to be jointed. there are essentially
two types of joints :
1)
Straight Joints
2)
Mitred Joints
Straight joints are very simple and can easily be carried out at the site.
Fabrication of PVC water-stops can be carried out by means of simple tools. they are:
1.
Hand saw or sharp knife for cutting.
2.
Heating source like blow lamp or any other means.
3.
A metal strip plate of suitable width and about 500 - 600 mm length with
holding device like a wooden handle.
4.
Metal or wooden templates with suitable marking/grooves for 45 Deg.C
deg.C angle cuttings.
simple
and 90
The following jointing method is recommended :
1.
Water-stops are cut by means of cutting device. Clean cuts provide the best
results.
2.
The metal strip is heated to about 200 Deg.C which would be adequate to melt the
water-stops material. The strip should not be overheated so as to prevent charring
of PVC material.
120
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
3.
Two ends of PVC water-stops to be joined are pressed uniformly against the hot metal
strip. When sufficient fusing of PVC is attained, the metal strip removed and both the
ends are pressed together. It is necessary to ensure that the entire cross
section
is
uniformly heated and fused. It also essential to attain alignments of the complete cross
section and particularly of centre bulbs both the ends are well pressed until the joint
cools down to ambient temperature.
4.
The metal strip should be cleaned by means of wire brush and cotton waste before the
next welding is carried out
1.5
FACILITES FOR PREPRATION AND TESTING OF AT SITE :
In order to exercise the required degree of consultant control over the concrete material and
their preparation the contactor is expected to set up and maintain at his own expense a testing
laboratory at site. He shall apparatus required for sensitive testing of concrete materials and
in particulars he is to have the following equipment in the site laboratory :i.
ii.
iii.
concrete testing machine of capacity 60t/100t
A set of standard sieves and sieves vibrator
Measuring cylinder adequate number of cubes and cylinder moulds and slump
cones.
iv
vibrating table
v.
weight balance
vi. weighing balance.
vii. oven and other apparatus for drying aggregate
vii. Vicat's apparatus.
viii. Curing tanks for cubes
1.6
SAMPLES, TESTING AND ACCPETANCE OF CONCRETE :
Samples from fresh concrete shall be taken as per I.S.1199 and cubes shall be made cured
and tested at 7 days and 28 days in accordance with IS- 516.
Test shall be conducted for compressive strength on 15 cm x 15cm x15cm cubes of
concrete for concrete .companion specimen shall be cast from a signal batch of
concrete & shall be of the same age at the same time of testing ,in all be compressive
strength specified in table alone be the criteria for accepting for acceptance or rejection
of the concrete.
1.6.1 Six test specimen shall be made from testing three at 7days and three at 28 days the
specimen shall be tested as per I.S 516 the samples tested at its laboratory generally but
may be tested in any other test house /laboratory of Govt recognized institute also.
121
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
1.6.2 Concrete of each grade shall be assessed separately and shall be assessed daily for
compliance concrete is liable to be rejected if it is porous or honey -combed .its placing
has been interrupted without providing a proper construction joint the reinforcement has
been displaced beyond the tolerance specified or construction tolerance have not been
met However ,the hardened may be accepted after carrying out suitable remedial
measure to minimum to the satisfaction of the Engineer -in charge.
1.6.3 If nominal mix concrete made in accordance with the aggregate cement prop. given for a
particular grade does not yield specified strength , such concrete shall be classified to
nearest to the appropriate lower grade .Nominal mix concrete proportioned for a given
grade shall not lower be placed in higher grade than the minimum specified.
1.6.4 If the deficiency in the opinion of the PMC /consultant is such as to necessitate removal of
the concrete from the structure. Then on being so directed by the PMC /NLUO the
contractor at his own expense shall remove and replace by the concrete of specified
strength.
1.6.5 However when the strength is so deficient as to call for removal, PMC /NLUO before
ordering removal provided the contractor agree ,may direct for "load tests" or standard
tests which shall be carried out by the contractor at his own cost in the manner as will be
directed by the PMC /consultant and if the result is such that on all consideration the can
be retained then it may be accept at adequate.
STANDARD OF ACCEPTANCE :
Seven days test :
The average compressive strength of the three specimens tested at seven days shall satisfy
the specified strengths given in Table A, for the appropriate mix. As a guidance the
difference between the maximum and the minimum strength of the three specimens shall
not exceed 15% of the average strength. In case seven days result is not satisfactory all
further work structurally interlinked with the concrete represented by the samples shall be
stopped unless otherwise decided by Engineer.
Twenty eight days test :
Acceptance criteria of twenty eight days shall be as follows:
a)
b)
If the average compressive strength of three cubes is more than the compressive
strength indicated in Table A, the concrete shall be accepted at full rates.
If the average compressive strength of three cubes is less than the specified but not
less than 85% of the specified strength. the concrete may be accepted at reduced rate
or prorate basis up to 80% of original rate of items.
122
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
c)
If the average compressive strength of three cubes is less than 85% of the specified
strength, PMC/site Engineer shall reject and get dismantled and defective portion of
the work represented by the sample along with the structurally connected work as
considered necessary at the risk and cost of the Contractor.
In case of (b) and (c) above , PMC/ Site Engineer, If he so decides may order the
additional tests like fore test, ultrasonic test, rebound hammer test, load test of structure of
part of structure etc. to be carried out. All the charges in connection with these additional
tests shall be borne by the contractor if on the basis of these additional tests the PMC/site
Engineer is satisfied about he structural adequacy of the concrete, he may accept the work
at reduced rates.
CONCRETE ORDERED TO BE DISMANTLED
Where the PMC / Site Engineer does not accept the poor or defective concrete the
contractor at his expense will dismantle the portion of structure and reconstruct the same
to the PMC / Site Engineer's satisfaction. Concrete thus dismantled will not be measured and
paid for . The additional work if and required to be carried out for re-concreting. shall be to
the contractor's account.
QUANTITY OF DEFECTIVE CONCRETE REPRESENTED BY CUBES
In all cases of defective concrete as revealed by works test cubes strength failing below
the specified strength. the quantity of concrete thus affected and represented by the cubes
shall be decided by the PMC/Site Engineer whose decision shall be final and binding on
the contractor.
HONEY COMB IN.
a)
b)
Where honey combed surfaces are noticed in the concrete the contractor shall not
patch up the same until examined by the N.L.U.O's Engineer and decision given
regarding the acceptance with rectification of rejection of the same. If contractor
with rectification or rejection of the same. If contractor patches up such defects
without the knowledge of the N.L.U.O's Engineer, the N.L.U.O's Engineer will be at
liberty to order demolition of the concerned concrete members to the extent be
considers necessary. In such case, the contractor at his expense, shall reconstruct
demolished work. demolished work shall not be measured and paid for.
If in the opinion of the N.L.U.O's Engineer the honey combing is harmful to the
structure and where so directed by the PMC /Site Engineer, the full structural
members affected by dismantled and reconstructed to PMC/Site Engineer's approval at
Contractor's expense. The demolished concrete will not be measured and paid for .
CONCRETING UNDER SPECIAL CONDITIONS :123
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
The specifications and references given in I.S.456-2000. for concreting in extreme weather
condition under water concreting, concrete in sea water, concrete in aggressive soil and water
should be adhered to.
2.0
The form work shall conform to the shape, lines and dimensions as shown on the
plans and be so constructed as to remain sufficiently rigid during the placing and
compacting of the concrete and shall be sufficiently water tight to prevent loss of
cement slurry from the concrete. If directed be the PMC/NLUO, building paper or
polythene sheets shall be used by the Contractor to ensure water tightness without
additional costs to the NLUO. Form work or centering shall be constructed on wet
concrete and laborers without deflection and retain its form during laying, ramming
and setting of concrete. Timber used shall be properly seasoned so as to prevent
wrapping when wetted.
All props either timber or steel shall be straight and or full height and no joints
shall be allowed. Props shall be braced with wooden battens and where additional
staging is necessary extra care should be taken to use bigger diameter props with
bracing at a 4 or 5 levels. All props shall be supported on sole plates and double
wedges. At the time of removing props, wedges shall be gently cased off and not
knocked out :All rubbish, chippings, shavings and saw dust shall be removed from the interior of
the forms before the concrete shall be cleaned and thoroughly wetted or treated if
considered necessary, with non sticking mineral oil or any other approved materials.
Care shall be taken that oil or such approved materials is kept out of contract with
the reinforcement.
All form work shall be removed without shock or vibration and shall be ceased off
caref1ully in order to allow the structure to take up its load gradually. Forms shall
not be disturbed until concrete has adequately hardened to take the superimposed
load.
3.1
CLEANING OF REINFORCEMENT :-
Before steel reinforcement is placed in position, the surface of the reinforcement shall be
cleaned of rust, dust, grease and any other objectionable substances.
3.2
BAR BENDING SCHEDULE OF REINFORCEMENT :-
On receipt of structural drawing Contractor shall prepare bar bending
reinforcement and shall be got approved by the NLUO/PMC.
3.3
schedule of
CUTTING OF REINFORCEMENT :-
Before Steel reinforcement bars are cut, the contractor shall study the lengths of bars
required as per drawing and shall carry out cutting only to suit the sizes required as per
Tendered drawings.
124
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
3.4
Section – 13
PLACING AND SECURITY :-
Reinforcement bars shall be accurately placed & secured in position and firmly supported
or wedged by pre-cast concrete blocks of suitable thickness, at sufficiently close intervals
that they will not sag between the supports or get displaced during the placing of concrete
or any other operation of the work. It is most important to maintain reinforcement in its
correct position without displacement and to maintain the correct specified cover. The
Contractor shall be responsible for all costs for rectification required in case the bars are
displaced out of their correct position.
3.5
BINDING WIRE :-
The reinforcement shall securely bond where ever cross or when ever required for with 18
gauge soft annealed steel wire.
3.6
WELDING:-
Welding of bars shall not be carried out unless specifically authorized in writing by the
NLUO/PMC as per I.S. code of practice in place of splicing. However, no extra payment
shall be allowed for the same.
3.7
BEND ETC:-
Bends , cranks etc., in steel reinforcement shall be carefully for made. Care being taken to
keep bends out of winding, otherwise all rods shall be truly straight. If any bend shows
signs of or site minimum radius of nine times diameter of the bar shall be used unless
otherwise specified in the Tendered drawings. However in respect of standard hooks the
radius of bend shall be two times the diameter of bar. Heating of reinforcement of bars to
facilitate bending will not be permitted. The bars shall always be bend cold. In case of
mild steel reinforcement bars of larger sizes where colds bending is not possible they may
be bend by heating with written permission of the NLUO/PMC. Bar when bent shall not
be heated beyond very red colour and after bending shall be allowed to cool slowly
without quenching. The bars damaged or weakened in any way in bending shall not be
used on the work. High strength deformed bars shall in no case be heated to facilitate
bending cranking.
3.8
INSPECTION OF REINFORCEMENT :-
No concreting
in position and
given to the
opinion of the
shall be commenced until the NLUO/PMC have inspected the reinforcement
until their approval have been obtained. A notice of at least 72 hours shall be
NLUO/PMC by the contractor for inspection of reinforcement. If in the
NLUO/PMC any materials is incorrectly spaced,
125
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
bend or otherwise defective. The contractor shall immediately remove such materials from
the site and replace with new and rectify any other defects in accordance with the
instruction of the NLUO/PMC and to their entire satisfaction.
3.9
STOCK PILING OF STEEL :-
Reinforcement steel required shall be stock pilled well in advance of need in the work. The
Contractor shall stockpile advance of need in the work. The contractor shall stockpile
1/3rd requirement within15 days of commencement 2/3rd requirement at 1/4th contract time
and full requirement a 1/2 contract time.
3.10 COVER FOR REINFORCEMNT :Cover shall be measured from the outer surface of main reinforcement. Cover shall be as
follows.:a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
At each end of a reinforcing bar 25 mm or twice the diameter of such rod or bar
whichever is greater.
For longitudinal reinforcing bar in beam 25mm or the diameter of such rod or bar
whichever is greater.
For tensile, compressive shear or other reinforcement in a slab 13 mm or the diameter of
such reinforcement whichever a greater.
For reinforcement in any other member such as a lintel, chajja, canopy 13 mm or the
diameter of such reinforcements whichever is greater.
For main reinforcement in isolated footings (side a bottom) clear cover shall be
50mm.
For column bars clear cover shall be 40 mm, unless otherwise specified in drawing.
For bars in slabs of strips footings and mat foundation clear cover shall be 50mm.
Beam bars shall be placed over slab in the case of beam & slab type foundation
For any other types. covers as specified in I.S. 456 shall be provided.
3.11 FORM WORK :MATERIALS AND DESIGN:a.
The from work shall be of timber or plywood or steel. If any particular material or
materials be specified in the Schedule of quantities for form work such particularly
specified material or materials shall be used in work. The form work shall be so
constructed as to remain sufficiently rigid during placing of the concrete and shall be
sufficiently tight to prevent, loss of liquid from the concrete. The forms shall have
sufficient strength and rigidity to hold concrete and withstand the pressure of ramming
and vibration without excessive deflection of the prescribed lines and more so when
the concrete is vibrated. The surface of the forms in contact with concrete shall be
126
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section –13
clean, rigid, watertight and smooth. Suitable devices shall be used to hold corners,
adjacent ends and edges of panels of other forms together in accurate alignment.
If steel formwork is used the slab shuttering to be done with steel plates made out of
2mm sheets with pressed flanges and stiffener with standard shuttering made in
60mm width and 115, 100,90,80cm lengths with adjusters made in 40, 25 cm widths and
115, 90,80,60cm lengths.
If tubular telescopic steel props are used then all steel scaffold tubes are to be of
40mm nominal bore mild steel continuous weld. props must be braced in both directions
by tube and right angle couplers at approximately 250mm above prop nut when
extended beyond 3.6m. All scaffolds fittings conform to I.S.2750:1968.
Timber shuttering :If timber is used it shall not be less than 30mm thick fixed on to rigid supporting
materials and scaffolding.
If shuttering plywood is used it should conform to IS-4990-1993. The plywood may be
fixed on to a timber frame or straight on to the rigid supporting materials and
scaffolding. The minimum thickness for straight surface should be 9mm and for
curved surfaces, minimum 6mm thick.
b.
The form work shall conform to the shape, lines and dimensions to suit the RCC
members as shown on Tendered drawings and to be so constructed. Form work shall be
adequately designed to support the full weight of workers, fresh placed concrete without
yielding settlement or deflection and to ensure good and truly aligned concrete finished
in accordance with the construction Tendered drawings. A camber in all directions of
6mm for every 5m span in all slab and beam centering shall be given to allow for a
unavoidable sagging due to compression or other causes.
c.
The form work shall be so designed that the sides of the beams shall be first struck
leaving the soffit of beams and the supporting props in position. Props shall be
designed to allow accurate adjustment and to permit of their being struck without
jarring the concrete.
d.
Temporary opening shall be provided at the base of column form and at other points
where necessary to facilitate cleaning and observation immediately before concrete is
deposited.
e.
Vertical shuttering : The vertical shuttering shall be carried down to such solid surface
as is sufficiently strong to afford adequate support and shall remain in position until the
newly constructed work is about to support itself. Props shall be securely braced
against lateral deflection. Where timber props are used like bullies, they shall be of a
minimum diameter of 10cm. and shall be straight and adequately strong. The spacing of
such struts shall be designed to carry loads imposed on it without undue deflection of
127
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
the members supported by the props. The spacing of props shall be approved by the
site Engineer and any alterations suggested by him shall be carried out at
contractor's expense. Bracing shall be provided as directed without extra cost.
Contractor shall allow in his rates providing props and struts for any height shown in
the working Tendered drawings issued to contractor from time to time.
3.12 WATER TIGHTNESS :
It is the contractor's responsibility to ensure that the forms are checked for water tightness
just before concreting operation starts and to make good any deficiencies.
3.13 CLEANING AND TREATMENT OF FORMS:
All rubbish, particularly chippings, shavings and sawdust shall be removed from the interior
of the forms before the concrete is placed and the form work in contract with the concrete
shall be cleaned and thoroughly wetted or treated with an approved composition. Care
shall be taken that such approved composition is kept out of contract with the
reinforcement.
3.14
STRIPPING :
Forms shall left in place until their removal is authorized by the site Engineer and shall
then be removed with care so as to avoid injury to concrete. In no circumstances shall
forms be struck until the concrete reaches a strength of at least twice the stress to which
concrete may be subjected at the time of striking. The strength referred to shall be that of
concrete using the same cement and aggregates with the same proportions, and cured
under conditions of temperature and moisture similar to those existing on the work where
possible, the form work shall be left longer, as it would assist the curing.
3.15
STRIPPING TIME :
In normal circumstances (generally where temperatures are above 20° C) and where
ordinary cement is used , forms shall be struck after expiry of the following periods given
in table VI.
TABLE-VI
___________________________________________________________________
LOCATION
Striking
time in days for
Ordinary
pozzolana/
Portland cement
128
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
a.
Vertical sides of walls,
24
slabs , beams and columns
b.
Bottoms of slabs up to 4.5m span
7-14
c.
Bottoms of slabs above 4.5m span,
bottoms of beams up to 6m span
rib bottoms up to 6m span
14-21
d.
Bottoms of beams over 6m span and
arch rib bottoms above 6m span
21-30
Note 1: In case the shuttering for the part of the structure is supported or suspended from
the shuttering of the concrete member already cast then the shuttering of the concrete
member (already cast) supporting the new shuttering shall not be removed until the
concrete of the supported /suspended member is matured.
Note 2: Special care shall be taken while striking of the shuttering for (i) canopies (ii) chajja
(ii) cantilever slabs and beams and (iv) retaining walls, so as to ensure stability of
these structural elements. Relevant notes given in the structural Tendered drawings in
this connection shall be strictly followed.
3.16 FORM WORK IN LIFTS FOR CONTINUOUS SURFACES :
Where forms for continuous surface are placed in successive units (as for example in
columns or walls), the forms shall fit tightly over the completed surfaces so as to prevent
leakage or mortar from the concrete and do maintain accurate alignment of the surface.
3.17 PROCEDURE FOR REMOVING THE FORM WORK :
All form work shall be removed without such shock or vibration as would damaged the
reinforced concrete. Before the soffit and struts are removed, the concrete surface shall be
exposed where necessary in order to ascertains that the concrete has sufficiently hardened.
Proper precautions shall be taken to allow for the decrease in the rate of hardening that
occurs with all cements in the cold weather. For cantilevers props shall be removed from
the tip towards support. Special notes given in relevant structural drawing shall be strictly
adhered to in order of avoid mishaps.
3.18 TOLERANCES :
The following shall be the maximum permissible tolerances :a.
b.
c.
d.
On general setting out dimensions up to 4m length, a tolerance up to 3mm will be
allowed.
On lengths or more than 4m tolerance of not more than 5mm will be allowed.
On the cross sectional dimensions of columns, beams, slabs, facia, chajja,
mullions, grilles, fins, louvers and such other members tolerance of more than
2mm will not be allowed.
the top surface of concrete floor slab shall be within 4mm of the level and line
shown on the Tendered drawings.
129
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
e.
Section – 13
Column and walls and other vertical members shall not be more than 3mm out
of plumb in their storey height and not more than 6mm out of plumb in their
full height.
If the work is not carried out within the tolerances set out above in (a) to (e), the cost
of all rectification measures or dismantling and reconstructing as decided by the
Site Engineer shall be borne by the contractor. In case work is dismantled, the same
shall not be measured and paid for.1
130
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
SECTION -III
BRICK MASONRY
1.0
1.1
BRICK WORK :
GENERAL :
All brick work should be carried out as shown on the Tendered drawings with set
backs, projections, curvatures, cuttings etc. No additional cost for use of cut bricks
shall be allowed. Wherever the proportion of cement mortar has not been
specifically mentioned, cement mortar in the proportion of (1:6) shall be used. Flat
brick shall be provided wherever required without any extra cost. Brick work shall be
kept wet while in progress till mortar has properly set. On holidays or when work
is stopped the top of all unfinished masonry shall be kept wet. Should the mortar
become dry, white or powdery, for want or curing, work shall be pulled down and
rebuilt at the contractor's expenses.
1.2
BRICK MASONRY :
a.
SOAKING :
Bricks required for masonry shall be thoroughly soaked in clean water before use for at
least six hours until air bubbles cease to come out. The practice of dipping the bricks in
water just before use shall not be allowed. The soaked bricks shall be kept on wooden
planks or brick platform to avoid earth being smeared on them
b.
BATS :
No bats or out bricks shall be used in the work unless absolutely necessary around
irregular openings or for adjusting the dimensions of different course and for
closures, in which case full bricks shall be laid at corners, the bats being placed on
the middle of the courses.
c.
LAYING :
Brick work shall be laid in English Bond unless otherwise specified. Half or cut bricks
shall not be used except where needed to complete the bond. Each course shall be
perfectly straight horizontally and transversely. The walls shall be taken up truly plumb;
if battered, the batter is to be truly maintained. The level of the brick work in vertical
walls shall be checked up at every one metre interval.
Bricks shall be laid with frogs upward. While laying, bricks shall be thoroughly bedded
and flushed in mortar and tapped into position with a wooden mallet and the superfluous
mortar removed.
Walls of all structures shall be carried up regularly in all cases, leaving no part, one metre
lower than another. If this cannot be adhered to the brick work shall be racked back at an
131
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
angle not more than 45°, so as to maintain a uniform and effectual bond, but racking back
should not start within 60 cm of a corner.
Partially or totally set exposed surface of the masonry shall be cleaned, roughened and
lightly wetted so as to obtain the best possible bond with new work. All loose bricks and
mortar shall be removed. All masonry walls shall be bonded. Each course at corners and
intersections and shall be bonded or anchored to connecting work.
No deductions or additions in measurement shall be made on any account for the
following :
a) Ends of dissimilar materials(i.e joints, beams, lintels, posts, girders, rafters,
trusses, corbels, steps etc.) upto 500 sq.cm. in section and
b)
d.
Opening upto 0.1 sq.m in section. However, full deduction from masonry
work shall be made for notches kept in the wall for pipeline.
At all angles forming the junction of any two walls, the brick shall, at each alternate
course, be carried into each of the respective walls so as to thoroughly unite the work.
The brick work shall not be raised more than 14 courses per day.
All iron fixtures, pipes, conduits, drains, sleeves, bolts, hold fasts for doors and windows
etc. which are required to be built in walls, shall be embedded in cement mortar or
cement concrete as specified as the work proceeds.
All uneven, irregular and disturbed brick work shall be pulled down and rebuilt with
fresh bricks at the contractor's expenses.
JOINTS :
Thickness of joints shall be restricted to 6mm in first class brick work and 10mm in
second class brick work (unless any wider vertical joints upto 13mm are necessary to
give the required thickness of the wall).
All bed joints shall be normal to the pressure acting upto them i.e. horizontal in vertical
walls, radial in arches and at right angles to the face in battered relating walls. The vertical
joints in alternate course shall come directly one over the other and shall be truly vertical.
Care shall be taken that all joints are fully mortared (proportion as specified Schedule of
Items) well flushed up and in case where no pointing is to be done neatly struck as the
work proceeds. The joints in faces which are to plastered or pointed shall be squarely raked
out to a depth of 12 mm while the mortar is still green. The raked joint shall be well
brushed to remove the loose particles. At the junction of concrete and masonry wall, G.I.
Chicken wire mesh, 150 mm wide and 22 SWG shall be provided, prior to plastering. After
the work, the faces of brick work shall be cleaned with wire brush so as to remove any
splashes of mortar during the course of raising the brick work
e.
UNIFORM FACING :
132
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Brick work shall be carried up regularly in all cases where the nature of work will
admit, not leaving any part 60mm. lower than another but where building at different
levels is necessary the bricks shall be stepped so as to give later at uniform level
& effectional bond. Horizontal courses should be to line and level, and face plumb or
to latter as shown on the plan.
f.
SCAFFOLDING :
The scaffolding must be strong and rigid, stiffened with necessary cross bearers and
always checked and beared on the sills which closed board ceilings and swings to
prevent and injury of persons or materials. The Contractor shall have to allow other
trades to make reasonable use of his scaffolding as directed by the NLUO/PMC, if
for the interest of work the contractor have to erect scaffolding in the other
properties including local bodies. Corporation, the arrangement for the same including
the cost of licensing fees etc., shall to be borne by ht e contractor and the NLUO
should be kept free form any liability on this account. But log holes shall be made
good by bricks to match the face work when out logs are removed after ensuring
that the holes behind are solidly filled in with (1:4:8) cement concrete.
All brick works shall be kept will watered for 14 days after laying If white
pozzolana cement issued for mortar the curing shall be extended by one week at
contractor's expenses.
2.0
HALF BRICK WORK :
The mortar for half brick thick walls shall be as specified. For half brick thick long walls 2
nos. 6mm dia mild steel bars shall be provided every third course according to standard
practice. M.S. bars shall be paid extra.
3.0
BRICK FLAT SOLING :
For soling, the bricks shall be picked off approved, sound, hard, durable, dense, free from
soft spots, cracks, decay and other defects. Brick bat shall not be used. All necessary
trimming or filling for laying of the soling in line and required grade shall be done . The
sub-grade shall be marked by stacking and strings for required depth for laying of soling.
The cushioning as well as filling of joints shall be done with local sand.
The bricks shall be laid on flat (Unless otherwise specified ) touching each other. Brick
shall be laid in parallel rows breaking bond or in herring bond pattern as directed and
firmly embedded true to line and filled with local sand. The joint should not be less that
12mm.
133
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
SECTION -IV
PLASTERING
1
2
3
Scaffolding for carryout plastering work shall be double scaffolding having two sets of
vertical supports so that the scaffolding is independent of the walls.
Preparing of surface
The surface to be plastered shall be thoroughly cleaned so that it is free from dust,
dirt, salts, etc. The joints of masonry work shall be raked out to the depth of at
least 12 mm. Cement concrete surfaces shall be cleaned with wire brush. The
surface in both cases shall be washed properly and kept wet for 4 hours before
plastering is commenced.
Mortar
Cement and sand shall be thoroughly mixed in the proportion specified and water
shall be added to form an easily workable paste. In no case shall mortar which has
been allowed to stand for more than an hour after mixing to be used.
4
Application of Plaster
Plaster, when more than 12 mm thick, shall be applied in two coats a base coat
followed by the finishing coat. Thickness of the base coat shall be sufficient to fill
up all unevenness in the surface, no single coat, however, shall exceed 12 mm in
thickness. The lower coat shall be thicker than the upper coat, the overall
thickness of the coats shall not be less than the minimum thickness shown on the
Tendered drawings. The undercoat shall be allowed to dry and shrink before
applying the second coat of plaster. The undercoat shall be scratched or
roughened before it is fully hardened to form a mechanical key. The method of
application shall be 'thrown on' rather than 'applied by trowel'.
The entire plastering job inside and outside shall be a thoroughly sound and
workmanlike job. All corners and angles shall be true to plumb or level. All plane
surface shall be levelled or plumbed and shall contact a 3 m straight edge in its
entire length with not more than 3 mm variation either way.
The plastering shall start from top and gradually worked down towards floor. It
shall not, at any place, be thinner than specified. To ensure even thickness, plaster
in about 15 cm wide strip shall be first applied horizontally and vertically at not
more than 2 meter interval over the entire surface to serve as gauge. The surface
of these gauged areas shall be truly in the plumb and plane of finished plaster
surface. The mortar shall then be applied on the wall or other surface between the
gauges and finished even. All corners shall be rounded to a radius of 12 mm
134
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
unless otherwise specified. Rounding or chamfering corners, junctions etc. where
required shall be done without extra payment. The contractor shall not be paid for
any extra thickness of plaster than as specified.
In case of sand-faced and rough cast plaster, specific instructions in the
specification of the same shall be followed for coats and finishing techniques. In
case of neat cement and neeru finish plaster specific instructions in the
specification of the same shall be followed.
5
Any cracks which appear in the surface and all portions which sound hollow
when tapped or are found to be soft or other defects shall be cut out in rectangular
shape and redone as directed to match smooth and even with the original surface.
Curing
Curing shall start 24 hours after the plaster is laid. It shall be kept wet for 7 days.
During this period it shall be suitably protected from all damages at the
contractor's expense as directed.
6
12 mm and 15mm Finished Plaster in CM as specified
Plaster shall be smooth finished with neat cement slurry.
7
12mm and 15mm Plaster in CM 1:6
After completion of plaster for the panel in hand. Neeru shall be applied as
given below:
7.1 Preparation
Fat lime of best quality shall be slaked and mixed with sufficient water to
form a thick paste. It shall then be passed through a fine 3 mm mesh to
remove all un slaked particles and foreign matter and allowed to mellow
under water for at least 10 days. The surplus water on top shall then be
allowed to run off and the top layer of lime formed into putty shall be
skimmed off and well mixed sand and jute. The proportion of sand shall
be of 1 cu.m. fine washed sand (passing through I.S. sieve No.60) to 4
cu.m. of lime putty. The jute shall be finely chopped and shall be used in
the proportion of 1 kg. per cu.m. of mortar.
7.2
The mixture shall be properly ground to fine paste between two stones or
in a mill. The 'neeru' thus prepared shall be kept moist until used and no
more than what can be consumed in 15 days shall be prepared at a time.
135
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
7.3
The 'Neeru' as prepared above shall be applied to the prepared surface
with a steel trowel to a thickness not exceeding 3 mm and rubbed and
polished to perfectly smooth and even finish working from top to bottom.
While toweling is going on, soap stone powder contained in thin muslin
bags shall be dusted over the surface and worked in.
7.4
Ready mix Neeru, if used, shall be obtained from approved manufacturer.
A sample plaster finish shall be carried out at site and approved by
Engineer prior to ordering the material at site. Manufacturer's instructions
shall be followed in the sample as well as in the actual work.
8. 12 mm Water-proof Plaster in CM 1:6
9.
Water proof-cement plaster shall be specified herein before for cement plaster work
except for the following.
In the preparation of cement and sand mortar, cement shall be mixed with 2% approved
waterproofing compound or as per manufacturer's instructions and as directly by the
Engineer.
18 mm Sand-face Plaster
10.
Sand face plaster shall consist of two layers. The first layer shall be generally 12 mm
average thick cement plaster with cement sand of 1:4 mix (1 cement : 4 sand) and shall
be rough finished carried out by wire brush scarifying on wet plaster. Over this a second
layer, average 6 mm thick, of cement sand plaster in the proportion of 1:2 mix shall be
applied. The second layer of plaster shall be laid only after the first layer has sufficiently
dried. The surface of the sand face plaster shall be finished rough with sponge or as
directed by the Engineer.
Rough Cast Cement Plaster
The cement shall be thoroughly mixed with sand and gravel in the proportion of 1 cement
: 2 sand : 1 aggregate. The gravel shall be of a size passing through 6 mm mesh but
retained completely on 2 mm mesh. The constituents shall be thoroughly mixed dry until
the mix is homogeneous. Water shall then be added gradually to the required extent and
the material turned over sufficiently to give a homogeneous mass of uniform colour.
Mortar shall be applied to the wall in 2
coats with force to a thickness of 18 mm and finished to a uniform surface. No more
mortar shall be prepared than can be used up with half an hour.
11.
11.1
POINTING
Scope
136
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
11.2
Section – 13
Work includes providing, mixing CM 1:3 and applying cement pointing on masonry
surfaces indicated in the item, including all materials, labour, plants, tools, equipment,
scaffolding racking etc. required to complete the job in all respects.
Type of pointing
Pointing shall be of the type specified such as "flush", "recessed" (weathered, keyed,
ruled etc.), "tuck" etc.
11.3 Preparation of surface
All joints in masonry shall be raked out at least 12 mm deep when the mortar is firm but
not wet. The joints shall be brushed clean of dust with wire brush and wetted thoroughly
for 6 hours before pointing is commenced.
11.4
Application & Finishing
12.
The mortar shall be pressed into raked out joints with a point trowel and finished either
flush, sunk or raised according to type of pointing specified in the Tendered drawings or
as directed. The superfluous mortar shall be cut off from the edges of the lines and the
surfaces of masonry shall be cleaned of all mortar. Finish shall be free of slick spots, cut
faces and other blemishes.
Finished work of pointing shall be to exact size and shape stipulated with edges straight,
neat and clean. No smearing of cement mortar shall be allowed and the entire work shall
be carried out in most workmanlike manner.
Drip Mould
13.
Drip mould shall be provided on underside and not more than 50 mm from outer edge in
chajjas and projection of roof slab and at places indicated by the Engineer and shall be of
minimum 10 mm in depth and 20 mm in width and well rounded from either in plaster or
concrete while casing. It shall be neat finished. The size and shape shall have to be
approved by the Engineer.
Damp Proof Course
Unless otherwise specified Damp-proof course shall be 40 mm thick 'artificial stone' in
proportion 1:1V23 cement, sand, stone chips (10 mm down) with admixture of a
waterproofing compound as approved by the Engineer.
SECTION -V
FLOOR FINISHING
1.1. GENERAL :
The thickness of the under layer shall be measured with a permissible tolerance of + /3mm. The thickness of top layer after polishing shall be measured with a tolerance of + / 1.5mm.
137
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
1.2 UNDER LAYER :
Section – 13
Cement concrete of specified mix shall be used. The panels shall be of uniform size, and
unless otherwise directed, generally not exceeding 1.5 sqm. in area & 1.2 meter in length
for inside situations. In exposed situation the length of any side of the panel shall
preferable be not more that 1.25 meters or as directed. Cement slurry @ 2 Kg. per Sqm.
shall be applied before laying of under layer over the cement concrete / R.C.C. surface.
1.3
STRIP FIXING :
Glass strips or aluminum strips as given in the schedule shall be fixed with their top at
proper levels.
1.4
TOP LAYER.
Mortar : The mix for terrazzo topping consist of grey cement with or without pigment,
marble power, marble aggregate (marble chips) & water. The cement & marble powder
shall be mixed in the prop. of 3 (Three) parts of cement power mix, the proportion of
aggregate by volume shall be as follows :
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Size of Aggregate
Proportion of Aggregates
to binding mix.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------For predominantly grade ,0.00 and 1
2.00 parts
For predominantly grade, 2 and 2
1.75 parts
For predominantly grade,4 and 5
1.75 parts
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Grade No.
Size of aggregate
Minimum thickness
of top layer in mm.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------00
1-2
6
0
1-4
9
1
4-7
9
2
7-10
12
where aggregate of size larger than 10 mm are used the minimum thickness of topping
shall not be less than 1.5 times the maximum size of the chips. Where large chips such as
20mm or 25mm are used they shall be used only with a flat shape and bedded on the flat
face so as to keep the maximum thickness of wearing layer. Before starting the work, the
Contractor shall get the sample of marble chips approved by the PMCs. The cement to be
used shall be ordinary grey cement. White cement, colored cement or cement with
admixture of coloring matter of approved quality in the ratio to get the required shade as
ordered by the PMC. Coloring matter of approved quality in the ratio specified shall be
mixed dry thoroughly with the cement & marble powder and then marble chips added &
mixed as specified above. The full quantity of dry mixture of mortar required for a room
138
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
shall be prepared in a lot in order to ensure and protect from moisture. The dry mortar
shall be mixed with water in the usual way as and when sufficient water to make it
workable.
The terrazzo topping shall be laid while the under layer is still plastic, but has hardened
sufficiently to prevent cement from rising to the surface. This is normally achieved
between 18 to 24 hours after the under layer has been laid. A cement slurry preferable of
the same color as the topping shall be brushed on the surface immediately before laying is
commenced. It shall be laid to a uniform thickness slightly more than that specified in
order to get the specified finished thickness after rubbing. The surface of the top layer shall
be trowelled over, pressed and brought true to required level by a straight edge and steel
floats in such a manner that the maximum amount of marble chips come up and are spread
uniformly over the surface.
1.5
POLISHING, CURING AND FINISHING :
Polishing shall be done by machine. About 36 hours after laying the top layer, the surface
shall be watered and ground evenly with machine fitted with special rapid cutting grit
blocks (carborundum stone) of coarse grade (No. 60) till the marble chips are evenly
exposed and the floor is smooth. After the first grinding, the surface shall be thoroughly
washed to remove all grinding mud and covered with a grout of cement of/and coloring
matter in same mix and proportion as the topping in order to fill any pin holes that appear.
The surface shall be allowed to cure for 5 to 7 days & then ground with machine fitted with
fine grit blocks (No. 120). The surface is cleaned and repaired as before and allowed to
cure again for 3 to 50 days. Finally the third grinding shall be done with machine fitted
with fines grade grit blocks (No. 320) to get even and smooth surface without pin holes,
The finished surface should show the marble chips evenly exposed.
Where use of machine for polishing is not feasible or possible, rubbing and polishing shall
be done by hand, in the same manner as specified for machine polishing except that
carborandum stone of coarse grade (No. 60) shall be used for the 1st rubbing stone of
medium grade (No. 80) for second rubbing and stone of fine grade (No. 120) for final
rubbing and polishing.
After the final polish either by hand, oxalic acid shall be dusted over the surface @ 33 gm
per square meter sprinkled with water and rubbed hard with a namdah block (Pad of
woolen rags). The following day. the floor shall be wiped with a moist rag & dried with a
soft cloth and finished clean.
Curing shall be done by suitable means, such as laying moist sawdust or ponding water.
1.6
PRECAUTIONS :
Flooring in lavatories and bathrooms shall be laid after fixing of water closet and squatting
pans & floor traps. Traps shall be plugged, while laying the floors opened after floors are
cured and cleaned. Any damage done to W.C.'s squatting pans and flow traps during the
execution of work shall be made good by the Contractor.
139
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
During cold weather, concreting shall not be done when the temperature falls below four
degree centigrade. The concrete placed shall be protected against frost by suitable
coverings. Concrete placed shall be protected against frost by suitable coverings. Concrete
damaged by frost shall be removed and work redone. During hot weather, precautions
shall not exceed Thirty Eight degree centigrade. No concreting shall be laid within half an
hour of the closing time or the day. Unless permitted by the Engineer-in-charge.
The floor shall be protected from any damage during the execution of work.
2.0
CERAMIC TILES FLOORING :
2.1
PREPARATION OF SURFACE AND LAYING :
Sub-grade concrete or the R.C.C. slab on which the tiles are to be laid shall be cleaned,
wetted and mopped. The bedding for the tile shall be with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3
coarse sand ) or as specified in the specification. The average thickness of the bedding
shall be 20mm while the thickness under portion of the tiles shall not be less than 12mm.
Mortar shall be spread, temped and corrected to proper levels and allowed to harden
sufficiently to offer a fairly rigid cushion for the tiles to be set to enable the mason to place
wooden plank across and squat on it.
Over this mortar bedding neat grey cement slurry of honey like consistency shall be spread
at the rate of 3.3 kg. of cement per square meter over such an area as soaked in water
washed clean and shall be fixed in this grout one after another, each tiles gently being
tapped with a wooden mallet till it is properly bedded and in level with the adjoining tiles.
The joint shall be kept as thin as possible and in straight lines or to suit the required
pattern.
The surface of flooring during laying shall be frequently checked with a straight edge
about 2m. long, so as to obtain a true surface with their required slops.
Where full size tiles cannot be fixed these shall be cut (Sawn) to the required size, and their
edge rubbed smooth to ensure straight and true joints.
Tiles which are fixed in the floor adjoining the wall shall enter not less than 10mm. under
plaster, skirting or dado.
After tiles have been laid surplus cement grout shall be cleaned off.
Painting and Polishing :- The joints shall be cleaned off the grey cement grout with wire
brush or trowel to a depth of 2mm to 3mm and all dust and loose mortar removed. Joints
shall then be flush pointed with white cement added with pigment if required to match the
color of tiles. The floor shall be washed and finished clean. The finished floor shall not
sound hollow when tapped with a wooden mallet.
3.0
CERAMIC TILES IN SKIRTING AND DADO :-
3.1
PREPARATION OF SURFACES :140
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
The joints shall be raked out to a depth of at least 15mm in masonry walls, while the
masonry is being laid. In case of concrete walls, the surfaces shall be hipped and
roughened with wire brushes. The surface shall be cleaned thoroughly, washed with water
and kept wet before skirting work is commenced.
3.2
LAYING :12mm. thick plaster of cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand ) of mix as specified
shall be applied and allowed to harden. The plaster shall be roughened with wire brushes or
by scratching diagonally closed intervals.
The tiles should be soaked in water, washed clean and a coat of cement slurry applied
liberally at the back of tiles and set in the bedding mortar. The tiles shall be tamped and
corrected to proper plane and lines. The tiles shall be set in the required pattern and butt
jointed. The joints shall be as fine as possible. Top of skirting of dado shall be truly
horizontal and joints vertical except where otherwise indicated.
Skirting & dado shall rest on the top of the flooring, Where full size tiles cannot be fixed
these shall be cut (Sawn) to the required size and their edges rubbed smooth.
3.3
CURING AND FINISHING :
The joints shall be cleaned off the grey cement grout with wire brush or trowel to a depth
of 2mm to 3mm & all dust & loose removed. Joints shall then be flush pointed with white
cement added with pigments if required to match the color of tiles. The surfaces shall then
be kept wet for seven days. After curing the surface shall be washed and finished clean.
The finished work shall not sound hollow when tapped with a wooden mallet.
4.0
ARTIFICIAL STONE FLORING :
Selection of materials, methods of mixing, placing and compacting shall generally conform
to the specification under plain and reinforced cement concrete described earlier. A stiff
mix consistent with workability shall be used.
4.1
PREPARATION OF SURFACE :
Before the operation for laying topping is started the surface of base concrete shall be
thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, loose particles, caked mortar, droppings and laitance of any
by scrubbing with coir or steel wire brush where the concrete has hardened so much that
roughening of surface by wire brush is not possible, the surface shall be roughened by
chipping or hacking at close intervals. The surface shall then be cleaned with water & kept
for 12 hours and surplus water shall be removed by mopping before the topping is laid.
4.2
LAYING :
141
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
The screed strips shall be fixed over the base concrete dividing it into suitable panels.
Before placing the concrete for topping, neat cement slurry shall be thoroughly brushed
into the prepared surface of the base concrete just ahead of the finish. Concrete of specified
proportion and thickness shall be laid in alternate panels to required level and shape and
thoroughly tamped.
4.3
FINISHING THE SURFACE :
After the concrete has been fully compacted it shall be finished by toweling or floating with
neat cement rendering Finishing operations shall start shortly after the compaction of
concrete and the surfaces shall be trowelled three times at intervals so as to produce a
uniform and hard surface. The satisfactory resistance of floor to wear depends largely upon
the care with trowelling is carried out. The time interval allowed between successive
trowelling is very important. Immediately trowelling shall be done to give a level surface.
Excessive trowelling in the earlier stages shall be avoided as this tends to brings a layer
rich in cement to line surface. Sometime after the first trowelling, the duration depending
upon the temperature, atmospheric conditions and the of cement used, the surface shall be
retrowelled to close any pores in the surface and to bring to surface shall be retrowelled to
close any pores in the surface and to bring to surface and to scrap off any excess water in
concrete or laitance. No dry cement shall be used directly on the surface to absorb
moistures or to stiffen the mix. The final trowelling shall be done well before the concrete
has become too hard but at such a time that considerable pressure is required to make any
impression on the surface if directly by the PMC approved minerals pigment shall be
added to the rendering to give desired color and shade to the flooring at no extra cost.
5.0 MARBLE STONE FLOORING/ITALIAN MARBLE STONE FLOORING :
5.1
DRESSING OF SLABS :
Every stone shall be hand/machine cut to the required size and shape, fine chisel dressed
on all sides of the stone shall be fully in contact with it. The top surface shall also be fine
chisel dressed to remove all waviness. The sides and top surface of slabs shall be machine
rubbed or table rubbed with coarse sand before paying. All angles and edges of the marble
slab shall be true, square and free from chipping and the surface shall be true and plane.
The thickness of the slabs shall be as specified in the description of the item, Tolerance of
+/-2mm. shall be allowed.
5.2
LAYING :
The sub-grade concrete or the R.C.C. slab on which the slabs are to be laid shall be
cleaned, wetted & mopped. The bedding for the slabs shall be with cement mortar 1:4 (1
cement :4 coarse sand).
The averages thickness of the bedding mortar under the slab shall not be less than 20mm.
The slabs shall be laid in the following manner :142
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Mortar of the specified mix shall be spread the area of each slab, roughly to the average
thickness specified in the item. The slab shall be washed clean before laying. It shall be
laid on top, pressed, trapped with wooden mallet and brought to level with the adjoining
slabs. It shall be lifted and laid aside. The top surface of the mortar is allowed to harden bit
and cement slurry of honey like consistency cement per sqm. The edges of the slab already
paved shall be buttered with grey or white cement with or without admixture of pigment to
match the shade of the paved, shall then be lowered gently back in position and tapped
with wooden mallet till it is properly bedded in a joint as possible. Subsequent slabs shall
be laid in the same manner. After each slab has been laid, surplus cement or the surface of
the slabs shall be cleaned off. The flooring shall be cured for a minimum period of seven
days. The surface of the flooring as laid shall be true to levels and slopes as
instructed by the PMC/ Owner.
The slabs shall be matched as shown in Tendered drawings or as instructed by the
PMC/Owner. Slabs which are fixed in the floor adjoining the wall shall enter not
less than 12 mm. under the plaster, skirting or dado, The junction between wall
plaster and floor shall be finished neatly and without variness.
5.3
POLISHING AND FINISHING :Slight unevenness at the meeting edges of slabs shall then be removed by fine
chiseling and finished in the same manner as specified in Para 7.3 above.
6.0
MARBLE STONE IN SKIRTING, DADO, RISERS STEPS ETC.
6.1
PREPARATION OF SURFACE :The masonry joints shall be raked or concrete surfaces hacked and roughened. If
considered necessary , the wall surface shall be cut uniformly to the requisite depth
so that the skirting face shall have the projection from the finished face of wall as
shown in Tendered drawings or as required by the PMC/ Owner. No additional
cost on this account shall be paid.
6.2
LAYING :
The risers of steps and skirting shall be set in grey or white cement admixed with
or without pigment to match the shade of the stone as specified in the description
of the item with the line of the slab of such a distance from the wall that the
average width or the gap shall be 20mm. and at no place the width shall be less
than 15mm. If necessary, the slab shall be held in position by temporary M.S. hooks
fixed in to the wall at intervals. The skirting or riser face shall be checked for plane
and plumb and corrected . The skirting shall thus be left to harden then the rear of
the skirting or riser slab shall be packed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse
sand) or other mixed as specified in the description of the item. The fixing hooks
shall be removed after the mortar filling the gap has acquired sufficient strength.
The joints shall be as fine as possible . The top line of skirting and risers shall be
truly horizontal and joints truly vertical, except where otherwise indicated.
143
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Section – 13
The risers and skirting slab shall be matched as shown in drawing or as instructed
by the PMC/ Owner.
6.3
CURING. POLISHING AND FINISHING :
It shall be as specified in Para 8.3 as far possible except that cement slurry with or
without pigment shall not be applied on the surface and polishing shall be done with
hand. The face and lop skirting shall be polished.
7.0
SAND STONE IN SKIRTING, DADO, STEPS ETC.
7.1
PREPARATION OF SURFACE :The masonry joints shall be raked or concrete surfaces hacked and roughened. If
considered necessary , the wall surface shall be cut uniformly to the requisite
depth so that the skirting face shall have the projection from the finished face of
wall as shown in Tendered drawings or as required by the PMC/ Owner. No
additional cost on this account shall be paid.
7.2
LAYING :
The trades of steps and skirting shall be set in appropriate cement admixed with
or without pigment to match the shade of the stone as specified in the description
of the item with the line of the slab of such a distance from the wall that the
average width or the gap shall be 20mm. and at no place the width shall be less
than 15mm. If necessary, the slab shall be held in position by temporary M.S. hooks
fixed in to the wall at intervals. The skirting or riser face shall be checked for plane
and plumb and corrected . The skirting shall thus be left to harden then the rear of
the skirting or riser slab shall be packed with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse
sand) or other mixed as specified in the description of the item. The fixing hooks
shall be removed after the mortar filling the gap has acquired sufficient strength.
The joints shall be as fine as possible . The top line of skirting and risers shall be
truly horizontal and joints truly vertical, except where otherwise indicated.
The risers and skirting slab shall be matched as shown in drawing or as instructed
by the PMC/ Owner.
7.3
CURING. POLISHING AND FINISHING :
It shall be as specified in Para 8.3 as far possible except that cement slurry with or
without pigment shall not be applied on the surface and polishing shall be done with
hand. The face and lop skirting shall be polished.
144
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
7.4 DOUBLE LEAF SWING GATE:
manual double leaf swing gate as per design with all section should be of (TATA)
,M.S.framework with C.I ornamental design ,good quality of metal hinges and metal
ornaments fixing with the gate,all square bars design fittings,locks,stopper , roller , guide
rail plate,M.S.rod,locking arrangement,handles,etc all complete and erected in all respect
including finishing of gate by using roller paper,sand paper and painting of gate with two
coats of epoxy paint over epoxy primer.The rate inclusive of all materials, labour, T&P,
royalties, taxes, fitting and fixing charges, painting etc. all complete
7.5
WATER PURIFIER SYSTEM:
water purifier of approved make suitable for online purification for water c ooler.The
purification capacity is 50 ltr/hr with twin membrane1812.The cost including of all
materials, labours, T&P, taxes, royalities, transportation etc. all complete
7.8.
WATER COOLER SYSTEM:
Water cooler system with SS body of approved make.The cost including of all materials,
labours, T&P, taxes, royalities, transportation etc. all complete .
7.9. LOGO : (STAINLESS STEEL)
Logo over gate shall be of 3d SS 304 grade letters of base height made out of SS plate at
all location and height including all material, labour, T&P royalties, taxes, wastage,
transportation, installation etc. all complete.The height of letter should be 900mm and
width is600mm(appx.).
8.0 . Name plates of cutomized paint metal stainless steel sign LED illuminated letters
back lit with power consumption of 12V,minimum height of 10cm,minimum depth of
2cm,laser cut,bruhed,mirror polished ,provision of screw bolt for sticking to wall,high
brightness letter,water proof,anti-rust outdoor,earth friendly process,ultmost weatherability
and chemical resistance,CE,ISO9001 Certification.The front panel ,border panel,back
panel material made of 304# stainless steel ,mirror polish,operate on temperature -40°C(40°F) to 80°C(176°F),front lit illumination type,SMD LED or RGB LED,AC110-220V,life
time of 3 years or above.including all material, labour, T&P royalties, taxes, wastage,
transportation, installation etc. all complete
8.1 ALUMINIUM ANODISED DOOR (FULL GLAZED)
Aluminium work for doors with extruded built up standard tubular and other sections of
approved make conforming to IS: 1285, transparent or dyed to required shade fixed with
rawl plugs and screws or with fixing clips, or with expansion hold fastners including
necessary filling up of gaps at junctions, at top, bottom and sides with required PVC/
neoprene felt etc. Aluminium sections shall be smooth, rust free, straight, mitred and
145
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
joined mechanically wherever required including cleat angle, Aluminium snap beading for
glazing / panelling, C.P Brass / Stainless steel screws all complete as per architectural
drawings and the directions of PMC. 6 mm thick float glass with necessary etching shall
be provided in the aluminium section as per drawing. Necessary etching design shall be
provided on the glass surface as per detail drawing.
SECTION -VI
EXTERNAL AND INTERNAL PAINTING WORKS
1.1
SCAFOLDING :
Wherever scaffolding is necessary, it shall be erected on double supports tied
together by horizontal pieces, which scaffolding planks shall be fixed. No. ballies.
bamboos or planks shall rest on or touch the surface which is being white washed.
For all exposed brick work or tile work, double scaffolding having two sets of vertical
supports shall be provided. The supports shall be sound and strong, tied together
with horizontal pieces over which scaffolding planks shall be fixed.
Note: In case of special type of brick work, scaffolding shall be got approved from
PMC/ Owner in advance.
Where ladders are used, pieces of old gunny bags shall be tied on their tops to avoid
damage or scratches to walls.
For white washing the ceiling , proper stage scaffolding shall be erected.
1.2
APPLICATION :
The white wash shall be applied with moon brush to the specified number of coats. The
operation of each coat shall consist of a stock of the brush given from the top
downwards, another from the bottom upward over the first stroke, and similarly one
stroke horizontally from the right & another from the left before it dries.
Each coat shall be allowed to dry before the next one is applied. Further each coat
shall be inspected and approved by the PMC / Owner before the subsequent coat is
applied. No portion of the surface shall be left out initially to be patched up later
on.
For new work, three or more coats shall be applied till the surface presents a
smooth & uniform finish through which the plaster does not show. The finished dry
surface shall not show signs of cracking and peeling nor shall it come off readily
on the hand when rubbed.
For old work, after the surface has been prepared as described, in Para 1.2 and a coat
of white wash shall be applied over the patches and repairs. Then a single coat or
two more coats of whit e wash as stipulated in the description of the item shall be
applied over the entire surface. The whit e washed surface should present a uniform
finish through which the plaster patches do not appear. The washing on ceiling
should be done prior to that on walls.
146
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
1.3
2.1
PROTECTIVE MEASURES :
Doors, windows, floors, articles of furniture etc., & such other parts of the building
not to be white washed shall be protected from being splashed upon. Splashing and
froopings, if any, shall be removed by the contractor at his own cost and the
surfaces cleaned. Damages if any to furniture of fittings and fixtures shall be
recoverable from the Contractor.
Surface Preparation.
This includes scraping uneven surface, damaged plaster, etc. with carborundum
papers of suitable number till hard, clean surface is obtained. This is to be
repeated till the work is approved by the Engineer. Putty shall be used to cover
holes and unevenness on the surface.
2.2
Preparation and application of Putty.
Putty will be prepared as under. It shall be prepared from English whiting chalk,
linseed oil, white zinc and plater of paris in the prop. of 7:1:2:1. However, exact
proportion shall be decided as per site condition. Water, if required, can be added
as per the instructions and requirements to have proper consistency and stickness.
Putty should be smooth and free from any coarse ingredient, etc.
Application of putty should be started only after approval of surface area by the
Engineer. It should be applied on the whole surface to make the surface smooth.
No lumps should be allowed to dry completely.
After drying, the surface should be scraped with sand/emery paper till smooth
surface is obtained.
If no proper smoothness is obtained again apply primer, putty, etc. and repeat the
process as mentioned above, till the surface is perfect smooth as per instructions.
After application of first coat of putty, the surface shall be allowed to dry for 24
hours. sand papering shall then be done to give smooth surface.
Subsequent applications of putty and sand papering shall be done till the Engineer
is satisfied about final surface, which should be absolutely even, leveled and
smooth.
2.3
Primer application
Primer should be a cement primer, or as per manufacturer's specification
(manufacturer same as that of distemper). These tins should be opened in
presence of the Engineer. Before applying primer on the surface, its consistency
must be approved by the Engineer and shall be same as specified by the
manufacturer. Primer should be applied with smooth brushes on surface to cover
entire surface properly. There should be no brush marks, stripes, etc. when
147
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
applied on the surface. This surface should be allowed to dry at least for 24 hours
before next application.
On the surface so prepared, two coats of oil bound distemper of selected shade shall be applied
only after inspection by the Engineer. A horizontal and vertical travel of brush together will be
considered as one coat of paint. Each coat of paint shall be applied only after inspection of
Engineer. No brush marks shall be visible on the surface at the end of final coat. Final surface
shall be smooth, even or roller finish and uniform in colour and texture.
2.4
Acrylic Emulsion Paint
Paint shall be of approved quality and shades
Surface preparation, primer and putty application shall be as per clause 2.1,2.2,2.3
Two coats of Acrylic emulsion paints shall be applied as per manufacturer's specification. The
surface on finishing shall present a flat velvety smooth finish.
3.7
Synthetic Enamel Painting
Surface preparation shall be by hand cleaning. Primer shall be zinc cromate or zinc phosphate
(pigmented in alkyed or phenolic medium of approved make, British or Asian Paints) of
minimum 38 microns dry film thickness. The coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved make,
British Luxol-3 or Asian apcolite, of total 100 microns DFT shall be applied as directed by the
Engineer.
4.1 COMMERCIAL WORK :
Painting shall not be started until the PMC/ Owner has inspected the items of work
to be painted , satisfied himself about their proper quality and given his approval to
commence the painting work. Painting of external surface should not be done in
adverse weather conditions like hail storm and dust storm.
Painting except the priming coat, shall generally be taken in and after practically
finishing all other builders work. The rooms should be thoroughly swept out and
the entire building cleaned up at least one day in advance of the painting work being
started.
4.2
PREPARATION OF SURFACE :
The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned and dusted . All rust, dirt, scales, smoke and
grease shall be thoroughly removed before painting is started. The prepared surface
shall have received the approval of the PMC /Owner after inspection, before painting
is commenced.
4.3
APPLICATION :
148
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Before pouring into smaller container for use, the paint shall be stirred thoroughly in
the containers. When applying also, the paint shall be continuously stirred in the
smaller container so that its consistency is kept uniform.
If for any reasons , thinning is necessary in case of ready mixed paint, the brand of
thinner recommended by the manufacturer or as instructed by the PMCs/ NLUO
shall be used.
The painting shall be laid on evenly and smoothly by means of crossing and
smoothly by means of crossing and laying off , the latter in the direction of the
grain of wood. The crossing & laying of consists of covering the area over with
paint, brushing the surface hard for the first time over and ten brushing alternately in
opposite direction, two or three times and then finally brushing lightly in a direction
4.4
at right angles to the same. In this process, no brush marks shall be left after laying
off is finished. The full process of crossing and laying off will constitute one coat.
Where so stipulated the painting shall be done by spraying. Spray machine used
may be (a) high pressure (small air aperture) type (b) a low pressure (large air
aperture) type, depending on the nature and location of work to be carried out.
Skilled and experienced workmen shall be employed for this class of work. Paints
used shall be brought to the requisite consistency by adding a suitable thinner.
Spraying should be done only when dry condition prevails. Each coat shall be allowed to
dry thoroughly and rubbed smooth before the next coat is applied. This should be
facilitated by through ventilation. Each coat except the last coat, shall be lightly rubbed
with sand paper or with pumice stone and cleaned off dust before the next coat is laid.
No left over paint shall be put back into the stock tins. When not in use the container shall
be kept properly closed.
No hair marks from the brush or clogging of paint puddles in the corners of panes, angles
of moldings etc., shall be left on the work.
In painting doors and windows, the putty round, the glass panes must also be painted, but
care must be taken to see that no paint stains etc. are left on the glass top of shutters and
surfaces in similar hidden location shall not be left out in paint.
In painting steel work, special care shall be taken while painting over bolts, nuts, rivets,
overlaps etc.
The additional specifications for primer & other coats of paints shall be as according to the
detailed specifications under the respective headings.
BRUSHES AND CONTAINERS :
After work, the brushes shall be completely of paint and linseed oil rinsing with turpentine.
A brush in which paint has dried up is ruined and shall on no account be used for painting
work. The containers when not in use, shall be kept closed and free from air so that paint
does thicken and also shall be kept safe from dust , When the paint has been used, the
149
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
containers shall be washed with turpentine and wiped dry with soft clean cloth, so that they are
clean, and can be used again.
5.0
PRIMING COAT ON WOOD, IRON OR PLASTERED SURFACE :
5.1
PREPARATION OF SURFACE :
i.
WOODEN SURFACE
The wood work to be painted shall be dry and free from moisture. The surface shall be
thoroughly cleaned. All unevenness shall be rubbed down smooth with sand paper and
shall be well ducted, Knots, if any, shall be covered with preparation of red lead made by
grinding red lead in water and filled materials with same shade as paint shall be used where
specified .
The surface treated for knotting shall be dry before painting is applied. After the priming
coat is applied, the holes and indentations on the surface shall be stopped with glaziers
putty or wood putty. The primer shall be prepared on site or shall be of approved brand and
manufacture as specified in the item. Paint shall be anti-corrosive bitumastic paints,
aluminum paint or other types of a paint as specified in the description of the item.
Stopping shall not be done before the priming coat is applied as the wood will absorb the
oil in the stopping and then latter is therefore liable to crack.
ii.
IRON AND STEEL SURFACE :
All rust and scales shall be removed by scrapping or by brushing with steel wire brushes.
Hard skin of oxide formed on the surface of wrought iron during rolling which become
loose by rusting, shall be removed.
All dust and dirt shall be thoroughly wiped away from the surface.
If the surface is wet, it shall be dried before priming coat is undertaken
iii.
OKASTERED SURFACE :
The surface shall ordinarily not be painted until it has dried completely. Trial patches of
primer shall be laid at intervals and where drying is satisfactory, painting shall then be
taken in hand. Before primer is applied, holes and undulations, shall be filled up with
plaster of Paris and rubbed smooth.
5.2
APPLICATION :
The primer shall be applied with brush, worked well in to the surface and spread even
smooth. The painting shall be done by brushing and laying off as described in cement paint
above.
150
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
6.0
Painting with ready mixed paint/synthetic enamel paint :
6.1
Painting on new surface :
The surface, which has not been painted earlier, or the paint has been removed by paint
remover, burning, caustic soda etc., shall be considered to the new surfaces.
6.2
PREPARATION OF SURFACE :
i.
WOOD WORK :
The surface shall be cleaned and all unevenness removed as specified in wooden
surface. Knots if visible shall be covered with a preparation of red lead. Holes, and
indentations of the surface shall be filled in with glazier's putty and rubbed smooth
before painting is done. The surface should be thoroughly dry before painting.
ii.
IRON AND STEEL WORK :
The priming coat shall have dried up completely before painting is started. Rust &
scaling shall be carefully removed by scrapping or by brushing with steel wire
brushes. All dust and dirt shall be carefully & thoroughly wiped away.
iii.
PLASTERED SURFACE :
The priming coat shall have dried up completely before painting is started. All dust
or dirt that has settled on the priming coat shall be thoroughly wiped away before
painting is started.
6.2
APPLICATION :
The specification described in cement paint shall hold good as far as applicable. The
number of coats to be applied will be as stipulated in the item. The painted surface
shall present a uniform appearance and glossy/mat finish as described in schedule
of quantities free from streaks , blisters etc.
6.4
PAINTING AN OLD SURFACE :
The surface which has been painted earlier shall be considered to be old surface.
6.5
PREPARATION OF SURFACE :
i.
WOOD WORK :
151
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
If the old paint is sound and firm and its removal is considered necessary the
surface shall be rubbed down with pumice stone after it has been cleaned of all
smoke and grease by washing with lime and rinsing with water and drying. All dust
and loose pint shall be completely removed. The surface shall then be washed with
soap and water.
If the old painted surface is blistered or flaked badly, paint shall be completely
removed with the application of a paint remove following the specification of the
manufacturer. The paint remover shall be of a brand and manufacturer approved by
the PMC / Owner. It shall be free from alkaline matter and non caustic so that it
can be handled by workmen without injury. It shall be of non flammable quality as
far as possible and such removal shall be paid for separately. Holes and cracks if
any shall be stopped with glazier's putty or wood putty. Further the painting itself
shall be treated as on new surface and paid for accordingly.
ii.
IRON AND STEEL WORK :
If the old paint is sound and firm and its removal is considered unnecessary, it shall
be rubbed with wire brushes and any loosened paint taken off. All dust shall be
thoroughly wiped away. This surface shall then be wiped finally with mineral
turpentine to remove grease and perspiration of hand marks etc., and then allowed
to dry.
If the old painted surface is in bad condition and blistered and flaked, the old
paint shall be completely removed and the surface prepared as described in above .
Such removal shall be paid for separately. The painting including the priming coat
shall be treated as on new work and paid for accordingly.
7.0 FRENCH SPIRIT POLISHING :
Pure cello varying from pale orange to lemon yellow colour free from resin or
dirt shall be dissolved in methylated spirit at the rate of 140 gm. of shellac to 1
liter of spirit. Suitable pigment shall be added to get the required shade.
7.1
POLISHING NEW SURFACES :
Preparation of surface - The surface shall be cleaned. All unevenness shall be rubbed
down smooth with sand paper and well dusted. Knots if visible shall be covered
with a preparation of red lead and glue sized and used hot. Holes and
indentations of the surface shall be sloped with glaziers putty. The surface shall be
then given a coat of wood filler made by ming whiting (Ground Chalk in
methylated spirit at the rates of 1.5 kg. of whiting per liter of spirit). The surface
shall again be rubbed down perfectly smooth with glass paper and wiped clean.
152
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
7.2
APPLIACATION :
The number of coats of polish to be applied shall be as decided by the PMC to get
the desired finish. A pad of woolen cloth covered by the fine cloth shall be used to
apply the polish. The pad shall be moisture with the polish and rubbed hard on the
wood, in a series of overlapping circles applying the mixture sparingly but uniformly
over the entire area to give an even level surface. A trace of linseed oil on the
face of the pad facilitates this operation. The surface shall be all owed to dry and
the pad shall be covered with a fresh piece of clean fine cotton cloth slightly
damped with methylated spirit and rubbed lightly and quickly with circular
motions. The finished surface shall have a uniform texture.
153
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
SECTION -VII
CARPENTARY AND JOINERY WORKS
1.0
GENERAL :
Arrangement for procurement of timber section shall be made with the receipt of
order of facilitate natural air seasoning at site.
The Contractor shall invariably submit test certificate in cases where seasoned and
treated timber have been specified. Arrangements for test check at site for random
samples shall be made by the contractor.
No timber material shall be painted till such time it has been approved by the
PMC/NLUO. A coat of primer shall immediately be applied on receipt of approval
from the PMC/ NLUO. The final painting shall be done as indicted in the schedule
or as directed by the PMC/NLUO, when all other works are generally completed and
PMC/NLUO has given approval to proceed with final painting.
If after finishing and erection of wood work any undue shrinkage or cracks due to
bed workmanship or material is found, the contractor shall remove the same & supply
better and approved materials at his own cost.
All wood savings, cuttings and other rubbish shall be removed and the site left
clear as the work progress. All precautions against fire shall also be taken by the
contractor.
2.0
WORKMANSHIP :
2.1
FRAME :
The workmanship shall be first class and to the approval of the PMC/NLUO .
Scantlings and boarding shall accurately be sawn and shall be of the required
width and thickness with allowable tolerance. All carpenter's work shall be wrought (
Planed) except where otherwise described. The workmanship and joinery shall be
accurately set out in strict accordance with the Tendered drawings and shall be
framed together and securely fixed in approved manner with properly made joints.
All work is to be properly tennoned, shouldered, wedged, pinned, bided, etc. and
properly glued with approved quality adhesive to the satisfaction of the PMC/Owner.
All wedges of timber frames shall be protected from being damaged during
construction by providing rough timber casing securely fixed and other adequate
protective measures.
Door/ Windows frames shall have cut rebates. Planted rebates unless shown in
drawing shall not be permitted.
All fully fabricated timber shall be air- seasoned at site for about two months to
allow for any shrinkage that may take place. As such it is desirable that the
fabrication of frames is started with the commencement of the project work.
154
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
The faces of frames or any timber coming in contact with masonry or concrete or
embedded in ground shall be treated with hot tar primer or crested before they are
placed in position.
No frames shall be painted until it is inspected by the PMC/NLUO and passed.
Immediately after it is passed it shall be given a coat of primer. the final painting or
polishing shall be done only when advised by the PMC/NLUO.
2.2
ANCHOR FASTNER
Three anchor fastner shall be fixed to each post of the door frame . The M.S. anchor
shall be of 150 mm or as required at site and shall be fixed to the frames by means
of screws and not nails . The other end of the anchor fastner shall be fixed into
jambs with [1:2:4] P.C.C. of dimensions as directed. Ends of anchor fastner will be
fish tailed. Corner straps of M.S. sheets shall be provided and fixed on corners with
screws.
Whenever asked for metal fastener or bolts as directed shall be used for rough
ground, framing, hangers etc.
The rates quoted for wood work and joinery shall include the cost for all types of
anchor fastner directed ( Horns for frames shall be cut and shall not be used as
anchor fastner) cement grouting and fixing to frame work with screws etc. all
materials, wastages , labour, T&P hoisting and fixing in position at all heights and
depths, providing two coats of creosote /so lignum air seasoning of wood.
2.3 FLUSH DOOR
Providing and fixing ISI marked 35 mm thick flush door shutters decorative type, core of
block board construction with frame of 1st class hard wood and well matched commercial
board shutters with ISI marked Stainless Steel butt hinges with necessary screws etc. all
complete. The door shall be finished with approved shade enamel paint of two coats over a
coat of primer. 4 mm thick teak wood leaping shall be provided periphery of the door with teak
wood beading design and including all fittings etc. complete
2.4 Providing, fitting and fixing of M.S. door as per approved design with all fitting fixture
including two coats of approved coloured enamel paint over a coat of primer etc. all
complete and as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.
155
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
2.7
SHUTTERS :
Shutters shall be planed at site to match the finished dimension between rebates of
frames leaving and uniform gap of not more than 3mm. between the frame and the
shutter end. shutters shall be hung by screws, as per drawing and specification and
properly threaded in. The finished work shall be true to plumb and true to shape.
The shutters. shall be so fixed, that while closing , the left hand leaf of the shutters
is closed first and the right hand leaf of the shutter overlaps on the left hand leaf
by minimum 20mm.
156
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
SECTION -VIII
SPECIFICATION FOR WATER PROOFING.
1.0
DAMP PROOF COURSE (D.P.C.) :
D.P.C. shall be of thickness as shown in drawing or in the bill of quantities. Unless
otherwise mentioned, prop, shall be 1 part of cement, 2 parts of sand, 4 parts of aggregate
mixed with approved water proofing compound @ 3% by weight of cement or as per
manufacturer specification. Before laying the concrete, the top surface of the wall shall be
thoroughly cleaned of all dirt and loose particles, mortar dropping and laitance of any,
scrubbing with coir or steel wire brush or by hacking, if necessary, The surface is then
thoroughly wetted and the concrete is placed. The concrete shall be laid in every case the
full width of the plinth or as shown in drawing. The top surface shall be kept rubbed or
rough or double chequered for adhesion of mortar for brick work over D.P.C. On top of
D.P.C. bitumen painting is to be done as per I.S. specification.
1.1
METHOD OF MEASUREMENT :
D.P.C. shall be measured net in square meter.
2.0
CEMENT BASED WATER PROOFING :
MATERIAL :
Water proofing compound confirming to I.S. 2645 shall be used only as per enlisted/
approved manufactured.
2.2
PROPORTION, MIXING AND WORKMANSHIP :
The surface shall be well cleaned by water before the treatment. Then a slurry coat of neat
cement using 2.75 Kg./Sqm of cement admixed as per manufacturer’s instructions will be
grouted water proofing compound conforming to IS: 2645 over the RCC slab.
The cement concrete shall be laid using broken bricks/brick bats 25mm to 100mm size
with 50% of cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand) admixed with approved water
proofing compound conforming to IS :2645 to required slope and treated similarly the
adjoining walls up to 300mm height including rounding of junctions of wall and slabs, in
the form of ghoondies at rain water pipe.
After two days of proper curing apply a second coat of cement slurry admixed with
approved water proofing compound conforming to IS : 2445.
The surface will be finished with 20mm thick joint less cement mortar of mix 1:4 (1cement
: 4coarse sand) admixed with approved water proofing compound conforming to IS : 2645
and finally finished the surface with trowel with neat cement slurry and false thread
marking of 300x300mm square.
The whole area so finished shall be flooded with water for a minimum period of two weeks
for curing and for final test.
The average thickness of the treatment shall be 120 mm and the minimum thickness near
khurra /rain water outlets shall be not less than 65mm.
157
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
SECTION -IX
METAL DOORS, ALUMINIUM AND UPVC WINDOWS AND VARIOUS STEEL
WORKS.
1.
GRILLS AND RAILINGS :
The grills and railings for windows, verandah & balcony etc., shall be of mild steel. The
design of grills/railings and shape and sizes of various a component shall be according to
the Tendered drawings.
The edge angles and corners shall be cleaned and true to shape. The joints, if possible shall
be mechanically inter locked and neatly spot welded in such a way that the grills is rigid.
Grinding of the joins to achieve at neat regular finish shall be done. The grills shall be
fixed to true plumb line and level as per Tendered drawings. Grills etc. shall be painted
with one coat of approved primer before they are fixed. The final painting shall be done
only after obtaining approval the PMC/Consultant.
2.
Aluminum sections for fabricating fame work door, windows, jallies, etc, shall be of
extruded sections conforming to I.S 1948, 1949 or latest edition or as per drawing or as
manufactured by Indian Aluminum Co. Ltd. or approved equivalent. The alloy used
shall conform to I.S. designation H.E. WP I.S. 733.
3.
I. uPVC Sliding Window 2-Track 2 Sash
Providing and fixing of factory made Duroplast uPVC 2-track Sliding window (White Colour)
complete, comprising uPVC multi-chambered frame of size 67mm x 54mm having uPVC roller
track on top and uPVC sash of size 60mm x 47mm. All corners of frame and sash will be
fusion welded and duly reinforced with G.I. section 1.2 mm.
After placing 4mm float or prescribed glass in the sash, uPVC glazing bead, interlock, EPDM
gasket, brush will be provided including hardware, i.e., touch lock and rollers & proper drainage
system shall be provided. Window will be fixed to the wall with 100mm long and 8mm dia.
Fasteners and complete in all respect as per direction of Engineer-In-Charge.
II. uPVC Adjustable Louver Window with Exhaust Provision
Providing and fixing of factory made Duroplast, uPVC Louver window comprising of uPVC
multi-chambered frame of size 67 mm x 54 mm, duly reinforced with 1.2 mm thick G. I.
Section. Both vertical sides of the frame, adjustable louver with 4 mm frosted glass and having
one lever to adjust the glass. Window will be fixed to the wall with 100mm long and 8mm dia.
Fasteners and complete in all respect as per direction of Engineer-In-Charge.
158
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
4. i. Light duty Ductile iron grating of size450 mm wide x 600, 450mm x 450 mm with
Frame(hinged) of approved design including setting floor with cement mortar length for
trench drain etc.
ii. Light duty Square Cover of size 600 mm x 600 mm with frame(hinged) of approved design
including setting floor with cement mortar etc.
SECTION –XI
TECHINAL SPECIFIANTIONS
FOR
ANTI-TERMITE SOIL TREATMENT WORK
Anti termite soil treatment to the following :1.0
Codes
Anti-termite treatment shall be carried out in accordance with the following standards
unless specified otherwise.
IS 6313
Code of practice for Anti-Termite Treatment
(Part-1)
Constructional measures
(Part II)
Code of practice for anti-termite measures in Building (pre constructional
chemical treatment)
159
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
_________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
1.1
CHEMICALS :
The treatment of theses shall be carried out by applying one of the following chemicals at
not less than the designated concentration :
CHEMICALS CONCENTRATION
Chloropyriphos 20% E.C.
1%
Endosulfan
0.5%
The tender shall clearly indicate along with the quotation the chemical he proposed to use.
A daunt record shall be maintained by the Contractor indicating the amount of work done
and the quantity of chemical consumed for the work. This record shall be the property of
the NLUO.
1.2
METHOD OF APPLICATION
(1)
TREATMENT FOR MASONARY FOUNDATION AND BASEMENT
The bottom surface and sides (Up to a height of 30cm from the bottom) of the excavations
made for masonry foundations and basements shall be treated with the chemical emulsion
mentioned above at 5 Liters. Per sqm of surface area.
(2)
TREATMENT TO BACKFILL EARTH :
After the masonry foundation and retaining walls of the basement come up the backfill in
immediate contact with the foundation structure shall be treated with the chemical
emulsion at the rate of 7.5 Liters. per sqm of the vertical surface of the sub-structure r for
each side. The earth is usually returned in layers & the treatment shall be carried out in similar
stages.
(3)
TREATMENT FOR R.C.C. FOUNDATION & BASEMENT :
In the case of R.C.C. foundation (1:2:4) mix or richer, the treatment shall start at a depth of
50cm below the ground level except when ground level is raised or lowered by filling
or cutting after the foundations have been cast. In such case the depth of 50cms shall
be determined from the new soil level resulting from filling or cutting mentioned
above and soil in immediate contract with the vertical surface of R.C.C. foundations.
From this depth the backfill around the columns, beams and R.C.C. basement walls
shall be treated at the rate of 7.5 liters per sqm.
160
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
_________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
(4)
TREATMENT OF TOP SURFACE OF PLINTH FILLING
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
_________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
The top surface of the consolidated earth within the walls shall be treated with the
chemical emulsion at the rate of 5 ltrs., per sqm , of the surface before the sand bed
or sub grade is laid. If the filled earth bas been well rammed and the surface does
not allow the emulsion to seep through, holes up to 50 to 75 mm deep at 150mm
center as both ways may be made with 12mm dia M.S. rod on the surface facilitate
absorption of the emulsion.
(5)
TREATMENT AT JUNCTION OF WALLS & FLOOR :
A small channel 3x3 cm., shall be made at all the junctions of walls and columns with
the floor ( Before laying the sub grade) & rod holes made in the channel up to
ground level 15 cm apart the rod moved backward and forward to break up the
earth & chemical emulsion poured along the channel at the rate of 7.5 liters., per
sqm., of the vertical wall or column surface of the sub-structure so as to soak the
soil right to the bottom.
(6)
TREATMENT OF SOIL ALONG EXTERNAL PERIMETER OF BUILDING :
After the building is complete the earth along the external perimeter of the building
should be redden at intervals of 15 cm & to a depth of 300 cm. The rods should be
moved backward and forward parallel to the wall to break up the earth and chemical
emulsion poured along the wall at the rate of 7.5 Liters. per sqm. of vertical
surfaces. After the treatment the earth should be tamped back into place .
(7)
TREATMENT OF SOIL SURROUNDING PIPES WASTES AND CONDUITS :
When pipes, wastes and conduits enter the soil inside the area of the foundation,
the soil surrounding the point of entry must be loosened around each such pipe waste
or conduits for a distance of 15cm and up to a depth of 7.5 mm before the
treatment is commenced. When they enter the soil external to the foundations, they
shall be similarly treated unless they stand clear of t he walls of the building by
about 7.5cm for a distance of over 30cm.
161
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
(8)
SPRAYING EQUIPMENT :
A pressure pump shall be used to carry out spraying operations to facilitate proper
penetration of chemicals into the earth.
1.3
GUARANTEE :10 YEARS
In the unlikely even of any treatment becoming unnecessary subsequently during the
guarantee period, required inspection and treatment shall be carried out free of cost.
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
_________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
1.4
INSTRUCTIONS OF CONTRACTOR FOR QUOTING RATES. :
The tenderer should include in his rates given in schedule of Quantities in sq. meter
area all the stages of treatment to bottom foundation, sides of trenches, underside of
the floor, underside/ damp proof course, in the outer face of external wall up to
window sill level, door and window frames to ground floor area, which comes in
contact wit the brick wall and finally the trenches treatment all found the buildings
as per detailed specifications mentioned above. Where the rates of application of the
insecticide has not been specified clearly the rates shall be the guarantee period no
trouble may arise. Payment will be made on the plinth area measurement and the
rates for the same should include all the stages of work as mentioned above and
no extra on this account will be entertained.
II - PLUM CONCRETE
1.1
Plum concrete shall be done below the footings with rubble and specified grade of
concrete. The rubble shall be hard, durable rock, free from veins, black trap, flaws and other
defects. The size of the rubble shall be 150 mm – 200 mm unless otherwise specified. The
Engineer shall approve the quality.
1.2
Area for plum concrete shall be cleaned and concrete of specified grade shall be
poured in the area. Concrete layers shall be 200 mm thick and then rubble shall put in to the
concrete closely in position. On completion of one such layer to the satisfaction of Engineer
next layer above it shall be started and the procedure shall be continued.
1.3
All interstices between the larger size stones shall be wedged in using either the
smaller stones of suitable size well driven to ensure tight packing or the concrete to ensure
complete filling of interstices. The concrete shall be compacted manually using wooden rods,
pipes, timber sticks.
1.4
Scope of work includes all labour, use of tool and plant, material, other items
162
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
incidental to satisfactory completion of the work, providing scaffolding if required, necessary
dewatering, cleaning of site on completion of work.
III - RUBBLE SOLING
1.1
Rubble soling is being used in specific areas as shown in the drawings shall be used as a
packing under floors, foundations etc. The rubble shall be hard, durable rock, free from
veins, foliage, black trap, flaws and other defects. The rubble soling shall be laid in one
or two layers as specified in the drawing. The size of the rubble shall vary from 150 mm
to 200 mm unless otherwise specified. The Engineer shall approve the quality.
1.2
Rubble shall be laid closely in position on the sub-grade. All interstices between
the stones shall be wedged in the smaller stones of suitable size well driven to ensure
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
_________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
tight packing and complete filling of interstices. Such filling shall be carried out
simultaneously with the placing in position of rubble stone and shall not lag behind.
1.3
Small interstices shall be filled with murrum, well watered and rammed.
1.4
Scope of work includes all labour, use of tool and plant, material, other items incidental
to satisfactory completion of the work, providing scaffolding if required, necessary
dewatering, cleaning of site on completion of work.
SECTION - XII
PILE WORK
1
MATERIALS :
1.1
Cement :
The cement used shall conform to the requirements of IS : 269-1976, IS : 455-1976, IS :
8041-19788, IS : 6909-1973 or IS : 1489-1976.
163
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
1.2
Steel :
Reinforcement steel shall conform to IS : 1139-1966 or IS : 1786-1979 or IS : 226-1975.
The stresses allowed in steel should conform to IS : 456-2000.
1.2.1 For under-reamed board compaction piles, the reinforcement cage shall be prepared by
welding the hoop bars to withstand the stresses during compaction process.
2
Concrete :
2.1
Materials and methods of manufacture for cement concrete shall in general be in
accordance with the method of concreting under the conditions of pile installation.
2.2
Consistency of concrete fore cast in situ piles shall be suitable to the method of installation
of piles. Concrete shall be so designed or chosen as to have homogeneous mix having a
flowable character consistent with the method of concreting under the given conditions of
pile installation. In achieving these results minor deviations in the mix proportions used in
structural concrete may be necessary.
2.3
Slump of concrete shall range between 100 mm to 150 mm for concreting in water-free
unlined boreholes. For concreting by tremie, a slump of 150 mm to 200 mm shall be used.
2.4
In case of tremie concreting for piles of smaller diameter and depth of up to 10m, the
minimum cement content should be 350 Kg/m3 of concrete. For piles of large diameter and
/ or deeper piles, the minimum cement content should be 400 kg/m3 of concrete. For design
purpose, the strength of concrete mix may be taken equivalent
M20, for concrete with cement content of 350 kg/m3 and 400 kg/m3. Where concrete of
higher strength is needed, richer concrete mix with higher cement content may be
designed. In case of piles subsequently exposed to free water or in case of piles where
concreting is done under water or drilling mud using methods other than the tremie, 10
percent extra cement over that required for the design grade of concrete at the specified
slump shall be used subject to the minimum quantities of cement specified above.
2.5
For the concrete, water and aggregates specifications laid down in IS : 456-2000 shall be
followed in general. Natural rounded shingle of appropriate size may also be used as coarse
aggregate. It helps to give high slump with less water cement ratio. For tremie concreting
aggregates having nominal size more that 20 mm should not be used.
164
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
2.6
The concrete for piles in aggressive surroundings due to presence of sulphates, etc., should
have a concrete mix of appropriate type of cement in suitable proportion.
2.6.1 If the concentration of sulphates (measured as SO3) exceeds one percent in soil or 2 500
parts per million (ppm) in water a mix using 400 kg/m3 of sulphate resisting Portland
cement should be used. For soils with 0.5 to 1 percent of sulphates or ground water with 1
200 to 2 500 ppm, the mix should have 330 kg/m3 of sulphate resisting Portland cement.
For concentrations lesser than above concrete mix with 330 kg/m3 ordinary Portland
cement or 310 kg/m3 sulphate resisting should be used. In place of ordinary Portland
cement, pozzolana cement / blast furnace slag cement may be used.
2.6.2 Concentration of sulphates up to 0-2 percent in soil and 300 ppm in water may be
inconsequential.
2.7 For bored compaction piles rapid hardening cement (see 13.1.1) shall not be used. To
facilitate construction, admixtures for retarding the setting of concrete may be used.
3.0
EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES :
3.1
The selection of equipment and accessories will depend upon the type of under-reamed
piles, site conditions and nature of strata. Also it will depend on economic considerations
and availability of manually or power operated equipment.
3.2
A typical list of equipment for manual construction is given in Appendix D.
3.3
Bore holes may be made by earth augers. In case of manual boring, an auger boring guide
shall be sued to keep the bores vertical or to the desired inclination and in position.
After the bore is made to the required depth, enlarging of the base shall be carried out by
means of an under-reaming tool.
3.4
In ground with high water table having unstable pile bores, boring and under-reaming may
be carried out using a suitable drilling mud. General guidelines for bentonite drilling mud
are given in Appendix E. In normally met soil strata, drilling mud can be poured from top
while boring and under-reaming can be done by normal spiral earth auger and underreamer. The level of drilling mud should always be about one meter above water table or
the level at which caving in occurs. In case of very unstable strata with excessive caving
in, continuous circulation of drilling mud using suitable pumping equipment and ripod, etc.
along with modified auger and under-reamer may be used.
3.5
Sometimes permeable strata overlying a rim clayey stratum may be cased and normal
boring and under-reaming operation may be carried out in clayey stratum.
165
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
3.6
To avoid irregular shape and widening of bore hole in very loose strata at top, a casing pipe
of suitable length may be used temporarily during boring and concreting.
3.7
For improved control over the inclination of batter piles, a tripod hoist with fixed pully
should be used for lowering in of under-reaming tools.
3.8
For placing the concrete in bore holes full of drilling mud or subsoil water, tremie pipe of
not less than 150 mm diameter with flap valve at the bottom should be used.
3.9
For batter under-reamed piles, the reinforcement cage should be placed guiding it by a
chute or any other suitable method. If concreting is not done by tremie, it should be done
by chute.
3.10 In under-reamed compaction piles, suitable devices should be used for guiding the
movement of drop weight and specified core assembly for its vertical driving. For
operating the drop weights of adequate capacity, suitable winch with hoisting attachment
should be used.
4.0
CONSTRUCTION :
4.1
Under-reamed piles may be constructed by selecting suitable installation techniques at a
given site depending on subsoil strata conditions and type of under-reamed pile and
number of bulbs.
4.2
In construction with the equipment given in 6, initially boring guide is fixed with its lower
frame levelled for making desired angular adjustment for piles at batter. Boring is done up
to required depth and under-reaming is completed.
4.2.1 In order to achieve proper under-reamed bulb, the depth of bore hole should be checked
before starting under-reaming. It should also be checked during under-reaming and any
extra soil at the bottom of bore hole reamed by auger before reinserting the under-reaming
tool.
4.2.2 The completion of desired under-reamed bulb is ascertained by (a) the vertical movement
of the handle, and (b) when no further soil is cut.
4.2.3 In double or multi-under-reamed piles, boring is first completed to the depth required for
the first (top) under-ream only and after completing the under-reaming, boring is extended
further for the second under-ream and the process is repeated.
166
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
4.3
Control of Alignment :
The piles shall be installed as correctly as possible at the correct location and truly vertical
(or at the specified batter).Grate care shall be exercised in respect of single pile or piles in
two-pile groups under a column. As a guide, for vertical piles a deviation of 1.5 percent
and for raker piles a deviation of 4 percent shall not normally be exceeded. In special
cases, a closer tolerance may be necessary. Piles shall not deiate more than 75 mm or one
quarter the stem diameter, whichever is less (75 mm or D/10 whichever is more in case of
piles having diameter more than 600 mm) from the designed position at the working level.
In the case of single pile under a column, the positional deviation should not be more that
50 mm or one quarter of the stem diameter whichever is less (100 mm in case of piles
having diameter more than 600 mm). For piles where cut-off is at substantial depths, the
design should provide for the worst combination of the above tolerances in position and
inclination.
In case of piles deviating beyond these limits, corrective measures where necessary may be
taken in the form of increasing pile size, provision of extra reinforcement in the pile,
redesign of pile cap and pile ties. If the resulting eccentricity cannot be taken care of by the
above measures, the piles should be replaced or supplemented by one or more additional
piles.
NOTE :
In case of raker piles up to a rake of 1 in 6, there may be no reduction in
the capacity of the pile unless otherwise stated.
4.4
Concreting shall be done as soon as possible after completing the pile bore. The bore hole
full of drilling mud should not be left unconcreted for more than 12 to 24 hours depending
upon the stability of bore hole.
15.5 For placing concrete in pile bores, a funnel should be used and method of concreting
should be such that the entire volume of the pile bore is filled up without the formations of
voids and / or mixing of soil and drilling fluid in the concrete.
15.5.1 In empty bore holes for under-reamed piles a small quantity of concrete is pourd to give
about a 100 mm layer of concrete at the bottom. Reinforcement is lowered next and
positioned correctly. Then concrete is poured to fill up the bore hole. Care should be taken
that soil is not scrapped from sides if rodding is done for compaction. Vibrators shall not
be used.
15.5.2 If the water is confined up to the bucket length portion at the toe and seepage is low, the
water should be bailed out and concreting should be done as in 15.5.1.
167
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
15.5.3 In case the pile bore is stabilized with drilling mud or by maintaining water head within
the bore hole, the bottom of bore hole shall be carefully cleaned by flushing it with fresh
drilling mud, and pile bore will be checked for its depth immediately before concreting.
Concreting shall be done by tremie method. The tremie should have a valve at its bottom
and lowered with its valve closed at the start and filled up with concrete. The valve is then
opened to permit the flow of concrete which permits the upwards displacement of drilling
mud. The pouring should be continuous and tremie is gradually lifted up such that the
tremie pipe opening remains always in the concrete. If the final stage the quantity of
concrete in tremie should be enough so that on final withdrawal some concrete spills over
the ground.
NOTES :
1.
The concrete should be coherent, rich in cement (not less than 350 kgf/m3) and of slump
not less than 150 mm.
2.
The tremie pipe should always penetrate well into the concrete with an adequate margin
of safety against accidental withdrawal of the pipe is surged to discharge the concrete.
3.
The pile should be concreted wholly by tremie and the method of deposition should not
be changed part way up the pile, to prevent the laitance from being entrapped within the
pile.
4.
All tremie tubes should be scrupulously cleaned before and after use.
5.
Normally concreting of the piles should be uninterrupted. In the exceptional case of
interruption of concreting, but which can be resumed within 1 or 2 hours, the tremie shall
not be taken out of the concrete. Instead it shall be raised and lowered slowly, from time
to time to prevent the concrete around the tremie from setting. Concreting should be
resumed by introducing a little richer concrete with a slump of about 200 mm for easy
displacement of the partly set concrete. If the concreting cannot be resumed before final
set-up of concrete already placed, the pile so cast may be rejected, or used with
modifications.
6.
In case of withdrawal of tremie o0ut of the concrete, either accidentally or to remove a
choke in the tremie, the tremie may be re-introduced in a manner to prevent impregnation
of laitance or scum lying on the top of the concrete already deposited in the bore.
168
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
15.5.4 In inclined piles, the concreting should be done through achute or by tremie method.
15.5.5 For under-reamed bore compaction piles, the pile bore is first filled up without placing
any reinforcement. Concreting is done as in 15.5.1 depending upon situation. Soon after
the specified core assembly shall be driven and extra concrete shall be poured in
simultaneously to keep the level of concrete up to ground level. If hollow driving pipe is
used in core assembly, the pipe shall be withdrawn after filling it with fresh concrete
which will be left behind.
NOTE :In under-reamed bored compaction pile, concreting should be
uninterrupted
and
notes (5) and (6) under clause 15.5.3.
15.5.6 The top of concrete in a pile shall be brought above the cut-off level to permit removal of
all laitance and weak concrete before capping and to ensure good concrete at the cut-off
level for proper embedment into the pile cap.
15.5.7 Where cut-off level is less than 1.5 metre below working level, concrete shall be cast to a
minimum of 300 mm above cut-off level. For each additional 0.3 m increase in cut-off
level below working level, additional coverage of 50 mm minimum shall be allowed.
Higher allowance may be necessary depending on the length of the pile. When concrete
is placed by tremie method, it shall be cast to the piling platform level to permit overflow
of concrete for visual inspection or to a minimum of one metre above cut-off level. In the
circumstance where cut-off level is below ground water, the need to maintain a pressure
on the unset concrete equal to or greater than water pressure should be observed and
accordingly length of extra concrete above cut-off level shall be determined.
15.5.8 Defective Pile :
In case, defective piles are formed, they shall be removed or left in
place whichever is convenient without affecting performance of the adjacent piles or the
cap as a whole. Additional piles shall be provided to replace them as directed.
15.5.9 Any deviation from the designed location alignment or load capacity of any pile shall be
noted and adequate measures taken well before the concreting of the pile cap and plinth
beam if the deviations are beyond the permissible limit.
169
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
APPENDIX - D
REQIPMENT FOR UNDER-REAMED PILES
(MANUAL CONSTRUCTION)
D-1
EQUIPMENT
D-1.1 Normally the following equipment will be required in manual operation :
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
D-1.1.1
An auger
An under-reamed
A boring guide ; and
Accessories like spare extensions, cutting tool, concreting funnel, etc.
For the piles of size larger than 30 cm and for larger depths additional
equipment required will be a portable tripod hoist with a manually operated
which.
D-1.1.2
For piles in high ground water table and unstable soil conditions, boring
under-reaming, shall be carried out with bentonite slurry using suitable
equipment. Tremie pipe shall be used for concreting.
D-1.1.3
The additional equipment normally required for under-reamed compaction
pile are the following :
(a)
(b)
and
Drop weight for driving the core assembly, and
Pipe or solid core.
170
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
APPENDIX - E
BASIC PROPERTIES OF DRILLING MUD (BENTONITE)
E-1
PROPERTIES :
E-1.1 The bentonite suspension used in bore holes is basically a clay of montmorillonite group
having exchangeable sodium cations. Because of the presence of medium cations,
bentonite on dispersion will break down into small plate like particles having a negative
charge on the surfaces and positive charge on the edges. When the dispersion is left to
stand un-disturbed, the particles become oriented building up a mechanical structure of
its own, the mechanical structure held by electrical bonds is observable as a jelly like
mass or jell material. When the jell is agitated, the weak electrical bonds are broken and
the dispersion becomes fluid.
E-2
FUNCTIONS :
E.2.1 The action of bentonite in stabilizing the sides of bore holes primarily due to the
thixotropic property of bentonite suspensions. The thixotropic property of bentonite
suspension permits the material to have the consistency of a fluid when introduced into
the excavation and when undisturbed forms a jelly which when agitated becomes a fluid
again.
E-2.2 In the case of a granular soil, the bentonite suspension penetrates into the sides under
positive pressure and after a while forms a jelly. The bentonite suspension gets deposited
on the sides of the hole and makes the surface impervious and imparts a plastering effect.
In impervious clay, the bentonite does not penetrate into the soil, but deposits only a this
film on the surface of the hole. Under such conditions, stability is derived from the
hydro-static head of the suspension.
E-3
SPECIFICATION :
E-3.1 The bentonite suspension used for piling work shall satisfy the following requirements :
(a)
The liquid limit of bentonite when tested in accordance with IS : 2720)
(Part V) - 1965 shall be more than 300 percent and less the 450 percent.
(b)
The sand content of the bentonite powder shall not be greater than 7
percent.
NOTE :
The purpose of limiting the sand content is mainly to control and reduce
wear and tear of the pumping equipment.
the
171
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
(c)
F-1
Bentonite solution should be made by mixing it with fresh water using
pump for circulation. The relative density of the bentonite solution should be
between 1.034 and 1.10.
(d)
The differential free swell shall be more than 540 percent.
: LOAD TEST ON PILES
F-1 These would be conducted on piles on completion of 28 days after casting.
Two types of namely initial and routine tests, for each type of loading viz. Vertical,
horizontal (lateral) pull out, are performed on piles.
F-1.1 :Initial Tests
This test shall be performed to confirm the design load calculations and to provide
guidelines for setting up the limits of acceptance for routine tests. It also gives an idea of
the suitability of the piling system.
Initial test on pile are to be carried out at one or more location depending on the No. of
piles required.
Load applied for the initial (cyclic) load test shall be 2.5 times the safe carrying capacity of
the pile.
Loading for initial tests shall be conducted as per IS-2911 part IV.
F-1.2 : Routine Tests
Selection of piles for the Routine test shall be done by the Engineer subject to a maximum
of ½% of total No. piles required. The No. of tests may be increased to 2% depending on
the nature / type of structure.
The test load applied shall be 1.5 times the safe carrying capacity of the pile.
The maintained load method as per IS-2911(part IV) 1985 shall be followed for loading for
the Routine Tests.
This test will be performed for the following purposes:
a) To ensure the safe load capacity of piles.
b) Diction of any unusual performance contrary to the findings of the initial test.
F-1.3: The tests shall be performed at the cut- off level only
F-1.4: The contractor shall submit a detailed report for the test result in duplicate to
consultant.
client/
172
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
F-1.5: Vertical; Load Tests
This test will be carried out as stipulated in IS-2911 (PART iv) 1995.
Pile Head:
The pile shall be chipped off till sound concrete is met wherever
applicable. The reinforcement shall be cut and head leveled with plaster of Paris. A
bearing plate with a hole shall be placed on the head for the jack to rest.
Reaction:
Kent ledge shall be suitably designed to get the desire reaction
on the
piles. Anchor piles (if required) shall be placed at a centre distance of 3 time the pile
diameter subject to a minimum distance of 2 M.
Settlement: 2 dial gauged for a single pile and 4 dial gauges for a group of
piles
with 0.01 mm sensitivity shall be used. They shall be positioned at equal distance
around the piles on datum bars resting on immovable supports at a distance of 3 D (min.
of 1.5 m ) where D is the diameter of pile or circumscribing circle for non- circular piles.
Application of load: It shall be applied as specified depending on the type of test
(routine/ initial). Each load shall be maintained till the rate of displacement of the pile
top is either 0.1 mm in the first 30minutes or 0.2 mm in the first one hour or 2
hours
whichever occurs first. The next increment in the load shall be applied on achieving the
aforesaid criterion.
The test load shall be maintained for 24 hours.
Initial Test: The safe load on a single pile shall be the least of the following:
(i)
2/3rd of the final load at which the total displacement attains a value of 12 mm
unless otherwise required in a given case on the basis of nature and type of
structure in which case, the safe load should be corresponding to the stated total
displacement permissible.
(ii)
50% of the final load at which the total displacement equals 10% of the pile
diameter in case of uniform diameter piles or 7.5 % of the bulb diameter in case
of under reamed piles.
Routine Tests - Acceptance
The maximum settlement at test load should not exceed 12 mm.
F-1.6 Lateral Load Test:
The jack should be placed horizontally, between two piles. The load on the jack shall
be the same on both the piles. The load will be applied in increments of 20%
of the
estimated safe load and at the cut off level. The load will be increased after
the
rate of displacement is nearer to 0.1 mm per 30minutes. If the cut-off level is
approachable, one dial gauge exactly at the cut – off level shall measure the
displacement. In case the cut-off level is not approachable, 2 dial gauges 30cms. Apart
173
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
vertically, shall be set up and the lateral displacement of the cut –off level calculated by
similar triangles.
The safe load on the pile shall be the least of the following:
a) 50% of the final load at which the total displacement increases to 12 mm.
b) Final load at which the total displacement corresponds to 5 mm.
F-1.7 Pull out Tests
A suitable set up shall be designed to provide an uplift force to the piles. The load
increments and the consequent displacements shall be as per the case of a vertical load
test.
The safe load shall be the least of the following:
a) 2/3rd of the load at which the total displacement is 12 mm or the load corresponding to a
specified permissible lift.
b) Half of the load at which the load displacement curve shows a clear break.
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
Scope:
Scope of work for internal electrification work in this contract for swimming pool with room for
pump & filtration plant shall be from the main distribution board to onward including MDB and
as per layout Following items shall be deemed to be included:
Internal wiring as per layout diagram for all the points.
Distribution Board for pump filtration room
2+10 way SPN DB with one no. 40 Amp DP MCB
and 8 nos 20 amp SP MCBs as incomer,
4 nos. 6 Amp SP MCBs
as outgoing -1 no.
Cable entry arrangement for pump filtration room
There shall be one brick masonry chamber of 450 mm x 450 mm x 450 mm deep just below the
DB for incoming cable.
Layout:- The layout shall be as approved by PMC/NLUO.
Specifications:- All relevant specifications shall apply.
Materials : All materials for fittings, accessories, etc. to be incorporated in this work shall be
ISI marked and if Indian Standard have not been issued then it shall be as per approval of
PMC/NLUO
Approval of layout at site : Contractor shall mark the location of all switch boards, points and
layout of conduits on walls at site and take approval of PMC/NLUO before commencement of
cutting of chase and laying conduits / MS galvanised boxes. This shall be recorded, signed and
dated by Contractor, PMC & NLUO.
174
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
SECTION – XIII
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL WIRING
1.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS :
The installation shall generally be carried out in conforming with the requirements of the
Indian Electricity Act, 1910 as amended up to date and the Indian Electricity Rules, 1965
framed there under, the relevant regulation of the Electric Supply Authority concerned,
and also with the specifications laid down in the Indian Standard I.S. 732-1963 Code of
practice (revised for Electrical Wiring Installations (system voltage not exceeding 650
volts) and I.S. 2309-1962 Code of Practice for the protection of buildings and Allied
Structure against Lighting and IS 3043 - Indian Code of practice for Earthling. The
wiring shall also be according to the specifications of P.W.D. of the Local Government.
2.
MATERIALS
:
All materials, fittings, appliances, used in electrical installations, shall conform to Indian
Standard Specifications wherever these exist. A list of approved materials is attached
afterwards. Materials not included in the list shall be got approved by the PMCs /
Engineer-in-charge / Owner prior to actual use.
3.
MAIN SWITCH GEAR
:
Iron clad switch fuse and isolator units should conform to B.S. 861 (I.S. 2510-1954). The
quick made and break mechanism shall be self interlocked with the cover. In “Off”
position there must be two breaks per pole.
Main switch gear shall be properly earthed with two numbers conductors if M.V. and one
number of L.V.
4.
BUSBAR CHAMBER (BBC) :
This shall be totally enclosed, metal clad type fabricated from rust proofed 14 SWG
sheet steel on angle iron frame and provided with sheet or cast iron cover and undrilled
detachable and plates, suitable for mounting angle iron floor stand and painted with high
quality enamel paint. G.I. bolts and nuts shall be used for assembly with suitable packing
materials to ensure dust proof finish. Meters shall be provided on suitable sheet steel
boxes. Switch shall be provided with cable and boxes as required.
The depth of B.B.C. shall be 150 mm (minimum). Minimum clearance of phase bars to
earth shall be 25 mm and between bus bars shall be minimum 32 mm.
175
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
H.C. (High Conductivity) copper busbars properly tinned are to be rated at 1000 amps.
per sq. in and aluminum bus bars (wrought aluminum alloy strip) conforming to relevant
I.S. specification at 800 amps per sq. in.
Neutral Busbars are to be rated to carry 60% of phase current. These shall be carried on
glazed porcelain supports of proper diselectric and mechanical strength and shall be
appropriately colour coded for identification of phase.
Lettering shall be done for identification of switches as directed. The contractor shall
submit fully dimensioned drawing of the board with the physical position of the switches
and other components to the PMCs for their approval before the same is fabricated.
There shall be two numbers of Earth Terminals Suitable Danger Board shall be provided.
5.
INTERCONNECTION B.B.C. & SWITCH FUSE, METERS
:
For ratings above 150 Amps these shall consist of insulated copper strips to adequate
section. For ratings below 150 Amps PVC copper cable tails of appropriate size,
terminating in tinned copper sockets may be used. The above are to be enclosed either in
sheet metal trunking or conduits so that no part is exposed.
6.
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS :
These totally enclosed metal clad type Distribution Boards with hinged lids shall be in
accordance with I.S. 2147-1952 and 2675-1966 and B.S. 214 and shall be welded
construction and fabricated from rust proofed sheet steel and finished with anticorrosive
stove enamel paint and have provision for fixing on wall and having earthing terminals.
Main Power DB shall be free standing floor mounting type and branch DB shall be wall
mounting type.
Power Distribution Boards (400 volts TPN) shall be constructed from 14 SWG sheet steel
and Branch Distribution Board (230 volts SPN from 16 SWG sheet steel).
The minimum ratings of phase and neutral busbars shall be 67% of the total ratings of
fuse ways. Above 32 Amps Neutral Busbars may be half the size of the phase Bus Bars.
The fuses shall be mounted on glazed porcelain supports of proper dielectric and
mechanical strength. TPN suits should have phase separation barriers between fuse.
Cables shall be connected to a terminal by crimped lugs.
Where two or more B.D.B.’s feeding low voltage circuits are fed from different phases
of a medium voltage supply there B.D.B.’s shall be installed atleast two metres apart.
176
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
All three phase power distribution boards shall be properly earthed with two number 10
S.W.G. galvanized iron wires and provided with suitable Danger Boards. All SPN
B.D.B.’s shall be properly earthed with one number 10 SWG galvanized iron wire each.
Branch DB (LDB) :
• The incomer to the LDB shall be terminated in a suitable rated TB (not directly on
ELCB/MCB).
• The size of the DB shall have space for comfortable accommodate all MSBs, ELCB,
TB and have space for minimum 2 nos of spare MCBs.
• All MCB shall be min 9KA rating and ‘C’ curve type.
7.
SWITCHES
:
All switches for lights, fans and plug points shall be Modular type switches, unless
specified otherwise.
8.
CABLES AND CONDUCTORS
:
All cables shall conform to relevant Indian Standard. Conductors of all cables except for
flexible cables, shall be of aluminium, unless specified otherwise. All LT cable shall be
FRLS type PVC insulated and 1000 V grade.
9.
FLEXIBLE CABLES
:
Conductors of flexible cables shall be of PVC insulated FRLS copper the minimum size
of core acceptable is 1.5 sqm. (other than telephone cable). The maximum weight to
which the following twin flexible cords may be subjected are as follows :
Twin 16 / 0.20 mm
Twin 23 / 0.0076 inch
10.
:
:
3.3 Ibs (1.5 Kgs.)
5.0 Ibs (2.3 Kgs.)
INSTALLATION OF MAIN SWITCH BOARDS, BDB’S MAINS, SUBMAINS,
DISTRIBUTION WIRING TO INDIVIDUAL POINTS :
The exact positions of all main switch boards, BDB’s and all funds of mains and submains, and distribution wirings to individual points including the exact position of all
light fittings and switch boards shall be first marked on the buildings and shall be
approved by the Engineer in charge before actual commencement of the work.
The D.B.’s shall be generally be installed at a height of 2.13 m (7 ft) from floor level.
177
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
11.
INSTALLATION OF SWITCH BOARDS
:
These shall be installed at a height of 1.3 mtrs. (4’ - 3”) and above the floor level.
12.
INSTALLATION OF CEILING FANS
:
Unless otherwise specified all ceiling fans shall be hung not less than 2.75 M (9 ft.) above
floor. The suspension and clamp shall be painted with approved paint without involving
extra cost.
13.
INSTALLATION OF FLUORESCENT LIGHT FITTINGS :
Where these are suspended from ceiling by two down rods, or fixed to ceiling / beam
directly, atleast one fixing to the ceiling / beam shall be made with Mechanical / Metal
fasteners. Electrical drill only shall be used while making holes for the fasteners which
shall be capable of sustaining at least 11 kg. of dead weight.
The down rods and accessories shall be painted with approved paint without involving
extra cost.
Unless otherwise specified these should be suspended 2.60 m (8’-6”) above the floor.
The Fluorescent light point/ Ceiling fan point and exhaust fan point shall be terminated in
a ceiling rose and at the time of equipment/ fitting installation it is to be connected with
the ceiling rose. The connection (supply and erection) is in the scope of contractor
installing the light/fan fittings.
14.
INSTALLATION OF EXHAUST FANS :
Exhaust fans shall be fitted by means of rag bolts embedded in the wall. The required
holes in the wall shall be made and finished neatly with cement plaster and brought to
the original finish of the wall. All exhaust fan shall be fitted with with GI Louvers at the
outer side.
15.
INSTALLATION OF SOCKET OUTLETS :
No socket outlet shall be provided in the bath room at the height less than 130 cms. (4’-3”)
from the floor.
No switches shall be provided inside the bath rooms, unless approved by the Engineer in
charge.
Socket outlet at locations other than bath rooms shall be either 25 cm (10”) or 130 cms
(4’-3”) from the floor.
178
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
16.
INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC MOTORS
:
Electric Motors shall be earthed with 2 numbers of earthing in opposite side. Earth flat is
to be brought near the equipment and then connected by wire rope socketed at the ends.
17.
TESTING OF INSTALLATION :
Before a completed installation or an addition to an existing installation is put into
service, the following tests shall be carried out by the contractor in presence of the
Engineer-in-charge.
(a)
Polarity of switches :
It must be ensured by test that all single pole switches have been fitted on the live side of
the circuits they control.
(b)
Insulation test :
(i)
By applying a 500 volt megger between earth and the whole system of conductors or any
section thereof, with all fuses in place and all switches closed, all lamps in position or
both poles of installation otherwise electrically connected together. The result in meghom
shall not be less than 50 devided by the number of points on the circuit, and should not be
less than 1 meghom.
(ii)
Between all conductors connected to one phase and all conductors connected to the
neutral or to the other phase conductors of the supply after removing all metallic
connections between the two poles of the installation and switches on all switches. The
insulation resistance shall be as in (I) above.
(c)
Earth Continuity Test :
The earth continuity conductor including metal conduits, and metal sheaths of cables in all
cases shall be tested for electrical continuity. Electrical resistance of the above along with
the earthing leas cut excluding any resistance of earth leakage circuit breaker, measured
from the connection with the earth electrode to any point in the earth continuity
conductor in the completed installation shall not exceed one ohm.
(d)
Earth Resistance Test :
To ensure effectiveness of installation earth, the value of earth resistance shall within 5
0hm for installation capacity upto 5 KW and one ohm for installation of higher capacity.
18.
The completed work will be taken over only if the result obtained in above tests are within
the limits mentioned above and in accordance with I.E. Rules.
On completion of the installation work, a certificate shall be furnished by the contractor,
countersigned by the certified supervisor under whose direct supervision the installation
179
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
was carried out. This certificate shall be in a prescribed form as required by the local Electric
Supply Authority.
19.
SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS :
(a)
Before fixing all switches, fittings etc. should be produced before Engineer in Charge
and get approved.
(b) All metal switch boards and switch / regulator boxes to be used in work shall be
painted with two coats of anti rust primer (red oxide paint) prior to erection. After
erection they shall be again painted with two coats of enamel paint of approved
quality.
(c)
Before execution of any portion of conduit work for wiring neat proper layout should
be made out by the contractor and got approved from the Engineer-in-charge. For this
purpose contractor is advised to get acquainted with the layout Tendered drawings of the
Consultant / PMC.
(d) While laying the conduits for concealed wiring in the ceiling or in the beams and
columns and before casting the contractor must ensure that all the inlets and both ends
of the conduits are plugged by means of dead end socket so that no foreign matter can
enter the conduits and choke them.
(e) Damage to any fitting during erection and before handing over the installation by
contractor shall be set right or replaced by the contractor at his own cost.
(f) Caution Board or proper size wherever required, shall be provided, as per I.E.E.
regulations for which no extra payment will be admissible.
(g) Any repairs done to wall etc. should match with the surrounding surface otherwise
same will be got done through Building Contractor at the cost of the Electrical
Contractor.
(h) Earthing installation shall be done in the presence of Engineer-in-charge or his
representative.
(i) The installation should not be energized without adequate earthing.
(j) The I.C. switches and Distribution Fuse Boards shall be provided with neat lettering
in block letters with paint for identification of the I.C. switches and for the points
connected to each fuse way of the D.B.’s for which no extra payment will be
admissible.
180
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
(k)
Completion Tendered drawings.
The contractor shall be required to submit along with Final bill, the under noted
Tendered drawings on tracing papers, along with three copies of Ammonia print each.
(l) Plan (as per structural drawing) of each floor (not less than 1 : 100 metric scale)
showing :
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
Locations of Main Switch Board, Distribution boards (with the circuit numbers
controlled by them).
The runs of mains and sub-mains.
Location of lights, fans wall sockets, other power consuming devices together
with type of fittings and fixtures including circuit numbers.
Position of lighting conductors and route of running conductor.
Position of Earthing Stations for light and power and Lighting conductor
installation.
and giving the following informations on the plans :
(a)
Name of work with job no. Accepted Tender No.
2.
(b)
Date of completion.
(c)
Name of the place.
(d)
Name and signature of the Contractor.
(e)
Scale of Tendered drawings.
Schematic line layout diagram of each floor showing (i) layout and connections of Main
and Sub-board, B.D.B. having descriptions of the size, capacity, type and their numbers
the system and the source of supply, (ii) Location, size, type, length of main and sub main
cables (iii) Loading of each B.D.B indications of phases, Departmental mark in each
B.D.B. and switchgear.
The Tendered drawings shall be very neatly drawn and submitted properly without folding
them.
3.
Cable route should be marked on site plan with measurements from permanent structures.
181
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CONDUIT WIRING SYSTEM
1.
Type and size of conduit :
All conduit pipe shall be screwed type, solid drawn or welded and with black stove
enameled surface or galvanized and of thickness conforming to IS : 9537 part II of 1981
(or latest revision) in all respects. The conduits are to be free from burrs and internal
roughness. No conduits less than 20 mm in dia shall be used, unless specified.
2.
Accessories :
Only screwed type of accessories are to be used.
3.
Conduit Joints :
The conduit shall be properly earthed. In long distance straight runs of conduit either
inspection type screwed couplers are to be provided at reasonable intervals on running
threads with couplers and jamnuts. Threads on conduit pipes in all cases shall be
between 13 mm to 27 mm long sufficient to accommodate pipes to full threaded portion
of couplers or accessories. Cut end of conduit pipes shall have no sharp edges or any
burrs left to avoid damage to insulation of conductor while pulling them through such
pipes.
4.
Protection against dampness and rust
:
In order to minimize condensation and sweating inside the tube, all outlets of pipes
system shall be properly drained and ventilated, but in such a manner as to prevent entry
to insects inside the conduit.
To protect against rust the outer surface of the conduit and accessories shall be painted
and the bare thread portion is to be portions with anti corrosive preservative.
5.
Fixing of Conduits :
conduits pipes shall be fixed by heavy gauge saddles and h.w. or metal bars, secured to
wall / ceiling by screws driven into wood plugs or rawl plug or phil plugs at an interval or
not more than 76 cm apart for vertical run and 60 cm apart for horizontal run, but on
other side of couplers or bend or similar fitting saddles shall be fixed at distance of 30 cm
182
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
from the center of such fittings. The minimum thickness for saddles shall be 24 SWG, for
conduits upto 25 mm dia and 20 SWG for larger sizes.
6.
Bends in conduits :
All necessary bends in the system including diversion shall be done bending the pipes, or
by inserting suitable inspection type bends, elbows or similar fittings, or by fixing cast
iron inspection boxes whichever is most suitable.
7.
Outlets :
All outlets for fittings, switches etc. shall be fixed on boxes of suitable metal for either
surface mounting system or flush mounting system. In case of cast iron boxes the wall
thickness shall be at least 3 mm and in case of welded mild steel sheet box of wall
thickness shall not be less than 16 gauge. Except where otherwise stated 3 mm thick
insulated laminated sheets shall be fixed on the front with screws. Where conduits are
terminated. Special care shall be taken in employing double jamnuts, special care shall be
taken in employed double jamnuts, for securely fixing conduits to outlets so as to prevent
any possibility of damages to cables when drawn.
8.
Cables to be used :
Unless stated otherwise only single core PVC insulated cables of approved manufacturers
shall be used for wiring in conduit shall not be greater than maximum set out in Table II
of Indian Standard (I.S. 732-1963) code or practice (revised) for electrical wiring
installation (system voltage not exceeding 650 volts).
9.
Looping in system :
Distribution wiring in conduit to light, fan plug points etc. shall be done in looping
system. In this system no joints or connections shall be made anywhere of the system
except at terminating points such as at terminals of switches, ceiling roses, etc. and in
case of socket outlets at the socket terminals.
10.
Earthing continuity wires :
All three pin 5 Amps plug points and metallic fan regulator cover should be provided
with earthing attachment by No. 14 S.W.G. wires, unless specified otherwise.
Three pin 15 Amp power plug point should be provided with earthing attachment by No.
14 SWG G.I. wire, unless specified otherwise.
For conduits and accessories for distribution wiring should be provided with earthing
attachment by number 14 SWG G.I. wire, unless specified otherwise.
183
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
For looping earthing G.I. wire shall be run conduits being fixed with saddles, this wire
shall not be normally visible after installation when run with the conduit. Where the wire
has to be ;taken without ;the conduits this will be fixed with “U” nails at 2’-0” intervals.
11.
Painting :
Conduit and all conduit fittings and accessories shall be painted with two coats matt
paint. Painting of conduits shall be done to harmonize with colour bearing surface, i.e.
wall, joints, trusses etc. after installation and as approved by the Engineer-in-charge.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR
CONCEALED CONDUIT WIRING SYSTEM
1.
Concealed conduit wiring system shall comply with all requirements for surface conduit
wiring system as specified above and in addition conform to the requirements specified
below :
2.
Making of Chase :
The chase in the wall shall be neatly made and be of ample dimensions to permit the
conduit to be fixed in the manner desired.
3.
Fixing of Conduit in Chase
:
The conduit pipes shall be fixed by means of staples, J-Hooks or by means of saddles not
more than 60 cm apart. Fixing of standard bends or elbows shall be avoided as far as
pipes with a long radius which will permit easy drawing in of conductor. All threaded
joints of metallic conduits shall be treated with some approved preservative to secure
protection against rust.
4.
Inspection Boxes :
Suitable inspection boxes shall be provided when necessary to permit periodical
inspection and to facilitate removal of wires. These shall be mounted flush with wall.
5.
Types of accessories to be used :
All outlets such as switches, socket outlets, shall be flush mounting type with cast iron or
M.S. boxes with a cover of approved insulating materials. The switches and other outlets
shall be mounted inside such boxes as would be approved. The metal box shall be
efficiently earthed with conduit by means of earthing attachment with No. 14 SWG G.I.
wire, running inside the conduit.
184
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
6.
Conduits :
(i)
Steel-Black enameled screw type M.S. conduits with thickness conforming to IS :
9537 part II or 1981 (or latest revision)
(ii)
PVC / Polythene-Medium gauge pipes of reputed make having 3 mm wall thickness
shall be used.
For roof slabs - These shall be pre-laid during casting of floor / roof slab. No. of wires
drawn through the same shall not exceed the number of specified I.S. code.
For vertical drops in wall to switch boards-Minimum size shall be 13 mm bore through
which not more 2 Nos. 1/1-40 and G.I. earth wire shall be drawn.
(iii)
Maximum capacity of conduits for drawing in of PVC insulated cables shall be as follows
:
650 / 1100 V PVC
In 20 mm dia.
In 25 mm dia.
Copper wire.
1.5 Sqm.
2.5 Sqm.
4.0 Sqm.
6.0 Sqm.
10 Sqm.
16 Sqm.
Conduits.
4 Nos.
4 Nos.
3 Nos.
2 Nos.
-
Conduits.
10 Nos.
10 Nos.
8 Nos.
6 Nos.
4 Nos.
2 Nos.
7.
Fish wire - 18 SWG G.I. wire shall be used and it shall protrude the conduit ends by 9
inches.
8.
Conduit laying in floor / roof slabs before casting :
PVC / Ploythene / G.I. conduit shall be laid straight as far as practicable and properly
placed including binding with the steel reinforcement rods with 22 SWG G.I. wire so that
proper positions of conduits are maintained.
While laying the conduits for concealed wiring in the ceiling or in the beams and
columns and before casting, the contractor shall ensure that both ends of the conduit are
plugged by means of deadend socket or otherwise so that any foreign matter cannot enter
the conduit and choke them.
185
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
All precaution must be taken while laying the conduits on the slabs, R.C. walls, columns
etc. and the contractor shall rectify at his own cost if any defects are found during process
of drawing cables through the concealed prelaid conduits.
Each PVC / Polythene conduit shall be provided with protruding length of not less than 9
inches on free end of the conduits.
There shall be no intermediate joints in one straight run of conduit.
All ceiling outlets shall be terminated in a round C.I. / G.I. circular box / deep box to suit
standard size ceiling rose or / and rectangular C.I. / M.S. junction box or fan hook box
as the case may be.
9.
It will be mandatory for the contractor to get the layouts approved by the Engineer-incharge / PMC when the conduits are laid and bound to steel reinforcement rods, before he
can release the work for casting of floor / roof.
Connector Boxes, Draw-in-Boxes, junction Boxes :
These shall be constructed from 16 SWG M.S. sheet and have M.S. cover. Minimum size
for connector boxes in 6” x 4” and for Draw in Boxes 4” x 4”.
10.
Fan Hook Boxes :
These shall be 100 mm (4”) dia x 75 mm (3”) deep, constructed from 16 SWG M.S.
sheet, and provided with one 12 mm dia M.S. rod 300 mm (12” long).
11.
Painting :
outside of wall switch boards, connector boxes and draw-in-boxes and other C.I. / M.S.
accessories shall be painted with two coats of anti-rust paint in addition to other painting
instruction given elsewhere.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CABLE INSTALLATIONS
1.
General
:
All HV cables (upto 33 KV earthed system) shall be XLPE insulated aluminium
conductor cable conforming to I.S. 692 and I.S. 7098 respectively.
All medium voltage and Low Voltage PVC insulated FRLS type and armoured /
unarmoured cables shall conform to I.S. 1554 Part-I-1964 and of 1100 volt grade.
186
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Old and used cables must not be used for installation. Only one make of cable shall be
used. All cables brought to site must be tested and got approved by the Engineer-incharge before these can be laid. The cables shall be dispatched to site on wooden drums
with ends sealed. Exact lengths shall be determined by the Contractor after measurement
at site.
The underground installation of cables shall be generally conforming to I.S. 1255-1967,
Code of practice for installation and maintenance of underground cables (upto including
33 KV).
2.
Laying of cables :
(a)
Direct in Ground :
Trenches shall be 750 mm deep (minimum) for LT cables and 1.2 M (4’-0”) deep
minimum for HT Cables from ground level and trenching work shall including all
pumping and bailing out water. These trenches shall be wide enough to accommodate all
the cables with brick separations as per the requirements specified in the relevant I.S.
When more than one multicore cable is to be laid in the same trench, a minimum
horizontal interaxial spacing between cables will be as per relevant I.S.
After excavation of the trench of proper size, the bottom of the trench shall be dressed
and leveled and filled with 75 mm layer of fine sand. The cable shall then be laid with
bricks on both sides of the cable continuously. After having the space within the bricks,
filled and packed upto a level of 75 mm (3”) above top of cable with fine sand, the top
layer of bricks shall be placed side by side in continuous series as protective cover. Total
No. of bricks required being 16 per metre run. The remainder of the trench shall be filled
with riddles soil, well rammed and watered to a level of 75 mm (3’-0”) above
surrounding ground level. The ground
level surface of the whole trench route shall be restored properly after completion of
cable laying.
(b)
Inside Building :
Cables shall be laid on walls / ceilings / structure, unless specified otherwise with M.S.
brackets and suitable clamps or over claw type aluminium cleats fixed on M.S. brackets,
spaced not more than 450 mm apart. G.I. Bolts of suitable sizes are to be grouted on the
wall properly for fixing the brackets.
187
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
(c)
Minimum bending radius permissible in 120 for MV cables and 20d for HV cables. At
joints and terminations the individuals core of multicore cables should never be bent so
that the radius is less than 15 times the diameters over the insulation.
No cable jointing is allowed between two terminals points.
3.
Cable Jointing
:
All cable joints shall be carried out by experiences and Licensed jointers under strict
supervision. Electro plated brass cable glands, aluminium / tinned copper cable sockets
and approved jointing materials must be used. The price for cable jointing and finishing
the ends of the cable shall include all materials and shall also provide for tools and plants
for the work. The cable accessories and other associated materials shall conform to Indian
Standard Specification where applicable. Proper earthing of cable glands and armoured
shall be included in the job.
4.
Testing of Cables :
All cables shall be tested for insulation resistance with megger - 5000 V constant
pressure meter insulation tester for HT cables and 1000 V constant pressure megger for
LV cables, before installation.
After installation and end termination, cables shall be again subjected to the above test.
Insulation value for HT Cables shall not be less than 100 mega ohms and for MV Cables
1.0 mega ohm.
After laying and jointing, the HV cables shall be subjected to high voltage pressure test
before commissioning the test voltage being as specified in I.S. 1225-1967 or latest.
5.
Testing of Installation :
Before the completed installation is put into service or handed over to owner, the
installation is to be subjected to the above tests to the satisfaction of the Engineer-incharge. The completed work will be taken over only if the results are acceptable to the
PMCs / Owner.
188
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR EARTHING INSTALLATION
The installation shall generally conform to I.S. 3043-Indian Standard Code of practice for
Earthing, as amended upto date.
1.
Earthing Electrode :
The earthing electrode shall be galvanized steel pipe of class B medium quality 50 mm
(2”) dia bore and 3.04 M (10”) long. A hole shall be provided at 100 mm (4”) from the
top end to receive a 13 mm (1/2”) dia galvanised bolt and the bottom end shall be chisel
cut for easy penetration into soil.
A suitable trench shall be excavated about 0.45 M (1”-6”) deep and the pipe electrode
driven to an average depth of 3.35 M (1”-0”) below ground level. The top end of the
electrode shall be at an average depth of 3.30 M (1”) below the ground surface.
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
_________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Alternate layers of Charcoal or Salt and coke to be provided for Electrode as per I.S. code
of Practice unless specified otherwise.
One No. SWG G.I. wire (unless otherwise specified) shall be connected securely on the
properly cleaned surface at the top end of pipe electrode by means of a 100 mm (4”) long
x 13 mm (1/2”) dia G.I. bolt nut and double washers. The earth lead conductor shall be
protected mechanically be means of a continuous length of G.I. pipe (Class A) having 13
mm (1/2”) inside diameter upto a height of 0.60 M (2’) above ground and the same shall
be completely filled with bitumen compound and topped upto overflowing.
2.
Masonry Inspection Pit :
The inspection pit for the earth station shall be approx 0.56 M x 0.56 M (1’-10” x 1’-10”)
outside dimensions and approx. 0.45 M (1’-6”) deep when completed, having 5” thick
cement brick work with 1st class bricks in cement mortar (6 : 1) both inside and outside
plastering 19 mm (3 / 4”) thick and neatly cemented 1.60 mm (1 / 16”) thick, both inside,
outside and top. The opening on top shall be provided with a C.I. ring with lockable
cover fixed flush with ground surface.
All the excavations shall be duly back filled, dressed and rammed.
3.
Locations for Earth Electrodes
:
189
Electrodes shall be buried at least 2 M (6’-6”) away from the building pole or object to be
earthed. However, earthing electrodes for L.C. installations should be as clode to the
down conductors as possible.
Electrodes when installed in parallel, shall not be placed less than 2 M (6”-6”) apart and
preferably placed at distances greater then twice their lengths.
4.
Earth Busbar :
(a)
Galvanised M.S. Flat :
The Busbar shall be of suitable size and length, as specified in the Schedule of items,
heavily galvanized and having adequate number of drilled and tapped holes 30 mm apart,
completed with G.I. bolts, nuts, washers for securely connecting the earth leads and earth
continuity conductors. The busbar shall be fixed on wall, having clearance of 6 mm from
wall with spacing insulators with at least the numbers 13 mm (1/2’) G.I. rag bolts spaced
about 0.46 M (1’6”) apart.
(b)
Copper Flats :
To be used, as specified, in the Schedule of Items, where earthing requirement are more
stringent. Brass bolts, nuts washers shall be used for connections.
5.
Value of Earth Resistance
:
In case of installations where the load does not exceed 5 K.W. the resistance to earth shall
on no account exceed 5 Ohm for other cases the resistance shall not exceed 1 ohm.
For sub-station, the value is 1 ohm.
For L.C. installations the value is 1 ohm.
TECHNICAL SPECIFATION FOR L.C. INSTALLATION
Specifications :
The installation shall conform to I.S. : 2309-1969 as amended upto date.
1.
Conductor for L.C. System :
It shall be well galvanized No. 7 / 8 SWG G.I. stranded wire galvanizing conforming to
B.S. 728 / 1961) unless specified otherwise. The conductor shall be well annealed and
flexible. There shall be no joints in any conductor between terminal ends.
190
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
2.
Air Terminals
:
Air Terminal shall be single prong type constructed of 15 mm N.B. (Class-B) medium
quality G.I. pipe 30 cm long with a screwed G.I. solid conical cap 100 mm long (overall)
on top and shall have a screwed galvanized M.S. flange 75 mm dia x 6 mm thick at
bottom end and shall be grouted on the parapet roof, etc. with rag bolts in cement mortar
unless specified otherwise.
3.
Conductor on Parapet :
The conductor shall be coursed along ridges, parapets, edges of the flat roof, over flat
roof where necessary in such a way as to joint each air terminals to the rest. The
conductors shall be fixed securely with proper saddles spaced not more than 2 ft. (0.6 M)
apart.
4.
Vertical Down Conductors :
The Conductors, direct from test point shall be connected to parapet conductors or air
terminals and shall be coursed through shortest possible routes without abrupt turns or
kinks. While passing through cornices, these shall pass through G.I. pipe (Class-B)
having adequate bore. There conductor shall be fixed securely with proper saddles spaced
not more than 2’ ft. (0.6 M) apart.
5.
Protection Against Damage and Corrosion
:
No upturns are permitted and any bend necessary shall have a permissible radius. The
end of G.I. pipe protections on wall shall be properly sealed with bitumen compound to
prevent corrosion.
6.
Metallic objects near conductors :
The conductors shall be so laid as to maintain a separation distance exceeding 2 metre
(6’-6”) between (a) any electric conductor running in parallel, (b) metallic objects, viz.
iron girders, water tanks, iron stair case, water / gas pipes inside or by the side of the
building.
All the external metallic objects viz. water tanks, gutters, rain water down pipes, water
mains, etc. shall be bonded to the nearest conductor by means of a short tail.
7.
Joints and Bonds
:
191
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
All joints between conductors shall be made after cleaning and timing the ends of
conductors to be joined, binding them together for about 100 mm (4’-0”) with No. 14
SWG G.I. wire and then welding. Joint between Air Terminals and conductors shall be
made with proper lugs duly fixed to conductors and bolts, nuts washers etc.
Bonding shall be as short as possible. All joints and Bends are to be mechanically and
electrically sound.
8.
Earth Station
:
Similar to installation earths as specified elsewhere. Minimum number of earth station is
two.
9.
Installation Tests :
After completion of works the ohmic resistance of L.C. installation complete with air
terminals (without earth connection) shall be measured from the highest point and this
shall be a fraction of one ohm.
The resistance to each of individual earth stations shall be tested by earth testing megger
and must not exceed 1.0 ohms.
The above tests shall be made in the presence of the representative of the Engineer-incharge / PMCs and the results recorded.
10.
Completion Tendered drawings :
This shall be submitted along with the final bill.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR COMPOUND LIGHTING
1.
Tabular Steel Pole
:
The pole shall be as specified in the Schedule of Items. It shall be complete with sole
plate and cap, if required and shall have drilled holes of proper size at requisite places for
earthing.
The pole shall be treated internally, as well as externally upto a height of 2.5 metres from
butt end with special bituminous preservative solutions, the remainder of the outside
being painted with one coat of Red Oxide primer.
192
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
2.
Erection of Steel pole :
The hole made in the ground for single pole is to be approximately 1.85 mtr. deep. A
precast base block (600 x 600 x 150 mm thick) is to be properly placed at the bottom of
the duly rammed hole and the pole, painted with a fresh coat of black anticorrosive paint
at the butt end upto a height of 2.5 mtrs and complete with slow plate and cap is to be
erected, plumbed and lined up properly. The cable looping box of dimension as specified
elsewhere, and polythene pipe / pipes also of specified dimension for cables entry into the
cable looping box from underground are to be fixed in specified position at this stage.
The C.C. foundation (1:3:6) of dimension 600 x 600 x 1500 deep shall then be cast using
timber shuttering. The concrete mixture, after pouring into position shall be well spread
and compacted by ramming. The shuttering shall not be removed within 48 hours after
casting. Concrete work shall be properly cured after removal of shuttering and the
excavated area around the foundation shall be back filled with earth duly rammed using
water and consolidated in layer not exceeding 150 mm at a time upto the required level of
ground surface.
Cement concrete muffing (1:3:6) of specified dimension shall be cast at the base of the
pole upto the specified height above ground level and it shall accommodate the cable
looping box. The muffing shall be finished with neat cement plastering of 3 mm
thickness after the concrete work has properly set.
The pole shall be plumbed before and after the concrete work.
3.
Painting :
The pole shall be painted, after installation with one coat of primer and two coats of
ready mixed anti-corrosive aluminium paint after preparation of surface by sand
papering, cleaning, etc. for receiving fresh coat of paint, including numbering poles.
4.
Materials for C.C. work foundation etc.
(a)
Jhama chips shall be obtained by breaking good quality jhama bats and shall not be
spongy or with any coating of foreign materials. These shall be of sizes ¾” for base block
and 1 ¼” ½” (3/4cm) for foundation works. These shall be screened for removal of dust.
(b)
Sand shall be coarse, sharp and free from clay, loan any other foreign materials and shall
be obtained from approved source.
193
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
(c)
Cement No. cement expect from approved source shall be used. Cement damaged by
water or otherwise shall not be used.
(d)
Paint-shall be of approved brand and quality and should be brought to site in original
sealed container-under no circumstances shall the paint be diluted with linseed oil or
otherwise.
SECTION -XIV
STANDARD SPECIFICATION
All work under this contract shall be carried out in accordance either the technical
specification given in the documents if any part of the specification is not given in
this document and the latest issue of the Indian Standard Specification applicable to
the particular class of work. If Indian standard specification are not formulated for
any particular materials of work, the relevant British Standard Specification shall
apply. Relevant issue I.S. Specification shall be applicable to the particular work have
been described along with the specification for the respective works. In case of any
confusion or dispute regarding the meaning and interpretation of any specification
for the respective works. the decision of the Employer/ PMC shall be final and
binding on the contractor.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SANITARY AND PLUMBING WORKS
The following specifications are to be read in conjunction with the details given in
the schedule of quantities.
1.0
Standard Specifications : All works under this contract shall be carried out in
accordance with the technical specifications & the latest issue of the Indian
standard Specifications applicable to the particular class of work. If Indian
Standards are to not formulated for any particular material of work, the relevant
British Standards shall apply, Relevant issues of I.S. Specifications applicable to the
particular work have been described along with the specification for the respective
works . In case of any confusion or dispute regarding the meaning and interpretation
of any specification for the respective works. In case of any confusion or dispute
regarding the meaning and interpretation of any specification for the respective
works, the decision of the Owner/PMCs shall be final and binding on the
Contractors.
194
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
1.0
General Specification fro water supply. Sanitary Installations, sewerage & Drawing
works.
a. Execution through licensed Sanitary contractors Firm.
All water supply, sanitary installations, sewerage & drainage works shall be
executed through licensed sanitary contractors. Particulars of the firm viz. Name
& address of the firm. registration & license no etc. (Issued by the authorities)
shall be furnished along with the tender.)
b. Complying with by-laws etc. of local Authorities.
All water supply, Sanitary installations, sewerage & drainage works shall be
carried out by skilled and licensed plumbers/ technicians in a workman like
manner complying in all respects with the relevant by-laws of the Municipal or
of the local Authorities under whose jurisdiction the work has be executed.
c. Contractor's responsibility for sanction from local authorities.
For the works undertake by him & works dependent on his work, the
contractor shall prepare plans / Tendered drawings and get it sanctioned from
the Municipal or other Govt. Authorities as may be required by law, the
contractor shall include the cost for the same in his tender rates unless
otherwise specified in the tender Items.
d. Contractor's responsibility to ensure continuance of existing services.
During execution of the new works , the Contractor should ensure that the
existing services
(viz. water supply, sewer, drain Lines etc.) are not
disrupted in any way & in case it happens accidentally the services shall be
restored immediately at contractor's cost.
However, when in the opinion of the PMCs/NLUO, it is imperative to locally
divert/ Disconnect for a short time/reconnect the existing lines, it shall be done
by the Contractor as directed by the PMC/NLUO. Payment for the necessary
pipe lines would be made as per tender items, however all other costs including
temerity measures shall be borne by the contractor.
3.0
3.1
Documents to be enclosed along with the final bill :
Completion Dressings : On completion of all works under his contract, the contractor
shall prepare & submit (At his own cost) 3 sets (1. Blue print or Drawing on treating
cloth & 2. Ammonia prints of each drawing ) of completion Tendered drawings,
showing the entire system of water supply, sanitary installations, drainage & sewerage
disposal incorporating up to date changes (If any) at site in all the works mentioned
above & permanent structures, roads, pathways, boundary lines etc.
195
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
3.2
3.3
4.0
5.0
6.0
7.0
The following drawing ( In scales as instructed by the PMCs) shall be prepared and
submitted to the PMCs along with the contractor's final bill :
The following Tendered drawings ( In scales as instructed by the PMCs ) shall be
prepared and submitted to the PMCs along with the Contractor's final bill.
a.
Site layout (Sewerage & Drainage Lines)
b.
Any other Tendered drawings as required any instructed to be done by the
PMCs.
List of materials / installations handed over : on completion of works in all respects
and satisfactory testing , the contractor shall prepare & submit a list , along with the
final bill of all materials / installations handed over to the authorized representative of
owner.
Transfer of Manufacture's guarantee : When manufacturers guarantee period for any
material/ installation expired at a letter date then that of the expiry date of the
defect liability period of the contractor, the contractor shall transfer the guarantee in
the name of the owner this transfer should be made at the item of submitting the
contractor's bill for release of retention money.
Cement : The cement must be kept in dry place under cover, Samples of cement
may be taken by the PMCs/Owner from time to time for testing at any approved
laboratory whose reports shall be accepted by both parties.
Sand : Sand is to be clean, coarse and sharp and is to be washed, if so directed.
Aggregate : The aggregate for the reinforced cement concrete work shall be stone
chips or broken gravel of approved quality which will pass through 12mm. mesh but
be retained on 6mm mesh.
The aggregate for the support or drain pipes, manhole chambers etc. shall be of
stone chips of 20mm & down size.
Concrete : For reinforced cement concrete work the cement, sand and aggregate shall
be in the proportion of (1:2:4) for foundation work, the mix will be in the proportion
of ( 1:3:6) whenever reinforced cement concrete (RC.C.) is mentioned in schedule of
quantities, it shall mean inclusive of cost of steel reinforcement bars, providing &
removing shuttering etc. all complete.
8.0 Bricks : Bricks shall be of the best quality will burnt sound, hard & giving clear
ringing tone of sound when struck against each other and well shaped bricks having
crushing strength so kg/sq. cm. unless stated otherwise in the respective schedule of
items of standard dimensions and to be soaked for at least six hours in water
before use.
9.0 Brick work : The brick work shall be in English bond, and shall be laid in cement
sand mortar in the proportion of (1:6), if not mentioned otherwise. Where
corbelling is necessary, projection in each course shall not exceed (2 1/4") 57mm.
All brick work must be kept wet till the mortar will fully set.
10.0 Soling : For soling, the bricks shall be having crushing strength 75 kg/sq. cm., bricks
laid flat, the joints being well packed with loose sand.
196
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
11.0 a)
b.
12.0
Excavation general : Excavation shall generally form part of the item under
the schedule and shall not be paid for separately unless otherwise specified in
the schedule of quantities. It includes excavation in all kinds of soil including
shoring and bailing out water where necessary and refilling the excavated
trenches, in 15 cm layers properly rammed and watered and neatly dressed at
top. If the excavation is done to dimensions greater than those shown on the
Tendered drawings or as directed by the PMC /NLUO, the excess depth shall
be made good at the cost of the contractor. The excavation work should be
done in a manner that does not in any way endanger the stability of the
adjacent buildings or other structure or services. Where any road. Pavement of
crossing are cut these shall be restored to their original conditions at no extra
cost. Moreover after completion of the work the contractor shall have to dress
the site including disposal of the surplus earth at their own cost as directed
by the PMC/NLUO.
Trenches, General : The width of the bed of trenches shall be the exact width
as show on the Tendered drawings or as specified.
In the firm soil , the sides of trenches shall be kept vertical up to a depth of
1.82 meter and for a greater depth, the trench shall be widened be allowing
steps of 45cm (1'-6") on either side after every 1.82 M depth from bottom so as
to give side slopes of (1/4" to 1") 6 mm to 25mm. Where the soil is soft, loose
or slushy the width of steps shall be suitably increased as directed by the
PMC/NLUO. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to take complete
instructions in writing from PMC/ Employee regarding the stepping, sloping or
shoring to be done for excavation in trenches deeper than 1.83 M for firm sill
or any depth for soft, loose of slushy soil.
The bed of the trenches shall be made level and firm by watering and
ramming. Any soft or defective spots that are found shall be filled with
concrete of the same proportion as specified or as may be directed by the
PMC/Owner.
Sanitary Installation:
a. Indian Type W.C. Pan : The W.C. pan shall be of white vitreous China of
specified size and pattern wash down type unless otherwise specified. It shall be
of back flush inlet type. The pan shall be of approved best quality and shall
bear the mark of the Manufacturer. The pan shall be provided with a 100 mm
C.I. ''P' or 'S' trap as specified in the item with minimum 50 mm seal.
b. Fixing : The W.C. pan shall be sunk or raise from the general floor as
specified, but its surrounding floor shall be sloped towards the pan. Care shall
be taken so that the pan is not damaged in the process of fixing ; if damaged in
any way, it shall be replaced immediately. It shall be fixed in a proper cement
concrete base of [1:3:6] proportion taking care that the cushion is uniform and
even without having any hollows between the concrete base and pan.
197
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
The joint between the pan and the trap shall be made with cement mortar
[1:2] with jute hessian gasket soaked in coal tar and shall be leak proof.
13.0
European type W.C.
a. European type W.C. pan shall be readily flushed . of wash down type,
shall bear the mark of an approved firm and shall be of best quality. The
closet shall be of vitreous china ware having integrated trap 'p' or 's' type with or
without vent hole right or left as directed.
b. Seat :The seat with lid shall be of solid white plastic or approved colour or
as specified with rubber buffers and shall be fixed in position by using
chromium plated (C.P.) brass hinges and screws.
14.0
Urinal :
a) Lipped Front Urinal : The urinal shall be of flat back lipped front basin of
required dimensions of white vitreous chinaware of an approved make as
specified . It shall be fixed in position by using rawl plugs embedded in the
wall with screws of proper size or fixed as per approved Manufacturer's
specification. Each urinal shall be connected to a 32 mm N.B. PVC waste pipe
with clamps which shall discharge into a channel or floor trap, or as specified.
b. Painting : The inside of the invisible portions of the fittings and brackets
connected with urinal basin shall be painted with approved bituminous paint
and outside of the brackets, etc. shall be painted with a priming coat of red
oxide to give an even shade to match the colour of surrounding walls. The cost
of such painting shall be included in the rate quoted for the concerned tender
items.
15.0
Squatting pan:
The squatting pan shall be of white vitreous china conforming to IS:2556(PARTI),IS:2556(PART-IV) with internal flushing rim with front or side inlet.Each
squatting plate shall have integral longitudinal flush pipe their shall be of 100mm
dia.white glazed vitreous china channel with slope and outlet piece infront.The plate
shall be fixed in position the top of squatting plate shall be flush with the finished
floor level adjacent to it .It shall be embedded on a layer of 25mm thick cement
mortar(1:6) laid over a bed of cement concrete(1:3:6)gap between wall,floor,etc.
shall be finished with white /matching cement.
16.0
Flushing System
a) Only where specifically instructed for E.P.W.C.s and ODISHA type
I.P.W.C.s, low level type flushing cistern to be provided and shall be of white
vitreous chinaware of approved make,
10 liters capacity with internal
fittings, brackets and C.P. 40mm flush pipe & bend with rubber packing , brass
198
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
17.0
a)
b)
c)
d)
18.0
a)
b)
c)
19.0
a)
b)
c)
C.P. handle etc. The low level type flushing cistern shall be
connected
with the W.C. pan by means of 40mm dia C.P. flush bend with rubber packing.
The inlet pipes shall be connected with brass C.P. heavy connector of required
length with both ends C.P. nuts & washers.
Wash Hand Basin
Wash Hand Basin : The basins shall be of white vitreous china of approved
pattern. The size of the basin shall be as specified. The basins shall be of
approved quality and make.
Fittings : Each wash hand basin shall be provided with pillar tap as specified,
having a centered tap hole with C.P. protruded nose pillar cock heavy type. This
must be included with 32 mm dia C.P. basin waste, C.P. Bottle trap & concealed
G.I. waste pipes (Or heavy PVC waster pipe of required length with C.P. brass
couplings) as stated in the respective Schedule of items.
Fixing : The circular basins shall be supported on counter top and the
rectangular basins shall be supported on a pair of C.I. concealed type brackets
embedded in wall or fixed in position by means of wooden cleats and screws
as required.
The waste pipes shall discharge into the floor trap inlet or as specified.
Sinks :
Sinks : The sink with drain board shall be of best quality stainless steel, make of
approved quality & brand . The size of the sink shall be as specified. The sink
shall be of approved quality.
Fixing : The sink shall be supported on M.S. fabricated on C.I. cantilever bracket
to match with sink profile. Embedded or fixed into position by means of
wooden cleats and screws or embedded in wall with concrete as per site
condition. The brackets shall be painted with approved shade and colour to
match with the surrounding finish.
The G.I. waste pipe shall discharge into floor trap inlet or as specified.
Toilet Requisites :
Mirrors : The piece glass mirrors shall of approved make glass as specified.
The size and shape of the mirror shall be as specified. It shall be mounted
on the asbestos sheet and shall be fixed in position by means of C.P. brass
dome shaped screws over rubber washers and rawl plug firmly embedded in
wall .
The plate glass mirrors of suitable shapes & size as per detailed Tendered
drawings shall be provided with accessories for round counter type basins.
Water connection : water connection to flushing cistern, wash hand basins shall
be by means of white PVC connector or C.P. connector with stop cock as
specified in the respective items.
Shelf : Unless otherwise specified the shelf shall be of porcelain of approved
quality & design. The size of the shelf shall be as specified. The brackets
199
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
shall be fixed to the wall with C.P. brass screw to wooden plug firmly embedded in
the wall.
d)
Urinal Partition : Unless otherwise specified partition for urinal shall be shape
out of 20mm thick x 900 mm white marble. Fixing shall be done by inserting
the portion approx 75mm inside wall & grouting the same in cement concrete
(1:3:6). All the exposed surfaces & edges shall be properly ground to shape and
polished. Joint with wall to be finished with white cement.
e)
Towel Rail : The towel rails with bracket of brass C.P. or anodized aluminum as
stated in Schedule of Items shall be of approved shape and design. The size of the
rail shall be of approved shape and design. The size of rail shall be of approved shape
and design. The size of the rail shall be as specified. The brackets shall be fixed by
means of C.P. brass screws or Rawl plug firmly embedded in wall.
f)
Paper Holder :- The paper holder shall be for white vitreous chinaware of recessed
type & the rate shall include chase cutting of walls, setting in cement sand mortar &
making good the all round joint with white cement.
20.0
P.V.C(SWR). soil , waste and vent Pipes and fittings:
a)
P.V.C Pipes and fittings: The P.V.C pipe and fittings should be of I.S.I marked
pipes & fittings conforming to I.S 13592 -1992 Type A of latest editions, of
approved quality. The pipes shall be free from cracks and other flaws. The interior
of pipes and fittings shall be clean and smooth and painted inside with approved anticorrosive paint.
Nominal mass : The nominal mass and thickness of pipes are given below along with
Tolerance acceptable as per I.S. norms :
Normal outside
diameter
b)
Tolerance on outside
diameter
Wall thickness type a
MIN
MAX
75
+0.3
1.8
2.2
110
+0.4
2.2
2.7
160
+0.5
3.2
3.8
Fixing : The pipes and fittings shall be fixed to walls by using proper clamps. The
pipes shall be fixed perfectly vertical or in a line as directed. All soil pipes shall be
200
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
carried up above the roof and shall have P.V.C vent cowl. Where pipes are laid along
walls, the P.V.C pipes are to be fixed 25mm away from the wall surface. Fabricated
M.S. flat with G.I. clamps and necessary nuts and bolts are to be used for this
purpose may be used only on specific instructions of of PMCs / NLUO, where
diversions are to be provided. Payment for such fabricated M.S. clamps /hangers
shall be made separately as per Schedule of items.
The access door fittings shall be of proper design so as not to from any cavities in
which fill may accumulate. Doors shall be provided with brass bolts & rubber
insertions connections between main pipe and the branch pipes shall be mad by using
trenches and bends invariable with access doors for cleaning.
In this method, instead of forming a socket on one pipe and spigot on other, an
injection moulded socket fitting or coupler is used, with a provision to take in the
pipes at both ends. After properly cleaning ends of both the pipes the solvent
cements are applied on the surfaces to be jointed and the joint ismade at ambient
temperature. Injection moulded fittings only shall be used in preference to
fabricated fittings. Only solvent recommended by the manufacturers of the pipes
shall be used and full load on the joints applied only after 24 hours. The pipe shall
be cut perpendicular to the axis of the pipe length with a metal cutting saw. Pipe
ends have to be beveled slightly with abeveling tool (Remer) at an angle of about
30 degree. The total length of insertion socket (injection moulded socket or
couplet) shall be marked on the pipe and checked how far the pipe end could be
inserted into the fitting socket. Attempt shall be made to push the pipe to marked
distance, if not possible it shall at least be pushed for 2/3 of this distance.Dust, oil,
water grease etc. shall be wiped out with a dry cloth from thesurface. Further the
grease should be thoroughly removed with a suitable solvent, such as methylene
chloride or as an alternative the outside surface of the pipe and the inside of the
fitting may be roughened with emery paper. Generous coatings of solvent cement
shall be evenly applied on the inside of the fittings around the circumference of
the full length of insertion and on the outside of the pipe end up to the marked line
with a brush of suitable dimension. The pipe shall be pushed into the fitting
socket and held for 2minutes as otherwise the pipe may come out of the fitting
due to the slippery quality of cement and the tapering inside bore of the fitting.
The surplus cement on the pipe surfaces shall be wiped out. If the solvent cement
has proper and pipe will come out of the fitting. In summer months joints shall be
made preferably early in the morning or in the evening when surrounding
environment is cooler. This will prevent joint from pulling apart when the pipe
cools off at night. Heat application method for jointing shall not be allowed.
c)
Flanged Joints :
For jointing PVC pipes particularly of larger size to valves and vessels and larger
size metal pipes where the tensile strength is required the joint is made by the
201
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
compression of a gasket or ring seal in the face of CI flange. Flanges solvent
welded to the PVC pipes shall be supplied by the manufacturers.
d)
Rubber Ring Joints :
Rubber ring joints can provide a watertight seal but do resist pull. As such these
may be used only as repairs collar and for jointing pipes larger than 110mm. Such
joints may be provided on pipes, which are buried in the ground and supported
throughout on bedding so that they are not subject to movement and longitudinal
pull. The material of rubber ring shall conform to IS : 5382-1985, where
aggressive soil are met with, synthetic rubbers perform better for jointing. The
ring shall be housed in a groove formed in plastic or metallic housing. The ring
shape and the method of compressing the ring vary considerably in different type
of joints. Most joints often require the application of lubricating paste, which shall
be procured from the manufacturer of PVC pipes.
e)
Mode of Measurements :
The length shall be measured in running metre correct to a cm for the finished
work which shall I
nclude PVC fittings such as bends, tees, elbows, reducer,
crosses, plugs, sockets, nipples and nuts, but exclude, taps, valves, etc. All pipes
and fittings shall be classified according to their outside diameter. Reducer shall
be measured along with the larger diameter pipe. As far as jointing is concerned
even though explained in foregoing paras the jointing of pipes shall be carried out
as per the code of practice.
f)
Testing : Prior to testing ,safety precautions should be instituted to protect personal
and property in case
of test failure. Conduct pressure test with water ,do not use
air or other gases for pressure testing . The piping system should be adequately
anchored to limit movement. Water under pressure experts thrust forces in piping
systems. Thrust blocking should be provided at changes of direction, change in size
and
at dead ends. Tables for initial set and cure times before pressure testing
should be proffered. The piping systems should be slowly filled with water, taking
care to prevent surge and air entrapment. The flow velocity should not exceed 1feet
per second. All trapped air must be slowly released. Vents must be provided at all
high points of the piping system .All valves and air relief mechanisms should be
opened so that the air can be vented while the system is extremely dangerous and it
must be slowly and completely vented prior to testing. The piping system can be
pressurized to 125% of its designed working pressure. However care must be taken
to ensure the pressure does not exceed the working pressure of the
lowest rated
component in the System(valves,unions, flanges, treaded parts etc).The pressure test
202
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
should not exceed one hour.Any leaking joint or pipe must be cut out and replaced and the
line recharged and retested using the same procedure
g)
P.V.C pipe:P.V.C pipes shall conform to I.S 13592 Type A with solvent cement
joints . The main P.V.C pipes shall be of 110mmdia O.D.as specified
21.0.
21.1
21.2
PIPING MATERIALS
ALL THE INTERNAL PIPE SHOULD BE uPVC pipes.
Cutting Chases in Masonry Walls
The chases up to 7.5 x 7.5 cm shall be made in the walls for housing GI pipes etc. These
shall be provided in correct positions as shown in the Tendered drawings or directed by
the PMCs. Chases shall be made by chiselling out the masonry to proper line and depth.
After GI pipes etc are fixed in chases, the chases shall be filled with cement mortar 1:2:4
or as specified may be made flush with the masonry surface. The concrete surface shall
be roughened with wire brush to provide a key for plastering.
21.3
Water Fittings
Unless otherwise specified, all gunmetal fittings such as gate, globe, check & safety
valves shall be fitted in pipe line in a proper workman like manner. Necessary unions
shall be provided on both ends of the valves for easy replacement. The joints between
fittings and pipes shall be leak-proof when tested to a pressure of 2.5 times of working
pressure. The defective fittings and joints shall be replaced or redone.
21.3
Making water connection
A pit of suitable dimension shall be dug at the point where the connection is to be made
with main line and earth removed up to 150 mm below the main. The flow of water in
main shall be disconnected by operating the nearest sluice valve on the main. The main
shall be drilled and slopped at 45° to the vertical and the ferrule of required size shall be
screwed in. The ferrule shall be fitted in a manner so that no portion of projection of the
shank shall be left projecting within the main into which it is fitted. Ferrule shall be nonferrous material with a C.I bell mouth cover and shall be of nominal bore as required.
21.4
Installation of Water Meter and Stop Cock
The G.I lines shall be cut to the required lengths at the position where the meter and stop
cock are required to be fixed. Then end of the pipe shall be threaded. The meter and stop
cock shall be fixed in a position by means of connecting pipes, GI jam nut and socket etc.
203
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
The stopcock shall be fixed near the inlet of the water meter. The paper disc inserter in
the ripples of the meter shall be removed. And the meter is installed exactly horizontal or
vertical in the flow line in the direction shown by the arrow on the body of the meter.
Care shall be taken that the factory seal of the meter is not disturbed. Wherever the meter
shall be fixed to a newly fitted pipe line, the pipe line shall have to be completely washed
before fitting the meter.
21.5
Connections to RCC Water Tanks
The contractor shall provide all inlets, outlets, washouts, vents, ball cocks, overflows
control valves and all such other piping connections including level indicator / controller
to water storage tanks as called for. All pipes crossing through RCC work shall have
puddle flanges fabricated with MS/GI pipes of required size and length and welded to
6mm thick MS plate. All puddle flanges must be fixed in true alignment and level to
ensure further connection in proper order.
Suitable float controls of an approved make, securely fixed to the tank, independent of
the inlet pipe and set in a position such that water inlet into the tank is cut off when filled
up to the water line. The water level in the tanks shall be of adjusted to 25mm below the
lip of the overflow pipe. Full way gate valves of an approved make shall be provided as
near the tank as practicable on every outlet pipe from the storage tank except the
overflow pipe. Overflow and vent pipes shall terminate with mosquito proof coupling.
The overflow pipe shall be so placed to allow the discharge of water being readily seen.
The overflow pipe shall be of size as indicated. A stop valve shall also be provided in the
inlet water connection to the tank. The outlet pipes shall be fixed approximately 75mm
above the bottom of the tank towards which the floor of the tank is sloping to enable the
tank to be emptied for cleaning.
21.6.
Disinfection of piping system and Storage Tanks
Before commissioning the water supply system, the contractor shall arrange to disinfect
the entire system as described in the succeeding paragraph.
The water storage tanks and pipes shall first be filled with water and thoroughly flushed
out. The storage tanks shall be filled with water again and disinfecting chemical
containing chlorine shall be added gradually while tanks are being filled to ensure
thorough mixing. Sufficient chemical shall be used to give water a dose of 50 parts of
chlorine to one million parts of water. If ordinary bleaching powder is used, the
proportions will be 150 gms of powder to 1000 liters of water. The powder shall be
mixed with water in the storage tank. If a proprietary brand of chemical is used, the
proportions shall be specified by the makers. When the storage tank is full, the supply
204
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
shall be stopped and all the taps on the distributing pipes are opened successively. Each
tap shall be closed when the water discharged begins to smell of chlorine. The storage
tank shall then be filled up with water from supply pipe and added with more disinfecting
chemical in the recommended proportions. The storage tank and pipe shall then remain
charged at least for three hours. Finally the tank and pipes shall be thoroughly flushed out
before any water is used for domestic purpose.
21.7
Shifting of Excavated Surplus Material
Contractor shall make his own arrangement to shift the surplus excavated material within
the site limits as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
21.8
Testing
a)
All water supply system shall be tested to hydrostatic pressure test of at least two
and half time the maximum pressure but not less than 7.5 Kg/Sq Cm. for a period
of not less than 24 hours. All leaks and defects in joints revealed during the
testing shall be rectified and got approved at site.
b)
Piping required subsequent to the above pressure test shall be retested in the same
manner.
c)
System may be tested in sections and such sections shall be entirely retested on
completion.
d)
The Contractor shall make sure that proper noiseless circulation of fluid is achieved
through the entire piping network of the system concerned. In case of improper
circulation, the contractor shall rectify the defective connections. He shall bear all
expenses for carrying out the above rectifications including the tearing up and
refinishing of floors and walls as required.
22.0 INTERNAL WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM:
Supplying, laying, jointing, testing &commissioning approved make 3 Layer UPVC
pipes and fittings confirming to IS 1239 PI & II, malleable fittings viz., tees, elbows,
flanges, unions etc., including cutting threading, fixing in/on walls, below ceilings, under
floor etc., as per Tendered drawings. The quoted rate shall include necessary earthwork,
chasing in walls, making bores in walls, foundations and slabs and making good the
chased surfaces and bores in CM 1:4.
20 mm dia
25 mm dia
40 mm dia
50 mm dia
63 mm dia
205
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
Supplying, installing and testing approved make GM/Brass ball valves conforming to IS
1703 with unions etc., complete .
50 mm dia (Screwed ends)
Providing and fixings GM/Brass gate valve of approved quality (screwed end)
25 mm nominal bore
40 mm nominal bore
50 mm nominal bore
63 mm nominal bore
Providing and fixings Union of approved quality (screwed end)
25 mm nominal bore
40 mm nominal bore
50 mm nominal bore
63 mm nominal bore
23.0
RAIN WATER SPOUT AND PIPES
Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised PVC (working pressure 4 Kg. per sqcm)
rain water pipes confirming to IS : 4985 including jointing with seal ring conforming to
IS : 5382 leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion.
Single socketed pipes
110 mm diameter
Providing and fixing on wall face unplasticised - PVC moulded fittings / accessories
forunplasticised - Rigid PVC rain water pipes conforming to IS : 13592 Type A including
jointing with seal ring conforming to IS : 5382 leaving 10 mm gap for thermal expansion
110 mm bend with door
110 mm plain bend
110 mm shoe
Providing and fixing unplasticised-PVC brackets of approved design to unplasticisedPVC rain water
By means of nuts and bolts hard wood plugs, screwed with M.S. screws of required
length including cutting
brickwork and fixing in cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) and making good the
wall etc. complete.
110 mm diameter
206
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
24.0
a)
Galvanized Iron pipes
Fittings : The pipes shall be of galvanized (As per I.S. 4736 of latest edition)
steel, screwed and socketed and shall conform to I.S. 1239 ( Part-I) of latest
edition. The fittings shall be of malleable cast iron (Galvanized ) with ISI mark
up to 100mm nominal bore. For pipes above 100 mm N.B., welded steel fittings
(Galvanized) may be used. Unless otherwise specified thread shall be screws
taper thread and sockets parallel thread and each tube shall be laid beveled sufficiently to
prevent damage to the leading thread.
________________________________________________________________________
Nominal Bore.
weight of Pipe in Kg/mtr
Light
Medium
Heavy
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------15mm
0.96
1.23
1.46
20mm
1.42
1.59
1.91
25mm
2.03
2.46
2.99
32mm
2.61
3.17
3.87
40mm
3.29
3.65
4.47
50mm
4.18
5.17
6.24
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------b)
Laying & Fixing : Where pipes have to be cut or rethreaded. ends shall be
carefully filled out so that no obstruction to bore is offered.
In jointing the pipes, the inside of the socket and the screws end of the pipes
shall be rubbed over with white lead and few turns of hemp yarn wrapped
round the screwed end of the pipe which shall then be screwed home to the
socket with a pipe wench. Care must be taken that all pipes and fittings are
kept at all times free from dust and dirt during fixing . Any threads exposed
after jointing shall be pined.
c)
All cutting holes, chases , trenches etc, at any place necessary in connection
with the work as per items of this tender any subsequent mending damages
are to be included in the rates and not paid extra unless other -wise specified.
Internal work : Internal G.I. pipes and fittings inside the duct walls shall be
generally fixed on walls by means of standard pattern holder bat clamps
keeping the pipe 20mm clear of the wall every where or concealed where
required a s directed. If G.I. pipes and fittings of inside wall are to be
concealed , if shall be by chasing floors and walls as directed. where it is
imperative to fix the pipe inside toilers , kitchen, pantries, in front of a house
or any conspicuous position, where it looks unsightly, chasing to be adopted.
The holder bat clamps shall be fixed at a distance not exceeding 3.00 meter
apart for vertical pipes & 1.50 meters for horizontal pipe s which are to be
secured to walls by hooks. The valves shall be fitted with a union. In long
207
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
length run of a pipe at least in every 3.00 meters apart there shall be a long
screw/union.
All pipes and fittings shall be fixed truly vertical and horizontal or as directed
by the PMCs,/Owner.
d)
External work : For external work G.I. pipes and fittings shall be laid in
trenches. The width of the trench shall be of minimum width required for the
work. The pipe s laid underground shall not be less than 60cm from the
ground level. They shall be surrounded on all sides by sand of approved
quality. The work of excavation and refilling shall be done in accordance with the general
specification for earth work.
e)
Painting : All internal G.I. pipes and fittings shall be painted with 2 coats of
oil paint of approved quality manufacture, colour and shade. The cost of such
paintings shall be included in the contractor's rate. All pipes and fittings in
external work shall be painted with 3 coats of anti-corrosive Bitumastic paint.
Unless otherwise specified all concealed pipes and fittings shall be painted
with 3 coats of Bitumastic anticorrosive paint.
f)
Testing : After installation (But before covering up where needed) all G.I.
pipes, and fittings shall be tested by Hydraulic pressure machine to a pressure
of 7 kg. per sq. cm. All lead joints must be mad e leak proof by tightening or
re-doing at contractor's expense and the pipe line must be retested to the
above pressure.
25.0 Brass or C.P. on Brass water Fittings ( As specified in respective schedule of
items):
All fittings shall be of standard Manufacture and shall in all respect comply with
the Indian standard specifications. The brass fittings shall be fixed in pipe line in
workman like manner . Care must be taken to see that joints between fittings are
made leak proof . The fittings and joints shall be tested to a pressure of 7 kg. per
80cm unless otherwise specified. The defective fittings and the joints shall be
repaired, redone or replaced at the contractor's expenses.
25.1 Bib cock : The bib cock shall be of horizontal inlet & free outlet of specified quality
of screw down a pattern of the size as specified. The closing device shall work by
means of disc carrying a renewable non-metallic washer which shuts against water
pressure on a seating at right angles to the axis of threaded spindle which operates
it. The handle (Head ) shall be of approved design & shape. The cock shall open in
anti-clockwise direction. The cock shall be polished bright (For brass ) and chrome
plated on brass (For C.P.) . Minimum weight shall be 0.40 kg. for 15mm size bib
cock.
25.2 Stop Cock : The stop cock shall be plain or angular type as per it's place of
installation & of specified quality opening anti clockwise & of screw down pattern
of the size as specified. Other specifications shall be as per the specification of Bib
cock above .
.
208
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
26.0 Manholes, Gully Chambers etc. :
a)
Size of Manhole : The size specified shall be the internal size of the manhole.
The work shall be done strictly as per drawing and specification. The
following specifications shall be adopted.
b)
Excavation : The manhole shall be excavated true to dimensions and levels
shown on he plan or as directed by the PMC/Owner.
c)
Brick work : The brick work shall be with bricks having crushing strength
75/sq. cm brick in cement mortar 1:4 . It shall be 250 mm thick or as
instructed by the PMC/ NLUO.
d)
e.)
f)
g)
h)
i)
j)
All angles shall be rounded 7.5 cm radius and all rendered internal surfaces
should be hard impervious finish obtained by using a steel trowel. The external
troe joints of the masonry shall be finished smooth.
In wt ground 20mm thick cement plaster of the above specifications shall be
done on he outside surface of the walls also. this plaster shall be water
proofed with addition of 1 kg. of acco proof to 50 kg (1 bag) of cement or
with addition to any other equal and approved waterproofing compound. The
plastering shall be done up to 30cm above the set soil lines.
Channel and Benching : Channels shall be semi-circular in the bottom half
and of diameter equal to the sewer. Above the horizontal diameter, the sides
shall be extended vertically to the same level as the crown of the outgoing
pipe and the top edge shall be suitable rounded off. The branch channels
shall also be similarly constructed with respect to the benching but at their
junction with the main channel on appropriate single suitably rounded off in
the direction of flow in the main channel.
The channel and benching shall be done in cement concrete (1:2:4) rising at a
slope of 1 in 6 from the edges of channel. The channels at the bottom of the
chamber shall be plastered with cement mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement :4 coarse sand) and
steel trowelled smooth.
R.C.C. Work : R.C.C. work for slabs etc. shall be in cement concrete 1:2:4 with
steel reinforcement as per detail Tendered drawings.
Plain Concrete : If used for fixing manhole covers, shall be of the above
specifications.
Foot Rests : These shall be of M.S. square rods 22 mm or as specified and
shall be galvanized or painted with coal tap these shall be embedded in
cement concrete (1:2:4) at least (9) 23 cm. while the brick work is in progress.
These shall be fixed 30 cm, apart vertically and staggered laterally and shall not
reject more than 11 cm from the wall.
Manhole covers and frames : All covers shall be of heavy type. these shall be
non -locking or locking type as specified and capable of easy opening and
closing . These shall ordinarily be gas and water tight, These shall be soluble
209
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
water seal type manhole cover and frame. the covers as specified in schedule of
Quantities, C.I Surface box for air valves, sluice valves, peet valves etc. shall be
of sufficient dimensions to suit the sizes of these fittings and shall be of heavy
pattern when fitted in level to heavy traffic and shall be of standard design or
as directed by the PMC/NLUO.
k)
The frame of manhole cover shall be embedded firmly in the R.C.C. slab or
plain concrete as the case may be on the top of the masonry.
l)
When the manhole is built on the foot path , this shall be provided with 45cm
internal diameter or as specified heavy type C.I. cover, of 56cm internal dia or as
specified. When it is built the metalled width of the road under traffic, it shall
be provided with approx 22" (560mm) internal diameter heavy type C.I. cover.
m)
Painting : All C. I. / M.S. fittings like Manhole covers & frames, gratings, footrests
etc, shall be painted with two or more coats of Bitumastic paint & it's rate shall be
included in the rate of the Manholes, Gully chambers etc.
27.0 Types of Manholes
27.1 Manhole up to 0.75 Meter Depth : This shall be 0.9M x 1.2 M size ( Internal dimension)
unless otherwise shown in Tendered drawings instructed per site conditions.
a)
Thickens s of brick wall-250mm
b)
Cement brick work
- (1:4)
c)
Plaster : Plaster on inside surface of walls, bottom & part of outside surface of
walls and on RCC cover slabs shall be done as per Tendered drawings and
directions.
d)
Bed concrete (1:4:8)-150 mm thick with stone chips.
e)
Brick flat soling - 75mm thick.
27.2 Thickness of brick wall
i)
250 mm up to 1.5 M from finished G.L.
ii) 375 mm below 1.5 M from finished G.L.
Cement brick work plastering and Brick Flat Soling same as in Item 27.1 above.
28.0
C.I Manhole Cover and Frame
S.F.R.C. (Steel Fibre Reinforced Concrete) frames and covers of the specified size and duty
shall be embedded in reinforced cement concrete slab 1:2:4 (1 cement: 2 coarse sand: 4
graded stone aggregate 20mm nominal size) 15cm thick. Reinforcement shall consist of
12mm dia. M.S. bars of 15cm centre to centre.
Duty of Manholes covers & frame :
All manhole cover & frame shall be S.F.R. concrete conforming to IS specification.
Manholes covers shall be as follows unless otherwise specified:
210
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
a)
b)
c)
In the shaft or green area
In pavement where only pedestrian traffic is allowed
In road
-
Light duty
Light duty/Medium duty
Heavy duty
29.0
The C.I Manhole Cover and Frame shall conform to IS:1726 and the grade and types have
been specified . The cover and frames shall be cleanly cast and they shall be free from
air and sand holes and from cold shuts. They shall be neatly dressed and carefully
trimmed. All castings shall be free from voids whether due to shrinkage, gas inclusion or
other causes. Covers shall have a raised checkered design on the top surface to provide
an adequate non-slip grip.
The sizes of covers specified shall be taken as the clear internal dimensions of the frame.
The covers and frames shall be coated with a black bituminous composition. The coating
shall be smooth and tenacious. It shall not flow when exposed to a temperature of 63° C
and shall not brittle as to chip off at a temperature of 0° C.
Thickness of bed concrete (1:4:8)- 225 mm with stone chips.
30.0 Prior approval of Sample Materials /Works : Samples and all materials & works shall
be approved by the PMCs/NLUO before the contractor undertakes any major
procurement of materials or proceeds with the works concerned. The quantum of
materials/works for approval of samples shall be decided by the PMC/NLUO & no
extra payment shall be made to the contractor for sample materials procurement/or
works & replacement of materials altering or redoing of works as required and instructed
by the PMCs/NLUO.
The typical approved sample material for each work shall be kept in the office of the
NLUO/PMCs at site until the satisfactory completion of the works. The materials
supplied and installed at site shall be of the same quality & size as of the approved
samples, otherwise they shall be rejected.
The decision of the Owner/PMCs or their authorized representatives of whether a
materials compares well with he approved sample shall be final and binding on
contractor. The same principal shall be applicable to sample work approved & further
works done at site.
31.0 Cleaning & disinfections of the supply system, water storage tanks and down take
distribution pipes : All water mains , communication pipes, service and distribution pipes
used for water for domestic purpose should be thoroughly and efficiently disinfected
before being taken into use and allows after every major repair. The method and
disinfections shall be subject to the approval or the Owner/PMCs.
The water storage tanks (underground and Overhead) & pipes shall first be filled
with water & thoroughly flushed out. The storage tanks shall ten be filled with water
again and disinfecting chemical containing chlorine added gradually while the tanks
211
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
are being filled, to ensure thorough mixing, sufficient chemical shall be used to five
water a dose of 50 parts of chlorine to one million parts of water. If power to 1000
Liter of water . The power shall be mixed with water to a creamy consistency before
being added to the water in the storage tank. If proprietary brand of chemical is
used, the proportions shall be as specified by the markers, When the storage tank is
full, the supply shall be topped and all the taps on the distribution pipes opened
successively , working progressively away from the storage tank. Each tap shall be
closed when the water discharge begins to smell of chlorine. The storage tank shall
then be topped up with water from the supply pipe and with more disinfecting
chemical in the recommended proportions. The storage tank & pipes shall then remain
charged at least for three hours. Finally , the tank and pipes shall be thoroughly
flushed out before any water is used for domestic purpose.
32.0 Cleaning & disinfections of the supply system, water storage tanks and down take
distribution pipes : All water mains , communication pipes, service and distribution pipes
used for water for domestic purpose should be thoroughly and efficiently disinfected
before being taken into use and allows after every major repair. The method and
disinfections shall be subject to the approval or the Owner/Consultants.
33.0 The water storage tanks (underground and Overhead) & pipes shall first be filled
with water & thoroughly flushed out. The storage tanks shall ten be filled with water
again and disinfecting chemical containing chlorine added gradually while the tanks
are being filled, to ensure thorough mixing, sufficient chemical shall be used to five
water a dose of 50 parts of chlorine to one million parts of water. If power to 1000
Liter of water . The power shall be mixed with water to a creamy consistency before
being added to the water in the storage tank. If proprietary brand of chemical is
used, the proportions shall be as specified by the markers, When the storage tank is
full, the supply shall be topped and all the taps on the distribution pipes opened
successively , working progressively away from the storage tank. Each tap shall be
closed when the water discharge begins to smell of chlorine. The storage tank shall then
be topped up with water from the supply pipe and with more disinfecting chemical
in the recommended proportions. The storage tank & pipes shall then remain charged
at least for three hours. Finally, the tank and pipes shall be thoroughly flushed out
before any water is used for domestic purpose.
212
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
DISPOSAL
1.
FOR
EXTERNAL
DRAINAGE
&
SEWAGE
GENERAL SCHEME
The contractor shall install a drainage system to effectively collect, drain and dispose all
soil and waste water from various parts of the buildings, appurtenances and equipment.
The piping system shall finally terminate and discharge into the Sewerage Treatment
Plant and then into the City sewer manhole. The piping work mainly consists of laying of
UPVC pipes, as called for on the Tendered drawings. All piping shall be installed at
depth greater than 60 cm below finished ground level. The disposal system shall
include construction of gully traps, manholes, intercepting chambers as indicated. The
piping system shall be vented suitably at the starting point of all branch drains, main
drains, the highest/lowest point of drain and at intervals as shown. All ventilating
arrangements shall be un obstructive and concealed. The work shall be executed strictly
in accordance with IS:1742. The sewage system shall be subject to smoke test for its
soundness as directed by the Project Director. Wherever the sewerage pipes run above
water supply lines, same shall be completely encased in cement concrete 1:2:4 all round
with the prior approval of the Project Director.
2.
LAYING AND JOINTING OF PIPES
2.1
General
All the material shall be new of best quality conforming to specifications and subject to
the approval of the PMCs. Drainage lines shall be laid to the required gradients and
profiles. All drainage work shall be done in accordance with the local municipal by-laws.
Contractor shall obtain necessary approval and permission for the drainage system from
the municipal or any other competent authority. Location of all manholes, catch basins
etc. shall be confirmed by the Project Director before the actual execution of work at
site. All work shall be executed as directed by the Project Director.
2.2
Alignment and Grade
The sewer and storm water drainage pipe/drains shall be carefully laid to levels and
gradients shown in the plans and sections but subject to modifications as shall be ordered
by the Project Director from time to time to meet the requirements of the works. Great
care shall be taken to prevent sand etc. from entering the pipes. The pipes between two
manholes shall be laid truly in straight lines without vertical or horizontal undulations.
The body of the pipes shall rest on an even bed in the trench for its length and places
shall be excavated to receive collar for the purpose of jointing. No deviations from the
lines, depths of cuttings or gradients as called for on the Tendered drawings shall be
213
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
permitted without the written approval of the Project Director. All pipes shall be laid at least
60cms below the finished ground level or as called for on the Tendered drawings.
2.3
Setting out Trenches
2.4
The contractor shall set out all trenches, manholes, chambers and such other works to true
grades and alignments as called for. He shall provide the necessary instruments for
setting out and verification for the same. All trenches shall be laid to true grade and in
straight lines and as shown on the Tendered drawings. The trenches shall be laid to
proper levels by the assistance of boning rods and sight rails which shall be fixed at
intervals not exceeding 10 meters or as directed by the PMC.
Trench Excavation
The trenches for the pipes shall be excavated with bottoms formed to level and gradients
as shown on the Tendered drawings or as directed by the Project Director. In soft and
filled in ground, the Project Director may require the trenches to be excavated to a greater
depth then the shown on the Tendered drawings and to fill up such additional excavation
with concrete (1:4:8) consolidated to bring the excavation to the required levels as shown
on the Tendered drawings.
All excavations shall be properly protected where necessary by suitable timbering, piling
and sheeting as approved by the Project Director. All timbering and sheeting when
withdrawn shall be done gradually to avoid falls. All cavities shall be adequately filled
and consolidated. No blasting shall be allowed without prior approval in writing from the
Project Director. It shall be carried out under thorough and competent supervision, with
the written permission of the appropriate authorities taking full precautions connected
with the blasting operations. All excavated earth shall be kept clear of the trenches to a
distance equal to 75 cms.
2.5
Obstruction of Roads
The contractor shall not occupy or obstruct by his operation more than one half of the
width of any road or street and sufficient space shall then be left for public and private
transit. He shall remove the materials excavated and bring them back again when the
trench is required to be refilled. The contractor shall obtain the consent of the Project
Director in writing before closing any road to vehicular traffic and the foot walks must
be clear at all times.
214
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
2.6
Protection of Pipes etc.
All pipes, water mains, cables etc. met in the course of excavation shall be carefully
protected and supported. Care shall be taken not to disturb the cables, the removal of
which shall be arranged by the contractor with the written consent from the Owner.
2.7
Trench Back Filling
Refilling of the trenches shall not be commenced until the length of pipes therein has
been tested and approved. All timbering which may be withdrawn safely shall be
removed as filling proceeds. Where the pipes are unprotected by concreted haunching,
selected fine material shall be carefully hand-packed around the lower half of the pipes so
as to buttress them to the sides of the trench.
The refilling shall then be continued to 150mm over the top of the pipe using selected fine
hand packed material, watered and rammed on both sides of the pipes with a wooden
hammer. The process of filling and tamping shall proceed evenly in layers not exceeding
150mm thickness, each layer being watered and consolidated so as to maintain an equal
pressure on both sides of the pipe line. In gardens and fields the top solid and turf if any,
shall be carefully replaced.
2.8
Contractor to ensure Settlement and Damages
The contractor shall at his own costs and expenses, make good promptly during the
whole period for the works in hand if any settlement occurs in the surfaces of roads,
beams, footpaths, gardens, open spaces etc. in the public or private areas caused by his
trenches or by his other excavations and he shall be liable for any accident caused
thereby. He shall also, at his own expense and charges, repair (and make good) any
damage done to building and other property. If in the opinion of the Project Director he
fails to make good such works with all practicable despatch, the Project Director shall be
at his liberty to get the work done by other means and the expenses thereof shall be paid
by the contractor or deducted from any money that may be or become due to him or
recovered from him by any other manner according to the laws of land.
The contractor shall at his own costs and charges provide places for disposal of all
surplus materials not required to be used on the works. As each trench is refilled, surplus
soil shall be immediately removed, the surface shall be properly restored and roadways
and sides shall be left clear.
2.9
Removal of water from Sewer, trench etc
The contractor shall at all times during the progress of work keep the excavations free
from water which shall be disposed by him in a manner as will neither cause injury to the
215
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
public health nor to the public or private property nor to the work completed or in
progress nor to the surface of any road or streets, nor cause any interference with the use
of the same by the public.
If any excavation is carried out at any point or points to a greater width of the specified
cross section of the sewer with its cover, the full width of the trench shall be filled with
concrete by the contractor at his own expense and charges to the requirements of the
Project Director.
2.10
Route Markers
Markers indicating the particular service shall be provided along with the routes of pipe
trenches. Markers shall be of mild steel indicating the type of service installed and the
direction of flow painted on it. The markers shall be set firmly in a concrete base and
installed at all corner and turning points. Over straight runs, markers shall be spaced
centre to centre at 50 meter centre (generally).
2.11
Laying and jointing of UPVC PIPES
Soil, waste & vent pipes in shafts under the floors shall consist of UPVC pipes as
described earlier. Waste pipes from bottle trap to floor/urinal traps for wash basin, urinal
and sink shall also be of UPVC pipes and fittings.
All Horizontal pipes running below the slab and along the ceiling, shall be fixed on
structural adjustable clamps, strudy hangers of the design as called for in the Tendered
drawings. The pipes shall be laid in uniform slope and proper levels. All vertical pipes
shall be truly vertical fixed by means of stout clamps in two sections, bolted together,
built into the walls, wedged and neatly jointed. The branch pipes shall be connected to
the stack at the same angle as that of fittings. All connections between soil, waste and
ventilating pipes and branch pipes shall be made by using pipe fittings with inspection
doors for cleaning. Pipes shall be fixed in a manner as to provide easy accessibility for
repair and maintenance and shall not cause obstruction in shafts. Where the horizontal
run off the pipe is long or where the pipes cross over building expansion joints etc.
suitable allowance shall be provided for any movements in the pipes by means of
expansion joint etc. such that any such movement does not damage the installation in any
way.
Before jointing, the interior of the socket and exterior of the spigots shall be thoroughly
cleaned and dried. The spigot end shall be inserted into the socket right up to the back of
the socket and carefully. The jointed pipe line shall be at required levels and alignment.
216
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
No pipe/ joint shall be covered till the pipe line has been tested & approved (written) by
the owner’s site Engineer.
Before the appliances are connected all opening of pipes shall be inspected and tested.
All opening of pipes shall be sealed with plugs and water test in small sections of pipes
shall be carried out.
After installation of all the appliances, discharge test shall be conducted individually and
collectively. Obstruction in any of the pipe lines shall be traced and whole system is
examined for hydraulic performance, including the retention of any adequate water seal
in each trap. Any defect revealed by the tests shall be made good and the tests are
repeated until a satisfactory result is obtained.
2.0
2.1
GULLY PIT :
To be the standard size 0.4 m x 0.43 m and to be built in cement mortar 1:3 or 3:1 as
specified in strict accordance with Tendered drawings. The internal sides and floor are
to be finished with 12mm cement plaster to be fitted with a 100 mm P.V.C. overflow
pipe with hinged cover and handle 0.90x 45 C.I. Gully grid of the standard weight 15
cm syphone. The gully grid and frame are to be of 106 kg.
S.W. Gully Trap
Gully trap shall be stoneware conforming to IS:651. These shall be sound and free from
visible defects such as fire cracks, or hair cracks. The glaze of the traps shall be free
from cracks. They shall give a sharp clear note when struck with light hammer. There
shall be no broken blisters. Each gully trap shall have one CI grating of square size
corresponding to the dimensions of inlet of gully trap. It will also have a water tight C.I
cover with frame inside dimensions 150 x 180 mm the cover weighing not less than 4.5
kg and the frame not less than 2.7kg. The grating cover and frame shall be of good
casting and shall have truly square machined seating faces.
Fixing of S.W. Gully Trap
The excavation for gully traps shall be done true to dimensions and levels as indicated on
plans or as directed by the Project Director /Consultant / PMC. The gully traps shall be fixed
on cement concrete foundation 65cm square and not less than 10cm thick. The mix for the
concrete will be 1:4:8. The jointing of gully outlet to the branch drain shall be done similar
to the jointing of S.W. Pipes described earlier. After fixing and testing gully and branch
drain, a brick work of specified class in cement mortar 1:5 shall be built with a half brick
masonry work round the gully trap from the top of the bed concrete upto ground level. The
space between the chamber and trap shall be filled in with cement concrete 1:3:6. The upper
portion of the chamber i.e. above the top level of the trap shall be plastered inside the
217
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
cement mortar 1:3 finish with a floating coat of neat cement. The corners and bottom of the
chamber shall be rounded off so as to slope towards the grating.
C.I cover with frame 300 x 300 mm (inside) shall then be fixed on the top of the brick
masonry with cement concrete 1:2:4 and rendered smooth. The finished top cover shall be
so as to prevent the surface water from entering the gully trap.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR SEWERAGE AND DRAINAGE
Excavating trenches in all kind of soil of required width for pipes including excavation for
sockets and dressing of sides, ramming of bottoms, including getting out the excavated soil &
then returning the soil as required, in layers not exceeding 20 cm in depth including consolidating
each deposited layer by ramming, watering, etc & disposing of surplus excavated soil as directed
within a lead of 50m.
up to 1.50 m depth
Pipes 80 mm to 300 mm diameter
Supplying, fixing and testing PVC soil, waste and vent pipes (SWR) confirming to IS13592 :
1990, type B with rubber ring (confirming to IS 5382)with solvent joint inclusive of all necessary
specials like bends, tees, offsets, door bends, junctions, screw type caps with rubber rings for
cleanout pipe ends, etc., suspended under floor slabs/fixed on walls or on pipe racks in shafts.
All suspenders, saddles, pipe packs are to be quoted separately under relevant items.
a)
b)
110mm dia
160mm dia
Encasing of PVC pipe with sand bed of 150mm thick all round wherever required. The scope of
work excludes the cost of pipes.
a) 110mm dia
b) 160mm dia
Square-mouth S.W. gully trap class SP-1 complete with C.I. grating brick masonry chamber with
water tight C.I. cover with frame of 300x300 mm size (inside) the weight of cover to be notless
than 4.50 kg and frame to be not less than 2.70 kg as per standard design. Size- 180mm x 150mm.
Brick masonry chamber for underground C.I. inspection chamber and bends with bricks in
cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement : 4 coarse sand) C.I. cover with frame (light duty) 455x610 mm
internal dimensions, total weight of cover with frame to be not less than 38 kg (weight of cover
23 kg and weight of frame 15 kg), R.C.C. top slab with 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4
graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) foundation concrete 1:5:10 (1 cement : 5 fine sand :
10 graded stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size), inside plastering 12 mm thick with cement
218
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand) finished smooth with a floating coat of neat cement on
walls and bed concrete etc. complete as per standard design: Size. Inside dimensions 600 x 850,
455x610 mm and 45 cm deep for line with three or more inletes. The quoted rate shall also
include necessary excavation and back filling.
Brick masonry manhole in cement mortar 1:4 ( 1 cement : 4 coarse sand) with R.C.C. top slab
with 1:2:4 mix (1 cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size),
foundation concrete 1:4:8 mix (1 cement : 4 coarse sand : 8 graded stone aggregate 40 mm
nominal size), inside plastering 12 mm thick with cement mortar 1:3 (1 cement : 3 coarse sand)
finished with floating coat of neat cement and making channels in cement concrete 1:2:4 (1
cement : 2 coarse sand : 4 graded stone aggregate 20 mm nominal size) finished with a floating
coat of neat cement complete as per standard design. Size. Inside size 90x80 cm and 75 cm deep
including C.I. cover with frame (light duty) 455x610 mm internal
dimensions, total weight of cover and frame to be not less than 38 kg (weight of cover 23 kg and
weightof frame 15 kg). The quoted rate shall also include necessary excavation, refilling
disposing of surplus earth within a lead of 300 mtr. etc. complete.
Providing Precast Cement Concrete / C.I Manhole cover and frame conforming to IS : 125922002., The concrete mix should be not less than M 30.
Gully Trap cover / frame - 180 x 150 mm internal size.
219
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
MODE OF MEASUREMENT
The method of measurement for various item in the tender shall be generally in
accordance with the latest ISI : 1200 code , if not stated otherwise in this tender
documents.
1.0
EXCAVATION :
a
Footings. : Area of excavation for footing shall be measured equally to the area of
the lowest concrete course as shown on the drawing -Depth shall be measured
vertically from ground level to bottom of concrete course or dry rubble packing or
brick flat soling as the case may be.
Plinth Beams : Depth of excavation for plinth beam shall be measured from ground
level up to bottom of beam and width equal to width of beam. If a leveling course
is ordered. It shall be measured up to the bottom of the leveling course.
Where the excavations is made in trenches, measurements for cutting shall be taken
by means of taps and staff and after completion of work and total quantity of
excavation computed from these levels in manner approved by the PMC/NLUO.
Where excavation is made for leveling the site ,levels shall be taken before start and after
completion of work and work and total quantity of excavation computed from these levels
in manner approved by the PMC.
Where soil including soft rock are mixed hard rock after excavation shall be stacked
separately. Measurement of the entire excavation shall be taken as indicated above.
Excavation of hard rock shall be measured from stacks of excavated hard rock and reduced
by 40% for bulkage and voids. The quantity so arrived at shall be paid for under hard rock.
The quantity so arrived at shall be paid as soil including and quantity payable under hard
rock shall be paid as soil including soft rock.
Any additional excavation required for working space from work showing, planning,
dewatering etc, shall not be measured for separately. Rates quoted for excavation shall
include all these factors and filling back the trenches with available soil.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
2.0
EARTH FILLING
To open spaces : Filling shall be measured from cross sections of embankment, levels of
which are recorded by means of levels before start of work and after completion of work.
When it is not possible to measure filling from cross sections, it may be measured from
loose stack of lorry measurements with previous written permission from the N.L.U.O's
Engineer and 20% deduction shall be made from the measured quantity to arrived at the net
quantity payable.
220
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
3.0
CEMENT CONCRETE (PLAIN AND REINFORCED)
Cement concrete in P.C.C. items shall be measured excluding reinforcement and plaster
thickness but including hire charges of centering and shuttering all equipments, curing,
stacking and fair finishing. Reinforcement and plate shall be measured and paid separately .
Items like R.C.C precast jalli ,R.C.C. pipes and other such items which are normally
manufactured in factories as well as those items which have been specifically mentioned in
schedule of quantities shall be measured inclusive of reinforcement.
No deduction will be made for opening up to 0.1sq. and no extra labour for forming such
opening or voids shall be paid,
Columns shall be measured from the top of the footing & shall be measured through.
Including flare of the column in case of flat slab construction.
Beams shall be measured from face to face of columns/beams and shall include haunches if
any. The depth of the beam (other than draft foundation beams) shall be measured from top
of the slab to bottom of the beam.
In case of combined footings and raft foundation. The exposed portion of beam rib shall be
measured as beam and the remaining portion measured in footings/raft slab.
Slab (Other than an raft foundation) shall be measured in bays (Clear of beam ) either
deduction for column portion.
Staircase : Measurements shall be in cum staircase comprising of step soffit slab .Landing
slab shall be measured and paid under this item, side parapet walls., Railings finishing of
risers & trades M.S. reinforcement and plastering etc. shall be paid separately under
respective terms.
4.0
REINFORCEMENT :
Shall be measured in lengths of bars as actually placed subject to more of required as per
structural Tendered drawings in position weight calculated actual or as per standard tables
which ever is less with 3 places of decimals. No allowance being made in the weight for
rolling margin. Wastage and binding wire shall not be measured. Authorized overlaps and
spacers shall only be measured.
5.0
BRICK WORK
Except walls of half brick thickness or less. All brick work and be measured in cubic
meters stating thickness.
THiCKNESS OF WALL :
Brick walls up to & including three (3) bricks in thickness shall be measured in multiples
of half brick which shall deemed to be inclusive of the mortar joints. Where fractions of
221
half brick occur to architectural or other reasons. The measurement shall be taken as full
given brick.
For walling which is more than three bricks in thickness the actual thickness of wall shall
be measured to the nearest centimeter.
DEDUCTION
i.
ii.
iii.
6.0
No deduction or additions shall be made on any account for :Ends of dissimilar materials ( i.e., joists, beams, lintels, lofts, girders, rafter, purlin,
trusses, corbels, steps etc) up to 500 square centimeters in section.
Opening up to 0.1 sqm in section.
Walls plates lead plates and bearing of slabs, chajja & the like when the thickness
does not exceed 10.00 cm. and the bearing does not extend over the full width of
the wall.
WOOD WORK :
All wood work shall be measured net as fixed. No extra measurement will be given
for shape , joints, splayed, meeting styles of doors and windows and shall be
measured unit of square meter.
Area over one face inclusive of exposed frame thickness excluding width of cover
mould shall be measure in case of doors, windows and ventilators when frames
are included in the item. Portions embedded, in masonry or in flooring shall not be
measured. Where frames are measured separately. It shall be measured for finished
dimension. No allowance shall be made for wastage and for dimension supplied
beyond those specified. Length of piece shall be measured overall nearest to cm.
so as to include protections for tennons. Scarves or mitres, width and thickness
shall be measured to the nearest mm. cubical contents shall be worked out in units
of 10 cubic decimeter in whole numbers.
In case of moldings, rounding, rebates, circular and varying sections. The sectional
area of the pieces shall be taken as the area of the least square or rectangle from
which such a section can out.
7.0
STEEL/ ALUMIUM DOORS WINDOWS VENTILATORS LOUVERS :
Clear area over one face inclusive of exposed frame shall be measured. Anchor
fastner or portions embedded in masonry or flooring shall not be measured. All
composite units shall be measured as fixed. Extra for side hung, top hung & center
hung portions shall be measured from outside or the casement frames.
222
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
The height of the gate shall be measured as the length of the single /double
channels and breadth from outside to out side of the end fixed single / double
channels in open portion of the gate.
10.0 FLOORING , SKIRTING , DADO :
Flooring shall be measured from skirting to skirting and where the wall surfaces
are plastered or provided with dado it shall be measured from plaster to plaster or
from dado to dado respectively.
11.0 PLASTERING AND POINTING. :
All plastering and pointing work shall be measured in square meters unless
otherwise described, deductions will be made in accordance of IS- 1200.
12.0 PAINTING, WHITE WASHING COLOUR WASHING AND DISTEMPERING :
All painting work shall be measured in square meters.
Net area of the surface painted shall be measured. Deductions shall be made in
accordance of IS-1200.
SECTION -XV
MODEL RULES FOR THE PROTECTION OF HEALTH AND
SANITARY ARRANGEMENTS OR WORKERS
1.0
APPLICATION:
These rules shall apply to all Construction of National Law University Campus Works in charge
of the Proposed University Campus at Naraj, Cuttack for National Law University ODISHA .
2.0
DEFINITION:
a. Work place means a place at which, at an average 50 workers are employed in connection
with construction work.
b. Large work place means a place at which an average 500 or more workers are employed in
connection with the construction work.
3.0
FIRST AID.
a.
At every work place, there shall be maintained in readily accessible place first aid
appliance including an adequate supply of sterilized dressings and sterilized cotton
wool. The appliance shall be kept in good order and in large work place they shall be
223
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
b.
c.
d.
4.0
placed under the charge of a responsible a person who shall be readily available
during working hours.
At large work place, where hospital facilities are not available within easy distance of
the works, first aid posts shall be established and run by trained compound.
Where large work place are remote from regular hospitals an indoor ward shall be
provided with one bed for every 250 employees.
Where large work place are situated in cities, towns in their suburbs and no beds are
considered necessary owing to the proximity of city or town hospitals, suitable
transport shall be provided to facility removal of urgent cases to the hospitals. At
other works places, some conveyance facilities such as a car, shall be kept readily
available to take inquired person or persons suddenly taken to the nearest hospital.
DRINKING WATER :
a.
In every place there shall be provided & maintained at suitable places easily
accessible to labour, sufficient supply of cold water fit for drinking.
b.
where drinking water is obtained from an intermittent public water supply, which
work place shall be provided with storage where such drinking water shall be stored.
c.
Every water supply of storage shall be at a distance of not less than 15m from any
latrine, drain or other source of pollution. Where water has to be drawn from an
existing well which is within the proximity of latrine, drain or any other source of
pollution, the well shall be properly chlorinated before water is drawn from it for
drinking . All such wells shall be entirely closed in and be provided with trap door
which shall be dust and water proof.
d.
5.0
A reliable pump shall be fitted to each covered well, the trap door shall be kept
locked and opened only for cleaning or inspection which shall be done at least once a
month
WASHING AND BATH PLACES.
a.
b.
Adequate washing and bathing places shall be provided separately for men and
women.
Such places shall be kept in clean & drained condition.
224
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
6.0
SCALE OF ACCOMODATIONIN LATRINES AND URINALS.
There shall be provided within the precincts of every work place latrines and urinals and an
accessible place, and the accommodation, separately for each of them shall not be less than
the following scale :
No of Seats.
a.
b.
Where the number of persons does not exceed 50
2
Where the number of persons does exceed
3
50 but dose not exceed 100
c.
For every additional 10
3 per 100
In particular case the Engineer who have the power to vary the scale where necessary.
7.0
LARTINES AND URINALS FOR WOMEN:
If women are employed separate latrines and urinals screened from those men and marked
in the vernacular in conspicuous letters "For Women Only" shall be provided on the scale
laid in Rule 6. Those for men shall be similarly marked "For men Only" a poster showing
the figure of a man or a woman shall also be exhibited at the entrance of latrines for the "
respective sex”. There shall be adequate supply of water close to the urinals and latrines.
8.0
LATRINES AND URINALS:
All latrines shall be provided with septic tanks or leach pits in case of small units. All the
latrines shall be kept in good sanitary conditions.
9.0
CONSTRUCTION OF LATRINES :
The inside walls shall be constructed of masonry of some suitable heat resisting nonabsorbent materials and shall be cement washed inside & outside at lest once a year. The
dates of cement washing shall be noted in a register maintained for this purpose and kept
available for inspection. Latrines will not be of a standard low than bore hole system and
should have thatched roofs.
10.0 DISPOSAL FOR EXCRETA :
Unless otherwise arrange for by the local sanitary authority arrangements for proper
disposal of excreta shall be made by septic tank or leach pit duly approved by the engineer
and in conformity with the requirements of local public health authorities.
225
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
11.0 PROVISIONS OF SHELTER DURING REST :
At every work place there shall be provided free of cost two suitable sheds one for meals
and the other for rest separately for men and less than 3.5m from the floor level, to the
lowest part of the roof. The sheds should be roofed with at least thatch and mud flooring
will be provided with a dwarf wall around not less than 750mm. Sheds should be kept clean
and the space should be on the basis of at least 0.05 square meter per head.
12.0 CRECHE :
a.
i)
ii)
iii)
At every work place at which 50 or more women workers are ordinarily employed
there shall be provided two huts for the use of children under the age of 6 years
belonging to such women one hut shall be used for infants game and play and the
other as their bed room. The hut shall not be constructed on a lower standard than the
following :
Thatched roofs.
Mud floors and walls.
Planks spread over the mud floor & covered with matting.
The huts shall be provided with suitable and sufficient openings for light and ventilation.
There shall be adequate provision of sweepers to keep the place clean. There shall be two
daily in attendance. Sanitary utensils shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Health
Officer of the area concerned. The use of the hut shall be restricted to children, there
attendants and mothers of the children.
b.
Where the number of women workers is more than 25 but less than 50 the Contractor
shall provide at least one hut and one dia to look after the children of women
workers.
c. The size of creche or cheches shall very according to the number of women workers.
d. The creche or creches shall be properly maintained and necessary equipments like toys
etc, shall be provided.
13.0 CANTEEN :
A cooked food canteen on a moderate scale shall be provided for the benefit of workers
wherever it is considered expedient.
226
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
LIST OF MATERIALS OF APPROVED BRAND AND / OR MANUFACTURERS
SL.NO.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
DESCRIPTION
CEMENT
STEEL
BRICK
SAND
METAL
CHIPS
WATER PROOF MATERIALS
CHOWKATH
HARD WARE FITTING
GLASS
P.V.C. SEWERAGE PIPE 6 KG /
CM2
G.I. PIPE
27.
ALL SANITARY FITTINGS
HARDWARE / LOCKING
SYSTEM
FLOOR SPRING
SS SCREW
LEAPING
C.C. PAVERS
MARBLE
CERAMIC WALL TILE
CERAMIC FLOOR TILE
ANTISKID VITRIFIED FLOOR
TILE
VITRIFIED FLOOR TILE (Single
charged soluble salt)
ALUMINIUM FRAME
ADHESIVE
ALL G.I. FIXTURES (TEE, BED,
ELBOW ETC.)
FULL WAY VALVE
28.
ALL H.C.I. PIPES
29.
30.
31.
PLASTIC W.C. SHEET
RAIN WATER PIPE 4 KG / CM2
PRE-CAST TERRAZO TILE
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
MAKES
ULTRATECH / ACC / LAFARZ / KONARK.
TISCON / VIZAG / SAIL
K.B. BRICK (75 KG/ CM2)
SWEET RIVER SAND
CRUSHER BROKEN GRANITE CHIPS
CRUSHER BROKEN GRANITE CHIPS
SIKA/ PERMA/ LATICRETE
WELL SEASONED SAL WOOD CHOWKATH
S.S. I.S.I. MARK MAT FINISH
MODIGUARD / SAINT GOBIN / AIS FLOAT
SUPREME / PRINCE / FINOLEX
TATA HEAVY MEDIUM / JINDAL HISSAR - B
CLASS
JAQUAR / ROCA / KHOLER
GODREJ / HURRSSION / EQUIVALENT
GODREJ / HARDWYN / DOOR SET
H.F. BRAND
1ST QUALITY TEAK WOOD
KAJARIA/ULTRA/UROCAN
DUNGURI 2ND QUALITY
KAJARIA/ASIAN/RAK
KAJARIA/ASIAN/RAK
RAK/ASIAN/ NITTCO
ASIAN / RAK / NITTCO
JINDAL / INDAL / OEL
FEVICOL / JEEVAN JHOR / CENTURY
HEAVY TYPE C.R. MAKE / UNIK MAKE
GUN METAL FULL WAY VALVE OF
LEADER MAKE / SANT MAKE
STANDARD I:S:I MARKED PIPES.
(SUSHILA MAKE / GAJA LAXMI MAKE
JAQUAR / ROCA / KHOLER
SUPREME / PRINCE / FINOLEX
NITCO / GICO / R.K. CEMENT BONDED TILE
227
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
37.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.
EXTERIOR VITRIFIED TILE
ALL C.P. FITTINGS
ANCHOR FASTNER
ACRYLIC EMULSION PAINTS
PUTTY
EXTERIOR EMULSION PAINT
WEATHER COAT PAINT
ENAMEL PAINT
U.P.V.C WINDOW FRAME
S.S.RAIL
BONDING AGENT
ADMIXTURE
POLYSULPHIDE SEALANT
EUROCON / MULTIWYN / ULTRA
JAQUAR / KOHLER /ROCA
HILTI / FISHER/ EQUIVALENT
BERGER / NEROLAC / ASIAN
BIRLA / ASIAN / JK/PERMA
BERGER / ASIAN/NEROLAC
BERGER / ASIAN/NEROLAC
BERGER / ASIAN/NEROLAC
DURO PLAST / FINESTA
OZONE/KICH/DQUNAX
SIKA /PEDILITE/LATECRETE/PERMA
SIKA/PEDILITE/LATECRETE/PERMA
SIKA DUR COMPBIFLEX/LATAPOXY SP-100
OF LATICRETE SYSTEM/STAINLESS EPOXY
GROUT/PERMA
DOW CORNING/INDISEAL-9012
GRINDWELL NORTON LTD/DOW CURING
DOW CORNING/INDISEAL-8020
JINDAL/OEL / HINDAL CO
DORMA/ DOORSET/LINK
GODREJ/ DOORSET/LINK/OZONE
GODREJ/ DOORSET/LINK/DORMA
GODREJ/ DOORSET/LINK
GODREJ/ DOORSET/LINK/ARK/OZONE
45.
46.
47.
48.
49.
50.
51.
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
STRUCTURAL SEALANT
FOAM SPACER
WEATHER SEALANT
ALUMINIUM DOOR FRAME
FLOOR SPRING
SS HANDLE
SS 304 MORTICE LOCK
DEAD LOCK
SS 304 CONCEALED TOWER
BOLT
SS 304 DOORS STOPPER
DOOR SILENCER
NIGHT LATCH
SS 304 BALL BEARING HING
SYNTHETIC ENAMEL PAINTS
ADHESIVE
ACRYLIC EMULSION PAINTS
AUTO HINGES
MAGNATIC CATCHER
S.S HANGER HOOK
ANTI TERMITE
66
DOUBLE LEAF SWING GATE
TATA/ZINDAL/EQUIVELENT
67
WATER COOLER
USHA/VOLTAS/EQUIVALENT
68
WATER PURIFIER
KENT/EUREKA FORBES
SS 304 ISI MARKED
P.V.C OF APPROVED MAKE
GODREJ/ DOORSET/LINK
HAFLE/ARK/DOORSET
BERGER / NEROLAC / ASIAN
FEVICOL/ CENTURY/VAMICOL
BERGER / NEROLAC / ASIAN
HETICH/HAFLE/OZONE/DOORSET
ARK/SUNI/SONAL
HETIC/HAFLE/JAQGUAR
BIFLEX/ LENTRC/PIDLITE
228
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
LIST OF MATERIALS OF APPROVED BRAND AND / OR MANUFACTURERS
SL. PRODUCTS
BRAND
GRADE
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
NO
1
PLYWOOD HIPPO/TRUWOOD/
IS 710
Plywood should be phenol bonded
GREEN
with 11 layers of core veneer of gurjan
CLUB/CENTURY /TAJ
timber and two layers of face veneers
with thickness of 0.5mm confirming
to IS 710.
2
FLUSH
HIPPO/TRUWOOD/VISH
IS 2202
Flush doors frames should be of pine
DOOR
AL/CENTURY
timber without any joint and filler
should be of red miranti hardwood all
seasoned and chemical vacumm
treated and core, face veneer bonded
with phenol formaldehyde confirming
to IS 2202 part I
3
LAMINATES ROYAL TOUCH/
IS 2046
Laminates should be of 1mm/1.25mm
MERINO/SONEA/ASIS
thick confirming IS 2046
4
PRE
ACTION TESA/
IS 12823
Particles should be of wood based and
LAMINATE NOVANPAN/BHUTAN
of uniform structure bonded with urea
D BOARD
BOARD/CROSS
formaldehyde.
BAND/ASIS
5
BLOCK
HIPPO/TRUWOOD/GRE
IS 1659
Frames and all the filler should be of
BOARD
EN CLUB/CENTURY
pine wood, seasoned and chemically
/TAJ
treated and the core veneer should be
of gurjan timber and bonded with
phenol formaldehyde confirming to IS
1659
6
DECORATIV TRUWOOD/GREEN/CEN
IS 1328
The decorative veneer on top surface
E VEENER TURY/ARIN
should be min 0.6mm thickness and
uniformly sanded and the base ply
should be of gurjan timber and all face
veneers bonded with phenol
formaldehyde confirming to IS 1328
7
ADHESIVES ROYAL BOAD AND
IS 4835
Polyvenyle Acetate dispersion based
EQUIVALENT
adhesive.
8
GYPSUM
USG-BORAL/SAINT
12.5mm thick Gypsum board
FALSE
GOBIN
CEILING
9
GRID
ARMSTRONG/USG
CEILING
10
METAL
ARMSTRONG/ TECHNO
CEILING
229
11
12
13
14
WOODEN/
LAMINATE
D
FLOORING
WATER
ROOF
CEILING
ACCESSES
FLOORING
METAL
CEILING
SECTION
ACTION
TESA/EURO/PERGO/AR
MSTRONG
HILUX/ EVERST/SHERA
8mm thick laminated HDF flooring of
AC4 grade
IS 14862
EVEREST /LABAN
USG-BORAL/SAINT
GOBIN/DIAMOND
Ceiling section, perimeter channel,
ceiling section should be of .55mm
thickness GI frame and intermediate
channel should be of 0.8mm thickness.
Note:
1.
2.
3.
THE MATERIAL SPECIFICATION MAY CHANGE AS PER THE DESIGN.
All approved makes shall be ISI Marked.
The Make/Brand and Shade of the materials to be used shall be approved by
NLUO/ PMC.
Followings are the I.S code to be followed for procurement of flush door, block
board, ply board
Ply Board – I.S.I – 710 B.W.P Grade
Block Board – I.S.I – 1659 B.W.P Grade (Pine timber frame filler)
Flush Door – I.S.I – 2202 B.W.P Grade
230
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
LIST OF APPROVED MATERIALS
The contractor shall use materials in their works subject to inspection prior to
dispatch, by NLUO/ PMC of any materials, as deemed necessary in accordance with
the following list, all materials not otherwise specified shall be in accordance with the
latest Indian Standard Specification, where such exists and prior approval of NLUO /
PMCs. The contractor shall be bound to offer sample of materials. Which are claimed
to be conforming to I.S. specifications, for testing at an approved Test Laboratory.
Contractor shall purchase all materials from the makers or their authorized stockiest only.
Necessary documentary evidences must be produced to the NLUO / PMC their authorized
representative on demand. Contractor shall be bound to supply items of any make of the items as
per the choice of the NLUO / PMC.
1.
1.1
Acceptable Materials List
Conduits - P.V.C.
a)
b)
1.2
1.3
1.4
(Internal)
Make
Accessories
:
:
ISI Marked.
Same make as that of conduit.
Wiring Cables - PVC Insulated Copper
a)
Make
:
b)
Voltage Grade :
Finolex./ Havell’s / Polycab
1100 Volts & as per IS 694 / 1990
Distribution Boards
a)
Make
:
b)
Make of MCB’s :
Schneider (protect) / Legrand / Havell’s
Schneider (Protect) / Legrand / Havell’s /
Wiring Accessories
a)
5A / 15A switches
sockets, antenna
sockets & telephone
sockets
:
Schneider (Clipsal - Opale) / Legrand (Mosaic)//
Havell’s / Crabtree (Athena)
231
b)
c)
(d)
Ceiling roses /
Angle holders
:
Cona / Anchor
Switch plates /
Covers
:
Switch box
:
Schneider (Clipsal - Opale) / Legrand(Mosaic)/
Havell’s / Crabtree (Athena)
Schneider (Clipsal-Opale) / Legrand
Crabtree (Athena) Havell’s
(e) Fitting fixture
:
Goldwyn/ Decolux/Schreder
f)
Fan
:
Crompton Greaves / Bajaj / USHA / Havell’s
g)
Exhaust fan
:
Crompton Greaves / GE / Almonard /Havell’s
h)
Conduit Pipe
:
ISI Mark/AKG/BEC/Kingal
Note : All approved makes shall be ISI Marked
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE AND LIST OF ACCEPTABLE MATERIALS MEDIUM
VOLTAGE SWITCHES GEAR AND TRANSFORMER
1.
List of Acceptable Materials
1.1.
The following makes of equipment / materials shall be acceptable under this contract.
(A)
Medium Voltage Switch-gear
(B)
i)
Air circuit breakers
:
Larasen & Toubro / Schneider
ii)
Switch-fuse units
:
L & T / Havells / SCHNEIDER / SIEMENS
iii)
HRC fuses
:
Havells / Larsen & Toubro / SIEMENS / Schneider
iv)
Change over switch
:
Schneider / Larsen & Toubro / Havells
v)
M.C.C.B.
:
Larsen & Toubro / Schneider / G.E.
H.T. Cable
:
ICC / CCI Gloster / Nicco / Polycab /KEI
Cables
i)
Havelles.
232
ii)
(C)
L.T. Cable
:
ICC / CCI / Gloster / NICCO /Havells / Poly cab
Meters & Indicators
i)
ii)
Ammeter / Voltmeter /
P.F. Meters
:
AEP / UE / IMP / Automatic Elect.
Kwh Meter
:
REMCO / GEC / SEMS / HPL / ALTHOM /
SECURE
(D)
(E)
(F)
iii)
Frequency Meter
:
AEP / NIPPON / UE
iv)
Indicating Lamps
:
Siemens / Larsen & Toubro / Binay / Concord.
Instrument Transformers
i)
H.T. Current Transformers : VE / EMS / KAPPA / AUTOMATIC ELECTRIC.
ii)
H.T. Potential Transformers :
Jyothi / VE / ESM.
iii)
D.T. Current Transformers :
ANP / KAPPA / ESM.
iv)
Selector Switches
: Larsen & Toubro / Kaycee / Thakoor.
Relays
i)
Over current and earth fault relay : AREVA / Siemens / Larsen & Toubro.
ii)
Power factor correction relay
:
NIPPO / MSIL / AVMACO / Siemens.
iii)
AX relay
:
AREVA / ABB
Miscellaneous
i)
Cable gland
:
APT / ELECTROMAG
ii)
Lugs
:
Dowels.
iii)
Connectors
:
Indian Engineering Company / ELMEC / Schneider
iv)
Capacitors
:
Khatau Junker / Voltas / BSES / MSIL / Powercap /
Crompton Greaves.
N.B.:
v)
Contactors
:
Larsen & Toubro / Siemens / BCH / Schneider
vi)
Starters
:
Larsen & Toubro / Siemens / BCH
All material to be used should be of standard / make / specification as specified in
the Tender and only after approval of the Concerned NLUO/ PMC
233
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
LIST OF APPROVED MAKES OF MATERIALS FOR PLUMBING / SANITARY /
DRAINAGE
1.Vitreous China Sanitary ware
:
Jaquar / ROCA/Koehler
2.C.P. Brass fittings
:
Jaquar(continental range)/
ROCA/Koehler
3. Manhole
:
App equal & ISI marked.
4.R.C.C pipe
:
App. Equivalent ISI marked
5. Gully traps
:
6. G.M. / Forged brass valves
:
Zoloto / Leader
7 .Check valve/Butterfly valve
:
SKS / C & R / Advance
8 .Paints
:
Asian Paints /Berger/Nerolac
9. Pressure Gauge
:
H Guru / Approved Equal ISI marked
10. UPVC Pipes
:
Supreme / Prince/Finolex
11. S. S. Sink
:
Neelkanth / Jayana/ Nerali
12. CPVC Pipes
:
Astral flowgard / HIF Poly/Oriplast /
Ashirvad flowgard/Supreme
13. G.I Pipes
:
Jindal / Tata
Perfect Potteries / Approved equal ISI marked
Note : All approved makes shall be ISI Marked
234
Project: National Law University Main Gate (2Nos)
Section – 13
__________Technical specification of materials, Approved material list
LIST OF APPROVED MAKES/BRANDS OF VARIOUS MATERIALS.
The materials to be used should be form the following list of approved makes/brands or of
equivalent quality as approved. Any other make/brand of a materials will also be allowed
to be used if approved by consultant.
1.
2.
3.
FERRULES
A) LEADER
G) HVI
B) JCSWR
WATER METER
A) CAPSTAN B) RAWCO
BALL COCKS
A) KINGSTON
C) ACB
D) NETA
E) NEW
HIMSON
C) DAS MASS
B) ARK
C) LUSTER
4.
POLYTHIENE FLOATS
A) COMMANDER CHAMPION B) COMMANDER-WATER BIRD
C) CMCOS BSJ. D) PEACOCK
5.
MIRRORS
A) GOLDEN FISH
B) SWAN
6.
POLYTHIENE OVERFLOW PIPES
A) EMCO
B) PEACOCK
7.
CEMENT CONCRETE PIPES
A) INDIAN HUME PIPES CO.
8.
F)
B) M.M. METAL & CO.
WATER PROFING COMPOUND FOR INTEGRAL CEMENT BASED WATER
PROOFING
A) IMPERUM-(2% BY WT. BY CEMENT) M/S SNOCEM INDIA LTD.,
B) CICI-(3% BY WT. OF CEMENT) M/S STRUCTURAL WATER PROOFING COL,
C) CHOCKSEY.
235
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement